Daven Kross Webinars

Category: Webinars Collection

06/20/2026 – Can FREE AI Beat Paid AI at Human Like Writing – Yash AI Guy

All right. So in this video we will be comparing free AI models running on my laptop. Right? My 16 24 32GB laptop that you can run completely free private was this closed source private models like Tad GP Gemini and Claude and we are going to actually have them showdown and where each model stand in my tier list of S A B C D when it comes to these five parameters of content creation, emotional storytelling, user writing, and anti- AI slop and humanization which AI excels where and just to make this uh comparison fair. I will be using Gemini, Chad GPD and Claude and all of their free version and I will be using local AI models which I’ll be running I’ll be running using LM studio by the way you can do it check other videos on this channel right where I talked about how to do it but we’ll be using um models here like Quen like GMA by Google like Neotron and uh we will decide right we we we we both and we all will decide from my experience right and from understanding which one excels where and then what is the ultimate best way right so without further ado let’s get started and after the end of this video you’re going to have the answer of S A B C D tier which AI beats the current AI race all right cool so let’s start with the first test of creating a business owner focused content test right so I want to test if model can write a useful full content, right? Like LinkedIn post, social media post, YouTube post, and anything like that. And without sounding generic, right? So, I’m going to prompt it like this. Write a short LinkedIn post, blah blah blah. I’m going to run it through Gemini. It’s a free Gemini I just created. As you can see, it’s even giving me an option to upgrade. So, every tier, just to keep the comparison fair, I’m using all of their best uh free versions, right? So, I’m just going to paste it and I’m going to run it on Gemini. I’m going to do it. I’m going to do it on chat gpt and then I’m going to do it on cloud and I’m going to use sonnet 4.6 whatever it is. I’m just going to run it over here. Now I’m going to go over lm studio. These are the models that you can download that can run on your laptop without internet. And just want to give you a little bit specification about my laptop that I’m using right now to shoot this video and to run this models. So both of them um are running simultaneously. This is a MacBook Pro um um latest version with 32GB RAM. So ideally your uh your local model can fit under 16 GB 24 GB. The best is 24 GB. Ideal is 32. Best is 24. 16 is a little bit uh to fit. You go 48 or 64 GB RAM, right? Uh it works wonders. So let’s let me go inside the LM studio. I’m just going to command them, right? And then we’re going to compare and then we’ll put these things. All right. uh for which tier what and ultimately we will put the tier list. Right? So let me open LM Studio. All right. So I’m inside LM Studio and the way LM studio works is it’s a dashboard like this. I’m going to zoom in like this. I downloaded all these models here. I’m going to go to the chat function. Right? And I already just running some tests. Right? All you got to do in order to load any model I’m using the model, right? The model that I’m running, it’s a gamma 4 model. It’s a 26 billion parameter model mixture of experts 26B A4B quantised version so that it can run on our consumer GPUs. Now how do you download this model? You’ll just go on the left side here uh in the model sections here on the the fourth option and just at the top you will see or you can just show other stuff pics if you’re watching it later and then you will see this model. This is the model I’m running which is a gamma 4 new gamma 4 26 billion parameters mixture of experts with quantized version right with the training of quantization aware training so that it can run uh it can have the uh uh it can have the quality of like the actual full BS16 model right like so-called just so just so that to keep things simpler right so-called best models by using less memory that means while using less RAM so it can fit in into our consumer grade GPU uh GPUs and laptops right so what we’re going to do we’re going to go in the chat here and we’re going to load the model I’ve already loaded the model there is one issue uh that you need to do that there’s one not issue but there’s one thing that you need to fix before you run anything is you need to come here on the developer side and then go to info you will see the model that you’re running just make sure when you do the load and when you do the inference on the load side. This model is by default just to keep things context lesser. This this this thing should must be here around 4,000 or 6,000. This is a context length, right? That means how much in one chat you can fit in before it loses the context, right? So just max it out so that it has 226 to,000 tokens of context so that you can run it through multiple chats and it will not forget about what you’re asking. Right? So I’m just going to reload it to apply the changes. And then as it is as you can see it’s a 16 GB version. So so that’s why I’m saying 24 GB is a good uh RAM uh thing if you have but 32 is ideal and 6448 you just amazing right and running on Mac. Uh that’s why you get a benefit of unified memory though you can run it on Windows as well. So I’m going to run this here. I have loaded the model as you can see. Oops one second. I loaded the model and I’m just going to do I’m just going to run my prompt and then I’m just going to say enter. Now while we’re running this let’s see uh our uh you know uh our Gemini results discounts feed a transaction trust build relationship. When you’re a small business owner it’s incredibly tempting to slash prices to win a customer. We have all been there. But here’s the truth. Customer trust uh customer trust beats a discount every single time instead of lowering your prices. Focus on your raising reliability. Okay. Okay. Okay. Okay. Let’s let’s read the G GPT. Uh as a small business owner, it’s tempting to focus on discounts to win customers, but discounts get attention, trust, and loyalty. Customers come back when they know you’ll do what you promise. Uh okay, cool. Let’s cheat. Uh let’s read the um let’s read the uh the this uh Claude version. I learned this the hard way early on. Okay. I like this uh I like Claude gave me like two version story driven and a direct and punchy version. Let’s do the story driven. I learned this the hard way. So it’s more personalized. It automatically understood my uh like I am running it as a LinkedIn post. So it kind of gave it more personalized. I ran a discount, got a rush of new customers, felt great, then most of them never came back. I like this thing that what it did here if you understand you know what I mean right is like it kind of personalized it like as if somebody was running on scrolling on LinkedIn it would like have them like oh there’s someone sharing as opposed to the Gemini version or the charg version right uh it’s more of like you like like you are just talking about it discussing the topic in the while and here it’s actually driving through a story and the direct and punchy version also plot gave a discount gets someone in the door once trust gets them back. Oh, I don’t like that. I like the storydriven version. Let’s check the um uh you know uh uh let’s let’s check let’s check sorry the GMA version 4 this is by Gemini it’s actually free local we talked about this right so interestingly GMA also gave us two options which is I just which is what I like about it first of all just by seeing it it gave us two option the hard truth approach and the relatables. Oh, one second. It gave us option three. Okay, three options. Let’s let’s see if they’re actually relevant. Right. So, option one is the hard truth approach. Best if you want to sound like a mentor or a straight shooter. Stop racing to the bottom. Ah, interesting. It’s so tempting to throw a 25 uh one. Let me just increase it so you can properly see it. Option two. Let’s see the option two. The story version. I used to think that if I could not get a customer to buy, it was because my Wow. Holy moly. I spent way too much time worrying about discounts and competing on price. But I realized something. People don’t actually want the lowest price. They wanted the lowest risk. Whoa. Wow. That’s cool. They want to know that if something goes wrong, you’ll fix it. They want to know that you actually care. A deep discount is a band-aid. Trust is the foundation. Wow. Wow. It’s crazy. Uh, I love this version. So, I like Claude. I like GMA, but to be honest, I like GMA more cuz it’s a LinkedIn, right? It’s a LinkedIn post. I’m posting as myself. Why would I like this is a story version. I like it. And yeah, cool. Awesome. So, what are we going to do? We’re going to load another model. But so far, the models that we have tested, we’ll just rank them, right? So, so let’s do the Gemini first. So, we’re going to rank Gemini as a C tier. Chad GPD also will come in the C tier. I like Claude as a A tier and I would do GMA as A tier as well. And then let’s see how they rank uh across all the tests. Right. Two more models are remaining which are the Quen model. Right. One second. Yeah, the Quen model and the Neotron model. Uh let’s check them. Right. Uh these are also free models. I’m just going to copy my prompt and I’m going to go here and then I have all the models downloaded. So I’m just going to do eject. So it’s going to eject from my memory and then I’ve already downloaded this model. How to download the model again? Go to the fourth section and then just search for Neotron. And then in the Neotron I’m using the Neotron 3 Nano 4V model. Okay. You have nano3 omni omni model as well which is a 26 gigabyte model but I would do nano3 u sorry neotron 3 nano4v model. So I’m just going to use in the chat. I’m going to load the model. Uh the model is getting loaded. It’s a ggv version uh uh version of implementation where you know there are different optimization. We’ll talk about this uh as well right there are different way they optimize the version to fit in the consumer grade GPUs. So that’s the that’s the thing there. So I’m going to use this again before running it. I would just go to the developer version and then I will max the token length. If you see the max token length GMA was supporting um Gamma was supporting is 214 or something 268. This is only 104. That means you can’t run a long length query because if you run the long length query it will forget because it has a only 100,000 token context length. Right? But we’ll still run it. We’ll reload the model and we’ll see what happens. So, I’m just gonna That’s the only thing I I um I was thinking I’m going to run it on one of my one of my on Mac mini, but it won’t be fair so that we could do it simultaneously. So, just bear with me as we uh load and unload the models. Right. I’m going to give it this thing and I’m going to run it the same thing. Right now, while this is running, uh while this is running, uh uh the second test that is coming up, which is the content creator script writing test, it’s a script that I want to write for a Instagram reel uh with a strong hook and flow. So, this is the prompt that we’ll be using. But before that, I just want to read it. Uh I just want to read the Neotron version. Uh it by the way all the Neotron the Gamma and everything we’re running on LM Studio is running for free on my laptop without any internet on my device right completely private completely local why I don’t use discounts and why my customers thank me for it. Oo I I uh you know uh uh I like the approach it took. You know what I’m trying to say? like uh I I like what it took like why I don’t use discounts and my customers thank me for it. Nobody actually thought about this. Everybody was slamming discounts, right? Like oh you should not be using discount. Discounts will hurt you and all that. This took it in a very interesting. I like this. Last week I got a message from Sarah, my regular customer since 20. She said she brought our product because we didn’t have a sale. You always deliver what you say. She wrote that’s why I trust you. Discounts they’re easy but they don’t blind. Whoa. What’s your story? Uh oh, I like that uh um I like that uh call to action, right? Cuz uh most of these uh models they they they didn’t do the call to action. How do you focus? Drop your thoughts below. Actually, they did. But um uh they did, but uh what’s your story? I like just I like that approach, you know, like instead of asking, okay, what’s the one thing that your business does to build a customer trust? Like nobody wants to kind of share about that, right? as opposed to talk about me. Hey, have you been through the same thing? Uh what did you do? You know that kind of angle and approach, right? And then uh Claude did not do that. But still the Claude um uh had this attention grabbing approach. I learned it the hard way. All that, right? So Neotron surprisingly I like it. It’s a beam version, right? Let’s let’s check the Quen. Now Quen was actually So we just go to Quinn and then we’ll just go here and we’ll search for Quinn. You just have to download these model once, right? So, Quen 3.627B version. It’s a dense model that we running. I thought I was downloading it. Yeah, I think I downloaded it. It’s a big version. It’s a 92%. So, we can come and run these models uh run run with Quen later on, right? Cuz it’s at still 92%. I mean, it’s a 16 GB version. I don’t know how long will it take, but you get the point, right? We’ll we’ll continue with our test and we’ll run it with that, right? Uh so we’ll run all the prompt maybe later on with Quen just to kind of put towen as cuz we we have the context right we have we are human brains we have unlimited context right so that’s the thing I’m just going to run this now the the content creator test and I’m going to run with Gemini so I’m going to open a new chat just so that it does not mess up with the existing one and I’m going to paste the chat there right and then I’m going to go to chat GBT and I’m going to open up the new chat. New chat. Uh I’m going to clear the chat. I didn’t even log into chat GPD, I guess. Yeah, it’s just free, right? Just keep things fair and simple. Going to go to Claude and on the claude as well. I’m going to open a new chat. And then I’m going to run it here. And then also on uh here, I’m going to run here the new chat. And this is the Neotron version. And I’m just going to run this. And let’s see what GMA GMA gave me. Okay. Oh, Gma, not Gemini. Sorry. So, Gemini, right? You look directly into the camera, leaning into slight leaning in slightly. A bowl. Okay, that’s good. Here’s the uncomfortable truth about why you have not reached your goals. No, it’s not because your lack of discipline or motivation. When you start something new, a workout or routine, your brain gives you a massive hit. But by week three, the novelty veers off. in reality that boredom is just the tax you pay for the progress. It’s like your textbook. You know, you know what I’m trying to say? It’s it’s a it’s like textbook. It’s like okay, you know what I’m saying? It’s a I don’t like the hook honest. Right. Let’s see. Um I like Chad GPT uh so far like just on a second. I like Chad Gupt because Gemini I didn’t ask it to give me visual. Why do you why do you want to confuse me with the visuals? Right. I’ll ask you again. So that’s a Gemini issue. I always have that when I ask her for script but let’s read the script chat GPD. Right? Most people don’t fail their goals. They quit during the most predictable part of the process. I did not get that aha moment. Right? Anyways, let’s read through it. Think about it. At the beginning, progress feels exciting because everything is new. A few weeks later, the excitement disappears. You’re working just as hard, but the results are barely visible. And that’s exact moment most people assume something is wrong. So they’re still a textbook, right? I’m I’m trying to create a real that will go viral, right? I mean, I know I haven’t given them a context and there’s a whole context engineering role play where we give them a good context to understand from which I talked about in a previous videos, but I’m just because we are running a fair fair blank check. I no, I don’t like it. Okay, let’s let’s check this. Let’s check claw. Looks like it give it the hook. Okay. Uh, the day before something works, that’s exactly when most people stop. Ooh, there you go. Here’s what nobody tells you about pushing a goal. Progress is not linear. There is this period, could be weeks, could be months where you’re putting the work and getting nothing back. Relatable. No feedback, no results, no sign, and your brain behind a very logical organ. Think about like a pushing car. I like it’s a metaphor. It’s giving a metaphor. So, it feels relatable and throughout the field. I like this. You will let me know in the comments what do you think about this. But I like the Gemini and Char GBD is a more textbook textbook kind of approach. The CLD is much more like you know what I’m saying like u uh it’s more it’s much more uh uh you know what I’m trying to say like uh relatable and hookwise. Uh I I like that. Right. Anyways uh Neutron let’s see. Oh, by the way, uh some of you might be wondering, oh yes, I could hack away in Gemini or CHB. By the way, this is not a video where I’m saying this model is great or that model is great and I hate this model. No, no, no. It’s a fair blank [ __ ] comparison. So, you could say that okay, by doing some using some custom GPT or Gemini gems, you could improve something. Yes, you can. But ideally on a standalone model itself, which one is great? Right? So that’s what I’m trying to uh get here at. So another thing that I want to do here is by the way, oh Quinn is also downloaded. So I’m just going to go there. All right. So um I’ve been just like, you know, just go on on and on is loving it. Anyways, remember that exact moment your goal just stopped feeling real. Mhm. Okay. Okay. Like it was heavy, not exciting. That’s why 80 that’s why um that’s why 80% of us ditch them too soon. Not because we are lazy, but because we forget why we started. Oh, goals are not about checking boxes. They’re about person you become while chasing them. When that connection fades, you quit before you have seen it. Because goals without heart just burn out. Your why is not one time spark. It’s a daily heartbeat. Okay, I like it. I like it. I like it. I like it. I I would not give it a like a better than Claude, but Claude first, then emotron, then other models. Let’s check the other models. Like let’s check our J Gamer model. So I’m just going to load gamma. Let’s use the let’s load the gamma model while it is running. Let me make sure that the gamma model. So as you see what I did, right? I went to the developer documentation and I just loaded. So it’s it has a 262k tokens. I’ll load this. I’m going to reload to apply changes and then let’s see. Uh bear with me guys, you know, uh because uh this just one time thing. I want to do it on a fair device, one device. So then we know like you know I’m not running one device on 120 GB RAM and one on a different RAM. Anyways, so I’m going to do this and I’m going to start here and let’s go GMA. Let’s go. Awesome. In the meanwhile let’s just rank from so far what we have written. Now I would say from what I have written Gemini right it’s a very textbook thing. Uh it’s a very textbook thing. I will I will arrange the Gemini again for the third test will tell us better. Chat Gibb is also textbook. Claude is better. So I would I so two test it pass. I will I I will I will put Claude as a S tier. Let’s see what um uh what GMA is doing. And we’ll do the Quen one as well. But Neotron let’s see Neimotron version that we just saw, right? The Neotron version that was also uh that was also nice. But anyways, let’s see this one. So, GMA coming from Google did the same thing, right? Which is most people don’t fail because they lack talent. They fail because they quit right before the math actually starts working out. When you start a new goal, whether it’s a fitness, a side of there’s the initial rush of dopamine, but then you hit the plateau, you’re putting in the work, the scale is not moving, the views aren’t increasing, the bank looks the same. Real progress, it’s okay. uh you know uh you know what I’m trying to say. It’s okay. I would not say it’s too great. I like the Neotron version honestly, but let’s see. Let’s try the Quen version for this one. Right. Let’s try with the Quen version. Quen also has a 262,000 of token length. So, I’m just going to reload Quen. Right. Let’s see. It’s a 3.6 Quen 3.627B 6 27B model. I could run all these models. I could do all this. I want to do it in front of you. So, you know how I also, you know, think and then how we kind of decide so that not bias towards anything, right? So, I’m going to do Quen. There’s still one Quen uh that needs to be run. But uh anyways so yeah while we are coming here Gimma just because it gave me the okayish response on the real script for me it fell at B honestly Gemini and Char JBD has a very strong chance to go in the D level but let’s see A level I would not put Neotron A level but Neotron has a very strong signal of understanding the context and giving it it’s a small model this model the Neotron version that we we used actually this 8 A4B version it could even run in your 16 GB RAM. So considering that small model and understanding that uh that grade uh you know it’s a good good I a good thing right so that’s the thing and uh make sure if you’re loving it so far uh drop a like subscribe and then uh we will be doing basically you know a more version of building games application web apps videos and everything so we can see like which which one stand but claude for me it 100% stands is s tier both of them work perfectly uh gamma one uh the quen one is definitely taking its time cuz it’s a 27 billion parameter model that we using and it’s a dense model that means for example just while it is working just uh just so you understand what’s a dense and a mixture of experts model means dense model means it’s going to use all your RAM right mixture of experts model just for simpler simpler uh simp simplicity it will only pick the specific experts so your RAM will not get utilized all of it right uh so yeah that’s a simpler version, right? So, okay, most people don’t quit because they’re lazy. They quit because ah, come on. It’s okay. You know, they quit their measuring progress wrong. We pick a goal, expect a straight line. Your brain is not wired to reward invisible progress. I like that state sentence the inside. So, stop tracking the outcome. Track the signal. No, I didn’t like it. But still, I’ll just put it at D. I don’t like it. It’s a plain textbook version. So far, you’re going good. Let’s do the third test. Now we’ll be doing fast fast test. All right. So it’s a emotional storytelling test, right? I’m going to do Quen uh not Quinn Gemini. I run the test. I’m going to do Chad GPT new chat. Run this test. Do chat uh the Claude Claude new chat. By the way, I’m running Sonnet 4.6. And then uh I’m just going to run uh Quen here with the emotional story test. And then we’ll run Neotron as well. Um so let’s read through that. All right. So this is a good story overall. Uh again and u you know a lot of people might feel this other way and that’s what I would love to have your feedback or your opinion on what I’m thinking could be wrong right so you can share your like okay yes I could have thought that way as well. So anyways let’s read the emotional story emotional test. For seven years, David’s world was measured in lines of code and the hums of the office server room at midnight. He was back in software engineer for a massive healthcare app. The guy who kept database secure the data flow and again the textbook, you know, it’s like a textbook. It’s like I would not want to read this, right? I just read read a like paragraph. It was thankless work. When the app runs slow, nobody noticed David. When it glitched, his inbox blew up. While the marketing I related it like you know and I’m relating so far I mean till now this while the marketing team celebrated millions of user milestone with champagne one runny Tuesday a companywide email it was not praised there it was an invitation of volunteer impact panel too texty too I don’t want to read it something that I don’t want to read I would rate it like too texty too textbook for 12 years this is by the way Chad GBD for 12 years Ravi unlocked the office doors before sunrise he worked as a maintenance technician in a small manufacturing company. Every morning uh every morning checked the machine, fixed loose wires. When production ran smoothly, nobody noticed him. When something broke, people only asked why it was not fixed. Over the years, we watched younger employee get promotion. Okay. Okay. Okay. Okay. Okay. Yeah, you get the point. I’ll just in case if you want to read through that, it’s just not textbook, right? Like I might be biased here now by just reading like two paragraphs. Not biased, but I might be judging them early. Uh but it’s very textbook, right? I does not feel like reading it, right? Let’s shake the rod. Okay, the last row. Margaret had been the last had been the last one to leave building for 11 years. Every evening she gathered the forgotten coffee forgotten uh coffee cups straight in the chairs, water the phone with the window. Nobody me nobody mentioned it, not once. Her name was rarely in the meeting. Her suggestions arrived a beat too late. Um uh there were evenings she sat in her car parking not ready to go home not sure what she was waiting for does does it matter she would think does any of this actually matter I’ve been meaning I have been meaning to write this for a long time Priya wrote I’m almost quit Margaret read the email three times and she pressed her fingers by the way I’m just speaking but just so you guys know right you know I’m also speaking I’m also reading it through my eyes as well so whatever I’m speaking is not what I’m reading I’m just reading grew to understand, right? Felt like relief. She wrote back four words. She wrote back four words because it turned out it had mattered along. Okay, cool. Let’s check the Quinn. Uh, Mara’s knees clicked like a metronome 5:00 a.m. Rain or shine 480. She walked the three blocks. The neglected lord behind the bakery. There was no budget, no committee, just mara. She was put into the world. She was just the garden lady. a blur h like there was a no budget I just I’m just first two paragraph like what am I reading she was just a garden lady you are here late again you would grumble there were nights then a small hand tugged her sleeve they were not passing by she was not she was the root I mean okay I didn’t like that much let’s let’s try other model eject this and then I’m going to run gamma let’s try gamma so Far uh not I mean anything have to do writing GMA and Quen not good. Uh GMA and uh not GMA sorry Gemini and Quen I would not rate them. Chad GPD okay it was okay right. Um um uh like story at least I would keep it as Ctier. Let’s now test the final the gamer version the Neotronone version so that we can have an idea. Let me check if the context are good. Let me just raise the context. So this is a context length so that you know it can give us the full even if it continues to write continues to read it has it can you know uh it has much much higher context length. So I’m just going to read that go here and I’m going to paste that thing. Let’s see. It’s much faster by the way you know these um um contise versions uh contis versions mixture of expert models which is 26 billion parameter active 4B. Does that make sense? That means at any given time there are only 4 billion parameters or whatever it is it’s active. You see what I’m trying to say? That’s the thing with those 27B model um uh uh um you know it was a dense model right? All of the parameters were active. That’s why it was slow. So the quen one we just um um you know uh that’s the thing. So it it gave us a note. So for 12 years Arthur’s world was defined by the things people looked past. He was the man in the faded blue jump suite. The man who arrived before the sun to scrub the floors of the municipal library. He knew the scent of old. He worked in the silence of the stacks repairing broken spines. Uh dusting the forgotten uh some mornings when the damp winter chills went oh interesting. was a heavy gray. See this it’s very very very interesting Gemini right this is Gemini for seven individual line of code see there is this feeling right where Gemini and Gamma from the same company Google and Alphabet right but I don’t know but I’m liking what you guys thinking right I’m liking the GMA responses much better which is free by the way much better than the Gemini version Gemini is also nice but It feels like you know like the word look at it’s it has a story right it’s talking about pronunciations are there there’s a story there right but here right it just felt like you know like a textbook you know what I’m trying to say right it’s a very not so like how humans would write right like you know what I’m saying but here he worked in the silence some mornings when the damp winter chill uh then came a Tuesday it was heavy gray afternoon you know like like heavy gray afternoon just the depth moving inside the depth of that right Arthur was finishing his sip shift wiping down the heavy oak cables. Arthur paused his clothes held midair. See that those that that uh deeping down and then exaggerating and then you know deeping down their pain points and then not the pain points but actually getting into the root of the um um u uh of the story as opposed to like 3 years ago um you know we live in a rural town. She helped her phone. Memory flooded back. It’s very textbook, right? So that’s nice. That’s nice. GMA. I I like GMA. So the though GMA did not pass our real test, right? But uh GMA is nice here for the storytelling. Let’s look at the Neotron. Surprisingly, Neotron, I am loving Neotron, right? It passed the though it it has only 104K context. That means if you try to chat back, like if you ask it to write an essay and if you try to chat back, you know, it will have an issue because it can only fit in 104,000 tokens, right? Which is huge, right? Uh uh but still just want to let you know. And also the Neotron Nano 4V version is not a vision model. I’ll tell you what vision model means. Um I’ll while just writing it. Vision model means uh you can give it an image and it will give you the prompt back and it can understand image as well. This does not right. So um so let’s do the uh Neotron right? So Neotron it’s a small model right? Okay cool. Lita had scrubbed the same uh same stainless uh steel sink for 23 winters watching steam rise plates clatter away into oblivion. The dinner’s manager, the the diner’s manager called her the machine, never to say thank you. Her husband’s voice aloh in the background was only appla was only applause she ever heard. She fed her son Maya. She fed her son Maya on leftovers. Dreaming that one day his Okay. Okay, cool. uh dreaming that one day his success would um echo the uh gratitude she long denied. When when Maya sent home a college acceptance letter, Lena uh felt a weight lift, not from belief, but from a strange quite pride. Mom, I’m going to be engineer, she whispered. That night, a postcard arrived. No return, just her name. Your hands cleaned our hearts. Thank you, Le. Ah, it’s it, you know, I am not satisfied honestly. Right. The only ones that I liked here for this test is the gamma version and the claw version. So I would say gamma. Right. I would still keep Neimotron here only but I would just put it beside because Neotron succeeded at my real test but Gamma did not. But Gamma and Claude has the understanding of emotions and all that. Gemini playing textbook. Quen plain textbook. Chad Chipy okayish. GMA has a strong contender. Neimotron is also let’s try two more tests remaining right uh fifth one is the anti-AI swap and the fourth one is the user writing birthday message and stuff like that let’s do the anti anti-AI swap first right I’m going to do that open up Gemini right this oh by the way just in case uh you might be wondering why are you not running GLM from ZAI or DeepSeek or or Miniax Mistral and all these these models because I’m using only local models that could run in your computer in a local computer or local device those Kimmy models will do the test right those Kimmy models those GLMs those other things can run does run but the problem is um uh it does you require 100 GB of RAM or 128 GB of RAM minimum 80 GB 90 GB that’s why they’re big huge models right though they are open source we’ll talk about them later as So, so that’s a fair comparison like what every one of you can run. Uh, that’s the only thing we’ll use them for the white coding test, right? So, I’m just going to run it here. This is Gemini. This is Chad GPT. This is Oops. This is Gemini. This is Chad GPT. And this is CLOT. All right. While this is running, I’m just going to do the version here with let’s do the Nvidia one. anti anti-slop neotron and then we’ll run we’ll run the the we’ll run the the the quen right okay write a short uh so this is the anti- AI slop test right and there’s the everyday user writing test that’s remaining so write a short paragraph avoid learning from failure make it sound like a real person wrote it avoid phrases like journey unlock your potential okay honestly messing up sucks and it usually feels pretty embarrassing in the moment but if you can’t get past the initial sting failure is see again Uh, again it’s a textbook, right? Just aggressive way of showing you exactly what doesn’t work. You can read all the advice columns you want, but nothing actually sticks. It’s like, you know, it’s like I still remember my ninth grade teacher teaching me an English lesson. You know, it’s like failure can be frustrating, but it often teaches lessons that success does not. When something goes wrong, it give us a chance to see what needs. This is the anti-AI slop. So, understand that. That’s the that’s a that’s a um that’s a theory that’s that’s a perspective you’re keeping in my mind, right? from the from then the achievements instead of seeing failure. Okay, failure has a way of teaching you think that success never could. You think that when something goes wrong, a project falls apart, a relationship end. So you see this is this is what I meant by that. Right? So honestly messing up sucks and it’s usually pretty uh this is the Gemini, right? It feels pretty embarrassing and but if you can get past the initial sting, failure is basically just aggressive way of showing. You see pretty typical textbook. See the plot it talks about it. It it goes deeper or second level deeper, right? your relationship ends badly. A bet you were so sure about does not pay off. You were forced to sit with the uh you know in the job that you don’t like. That discomfort where the real learning happens, right? That’s what I’m looking for, right? Although honestly um I would give just one praise that the Gemini does not did not does not give you like the the M dashes though claude gives a lot of M dashes which is a one thing that is a it’s written by AI whenever there’s a m dashes so but that’s okay I mean it’s okay just thing but I like uh claude charge is also nice but again then something goes wrong charges is like you know not average daily anything like that so Okay. Ooh, Neotron always uh uh shines up. Look at this. I’ve learned that the biggest mistake don’t just feel painful. They also point out what I did not get right. And over time, those little clues add up real progress. When something goes wrong, it’s not dead end. It’s just another step. It’s like it’s a motivational speech. It’s okay. It’s not that aha moment what I got from the real, right? Um uh and also for two tests it did not pass the emotional test and this test. But anyways, let’s try the Gamma from Gemini. I mean not from I keep saying Gemini, it’s from Google. I’m going to reload the models. Let’s load them. And then uh I’m just going to keep keep them loaded. And then uh let’s see. Let’s see. Keep them loaded and again as you can see here vision right it’s a vision model you can see it’s a multimodel we call it right let’s see all right so far so we tested so far what’s the list is looking like right so we tested Gemini Quen okay chity is a Ctier okay tier you write it uh Neotron is coming kind of charad if this next test we do and it fails Neotron will come here the only test that I like Neotron is the the actual content like a real writing test but it failed emotional writing test. So basically it failed an emotional writing and the anti- AAI slop. I mean it’s still like it was not it was not looking like I would say if I was just comparing based on AI swap I think it did not it was not AI swap right it’s compared to what Gemini was like you know um but uh still what I was expecting was not there but anyway still considering it’s just a 4 billion model I would keep it I mean if this fails the next test I mean if if it does not satisfy me I would put it as a Ctier but I think Gamma and Neotron is the best competitor let’s see who ends up E, right? So, let’s see. All right, cool. Uh, I used to hate messing up it. See, this is what is crazy. Check this out. This is Gemini. It’s from Alphabet. It’s a Google model. Same local model is a Google model. But somehow it feels so good on local. So interesting, right? AI is sometimes shocks everyone. Okay, so it’s a game Google, right? I used to hate messing up. It felt embarrassing and honestly just felt like a waste of time. But looking back, the moments that actually stuck with me were not the wins where everything went. Exactly. It was the times that completely flopped. When you fail, you’re forced to stop. Man, this has to be a tyier model. This is a eight-year model. like like same company a paid model is actually beaten by heads and toes um by a free local model. AI always AI always um you know uh surprises us. Let’s test the Quen model. Uh I don’t have high expectations. Don’t expect something amazingly great. By the way, if you’re loving it so far, like and subscribe because what we’ll be doing, we’ll be doing prompt writing tests, story writing, storytelling, not just storytelling more uh you know, white coding, uh like you know, building applications, oneshot test and stuff like that. So, you’re going to love this. So, I’m just going to run the quen and there’s only last test remaining. While we are talking, let’s just let me just run the last test. The last test is supposed to be a everyday writing. So how how it can write the everyday you know like you want to write a quick message to your employee to your colleague to your friend how how does it do it right so let’s do Gemini man I I lost my hope on Gemini like well let’s see let’s see so I’m just going to do Gemini chat GPT uh chat GPT uh stay logged out I don’t want to log in I want to keep using free version and then uh I’m going to do this And for by the way for Gemini, I’m using the flash just so you know. It’s supposed to be the best 3.5 flash all around. Right. Anyways, let’s just look at our antislab test for Quen. Let me just zoom in a little bit. Zoomed in a lot. All right, let’s see. But in the meantime, let’s do the postal image. The final test. Happy birthday to my big brother. anyone could ask for. Growing up and even now, you’ve always been the rock of this family. Whenever things got tough, if someone needed help, you were always there. Put everyone else before yourself. Thank you for always being out say our safety net and for leading the way with so much grace. I hope today bring I’m sending my friend, my brother, a happy birthday message. But why does it sound like a textbook? I mean I am to be honest I’m a little bit biased with Gemini but still it does not feel like the emotion that I’m trying to you know happy birthday brick brother you know even if if what I’ve just given that I mean I’m like you know he he he will tell me that hey bro like you know you you wrote it on charity you could not even thank me with your own words I mean anyways I like it’s okay it’s not not that great ba oh this is oh that’s one interesting thing I liked about chachi somehow chhat chipity is giving getting access of my location a thousand%. It is always personalizing with Indian names, Indian slangs. So just be aware Chaji might be accessing your location data cuz how come without me logging out it can understand obviously these people through my IP address they can understand but but it is personalizing me. So if you would like you could if if you’re using it from like Europe, right? It would use the European slang and all that. But yeah. Okay. So let’s see. I just want to thank you for always being there for all of us through every challenge and every happy moment. You’ve been a constant source. I’ve always admired the way. So yeah, it’s okay. It’s nice. It’s it’s better than Gemini. Honestly, better than Gemini. Who talks about uh like this is a very textbook like it’s like my ninth grade teacher is wishing me happy birthday. You know, she also does it better. I don’t remember it. Anyways, um Claude, happy birthday. Bye. Okay. Happy birthday by I don’t I don’t say this enough but watching you carry relatable I don’t say this enough but watching you carry so much for this family quietly without I love you I just feel someone is telling me happy birthday has shaved who I am but I wish Claude if you’re listening to this like come on this M dashes I don’t like them they look weird and everyone knows that if there’s an M dash is a AI right we have been the steady one the one who showed up when it mattered who made sacrifices they were never asked of you but you were always noticed today is yours not the families not anyone else yours hope you feel as good as lovely lovely lovely lovely let’s just do let’s just do the last test with the anti-slop and then we’ll come to this happy birthday uh thing with the local model so let’s do the quen for the anti-sloping honestly messing up uh used to make me want to hide under a blanket there’s no getting around how much it stings when you blow something but I’ve learned the Uh fail is just expensive data. If you don’t trip, you never figure out where the rocks are. When I screw up, I try to stop pouting and actually look at what went wrong. Okay. Not go like not not okay. You know, I would not say like it’s okay. Quinn Quen for all the writing test.

Yeah. DD. No, it’s okay. All of the test failed. It’s a 27 billion parameter model. No way. Right. So let’s do the local last local model test last which is the user writing happy birthday. Let’s do the quen. Let’s write it. Uh you know um let’s see let’s see uh guys it’s crazy right? It’s crazy when you go down the rabbit hole the model that’s everyone uh is is claiming or supposed to praise does not perform and the the the the the models that are hidden behind the plain sight. the moral is supposed to not work or whatever you want to say right um it’s doing relatively well and this is this is the why this is why I don’t like to 27B for this writing purposes it overthinks it’s so it think like why do you want to think so much right uh first of all it’s a dense model but it over it overkills at thinking right I don’t want you like I know I could like you know uh turn off the thinking thing but it just thinks so much and gives gives me the gibberish answer. Um you know so uh we we we’ll test these things on ideiations as well, business ideas, video scripts and all that but just the overall test right which is the content creation posting storytelling normal writing anti-slop. So far it’s looking great. Let’s see. Let’s see who takes down Claude. Let’s see. All right. So happy birthday brother’s name. Wow, I’ve been thinking about you and the way you always looked out for all of us. You’ve been a you’ve you have you have a habit of stepping up when things are hard and quietly. I like this. You give me like three options. I didn’t ask for it. Happy birthday. I don’t say it enough, but I really appreciate you. Oh, that’s nice. You’ve always been the one we could rely. I don’t say it enough. See, that’s the emotion, right? Happy brother, the best big brother anyone could ask for. It’s nice, but you know, it’s emotion when you say like I don’t say it enough. This like feel of emotion. So it’s okay good model but let’s see we’re it’s okay I would not say like wow it’s okay good right uh we’re also comparing with the speed right speed of everything as well so I’m just going to make this model Neotron uh nano it’s a Neotron nano model and then it’s a 4B model the only reason right uh the only reason I’m keeping it at a B level is first of all it’s not a multimodel that means tomorrow if you want to put some images, get some prompts out of it. You can’t do that. That’s only the reason I put I’m putting so far at the B. Another thing, it has a lesser context length, right? Which is only 104K context. That means if you just go for continue to a long horizon task on back and forth, it will get out of the context and it will forget about it. So that’s why I’m not going to put it. That’s the only reason a quen is the quen is not that and the D level just for this quen is at the D level. First of all, it overthinks. Second of all, I don’t like that writing approach. But hey, happy birthday, brother. From the moment you’ve stood out, uh from the moment you stood out through the every high and low, I’ve seen how your study uh presents turns ordinary. Oh, typical happy birthday message. Um okay, Neotron, good job. I’m okay. I’m not surprised. Not surprised, but uh I’m okay with it. Like I’m okay. Not no complaints. No complaints. No complaints. Much more complaint. Um, all right. So, I’m just going to load the I’m just going to load the the the the GMA model. Let’s see. Let’s see. Let’s see. It’s It’s crazy. Let’s see how much GMA GMA. I have high expectations. Oh, my battery is about to die. Wow. It’s crazy. I don’t know how long I’ve been um running. Let’s see how much battery I have. Oh, 10%. I got to hurry up. Hurry up. It’s been almost 15 minutes I’ve been uh doing. But we are about to wrap it up. We are about to wrap it up, right? Uh see Gamma is also thinking but it’s thinking very fast. That’s what I like. Uh I like it. So say op GMA. GMA gave me four options. Happy birthday. I don’t say nearly enough but I see everything you do for this family. You’ve always been one we can count on. But I want you to know how much that means to me. Oo. I hope you have a great day. You’ve definitely earned it. Happy birthday to the guy who always has our backs. Thanks for everything you do to keep this family moving forward. We are so lucky to Even this is good enough, right? like you don’t I don’t want like something coming from your heart obviously like birthday message should be just a voice note happy birthday really appreciate you thank you so much for doing instead of this but okay happy birthday looking back I realize how much you have stepped up for all of us over the years happy birthday thanks for being one we can always turn to things when things get tough lovely you do so much for this family and we all appreciate you more than we say lovely lovely lovely so here’s what I would say GMA GMA man GMA salute GMA like it’s absolutely like I didn’t even ask for four options it’s ran very fast so here’s where we stand claude it’s a paid model though I use it for free it will obviously limit me right continue to continue with me this is the series where I’m comparing each and every model right so this is the writing test emotional writing and all that here’s the stat claude and GMA cla is the winner when it comes to if you want to pay for cloud and then subscription and everything when data steals on their server. GMA exact model GMA 426B A4B font uh version best model the only test where I didn’t like it um right is with the the emotional part of it right um uh uh but yeah I mean still right uh everything it beat it’s better than uh Neotron chat GPD is like okay if you want to get it something quick right Um um and then uh Quen I don’t like it. Gemini Gemini I I kindly request you not use Gemini. It’s a plain textbook uh thing, right? So Quen not happy. Chad GPD okay if you want to use something quick like something like you have memory there. There are some other ad benefits you get with Chad GPD. We’re going to talk about that. But here’s our winner. Claude GMA B2B a version. Nobody came with the A version right? Neimotron is a nice small little model works best right but again does not have image capabilities as well so we’ll try other Neo Neotron models as well down the line when we testing for that use cases chat GPD is a okay model you’re you’re on train you’re on gym and you want something quick it’s okay uh Quen um thinks a lot needs 27B it’s a 77B model requires minimum of 20 24 GB RAM not that great Gemini stay Anyway, I mean stay away for writing purposes, right? So, I hope you love this showdown. Got to hurry up. I charge my device. But if you do, please let me know what you think about it. What could be improved from this uh showdown? And I hope I’m able to uh come and share some interesting idea, perspective, and thought process of mine to for your workfl in in your AI journey. If I do, if I did, let me uh let me know in the uh let me know by liking this video and let me know in the comment sections. I’ll see you in the next one with this another amazing showdown for different purpose. All right, see you. Love you. Bye.

July 7, 2026
06/20/2026 – Arrived Secondary Market

With the launch of the Arrive secondary market, investors can now access investments in over 500 rental properties across more than 65 cities. This includes a range of properties from single family homes like the Larly and Soapstone to vacation rentals like the Beatbox and The Buyer’s House. It’s a major step forward in making real estate investing more dynamic, flexible, and accessible for all investors. For investors who want to exit investment before the end of a typical hold period, the secondary market offers an opportunity to sell shares, a level of liquidity that was not previously available for offerings like this. Whether you’re adjusting your portfolio strategy or responding to new financial priorities, this new marketplace gives you more ways to manage and shape your investments. Traditional real estate has always been hard to buy and even harder to sell. It’s a liquid, time consuming, and expensive to navigate liquidity. With the arrive secondary marketplace, we’re changing that. This platform introduces a new level of flexibility directly addressing one of the top requests from investors, access to liquidity when they need it, and broader access to all of the properties that are available on arrived. So, what really makes this such a gamecher? Investors can now buy and sell shares each month, providing more control and flexibility than traditional real estate investing. You can now purchase shares in properties you may have missed during their initial offering period, making it easier to diversify across the country and rebalance your portfolio. With over 500 properties across 65 cities, Arrive is building the most expansive secondary trading marketplace for residential real estate investing. It uses a marketdriven pricing model which which means investors can set their own buy and sell prices uh adding a level of transparency and control. And when investors match on pricing um or when investors buy and sell prices overlap that’s when their prop their trades match. Ultimately this gives investors more ways to adjust their strategy over time unlocking new paths for long-term portfolio growth. So what does this all mean in practice? Whether you’re invested in a single family home, a vacation rental property, or a real estate fund, you now have the opportunity to access liquidity by selling shares on the secondary market or participating in our funds redemption programs. This is really more than just a new feature. It’s really a foundational shift in how real estate investing works. It transforms what used to be a long-term locked up investment into something far more dynamic and responsive to your goals as they may change uh throughout your life. So, let’s take a closer look now at how it really works in practice. The arrive secondary marketplace will open for one week of trading every month. During that week, investors can submit buy and sell orders in any of the properties that Arrived has offered in the past and that are available for trading. Investors will be able to view the property, the market information, and then decide whether they would like to submit their buy or sell order. When a buyer and seller match on price, um we facilitate the exchange of cash for shares um and pay out the investors. The experience of using the secondary trading marketplace will be very similar to interacting in the public stock markets. Investors can submit buy and sell orders at any time, including on evenings and weekends during the trading week, but transactions will only occur during market hours on weekdays during the trading week. Importantly, a share can only be transacted once during a secondary market trading week. There will not currently be an option for day trading within a given um secondary market week. So, if you buy shares on the secondary market, you’ll have to hold them until the next monthly window opens. A couple of important logistical points. Once a new property launches on our site, it will typically be eligible to start trading on the secondary marketplace around 6 months later. We’ll require that buyers are already investors on arrive for at least 60 days with at least one settled trade. And this is both to reduce potential for fraud and ensure that participants have at least some experience with our investments and how they work before using the secondary marketplace. Critically, purchases on the secondary market will be funded by a from an investor’s bank account. That way, investors don’t have to bring cash onto the platform before making a buying decision. trades and a payments will not process until a match has occurred. And so you don’t need to transfer funds into arrive before submitting orders. So that provides a quick overview on the secondary marketplace and now I’m going to kick it over to Jake to talk through a little bit more of the details. Thanks Ryan. We’ve gotten a lot of great questions from investors about the secondary market and we’re going to use those as our guide for this walkthrough. Let’s dive in. First, I’ll review three terms about trading that are new for arrive with the launch of the secondary market. The first is trading window. This is the oneweek period during which the secondary market is open each month. All of the secondary market activity takes place during the trading window. Market hours are probably a familiar term from stock market trading. During each trading window, the market hours are from weekdays from 9:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time. And lastly, you’ll hear me talk about matches. This is when a buy and sell order overlap on price, initiating a trade between the buyer and the seller. This can happen for all of the shares in an order, or you can have a partial match where some, but not all, shares execute. So, what’s the best way to find properties to buy on the secondary market? I’ll talk about two approaches here, and I’m sure as you start using it, you’ll find even more. Using filters can be a great way to discover properties when you have a clear idea of what you’re looking for and want to narrow down your options. Many of the available filters on the secondary market will look familiar from our new property filters. We have filters for property type, market, rental status, and properties in your portfolio. And then we have two filters to make secondary market browsing easier. The first is minimum number of shares listed. This filter will help you find properties with a large number of shares available. This is useful if you’re looking to deploy larger amounts of capital per property. There’s also a filter for markets in your portfolio. This is a great filter if you’re looking to diversify into new markets, especially opportunities to invest in markets that haven’t been offered by arrived recently. Selecting notowned here will show you all of the properties in markets that you don’t currently have in your portfolio. The last three columns in the secondary market table are useful on their own and in conjunction with the filters I just showed. Sorting by the shares listed column will help you see the properties at the top of the list that have the most number of shares available. And sorting by best available price helps to bring the best deals to the top of the list. This shows you the best available price in the order book in relation to that property’s arrive valuation and how far above or below it is. Realistically, you’ll probably end up using a mixture of filters and sorts to find the right properties to invest in. We also have a demand chart on the far right. This shows the distribution of shares from buyers and sellers, so you can quickly get a sense of the market activity. It’s showing the number of buy and sell orders relative to the arrived valuation, allowing you to quickly see where the buying and selling opportunities are. But once you have a good list from filtering and sorting, you’ll probably need to do some kind of manual analysis to understand the story of each property. The best place to do this is the property history section, where you can find information on historical dividends, rental status, and performance over the entire property’s life. Only you can decide exactly what you’re looking for, but this is a great place to start. Now, on the flip side, how might you determine which properties to sell on the secondary market? While the secondary market can offer an optional path to liquidity, all properties are still managed with a long-term rental mind strategy in mind. Arrive continues to hold and sell properties accordingly according to the planned timelines and based on market conditions. So, if selling on the procary market isn’t something you’re interested in doing, that’s totally fine. It’s a decision that only you can make. With that said, if you’re looking to strategically sell properties based on performance, we recommend starting in your portfolio. From there, you can review individual property performance and click on a property’s name to place an order to buy more shells shares or sell directly from there. There’s also a handy shortcut to sell shares from the main secondary market page, but less ability to analyze property formance when you take that route. Now, why are all orders limit orders? We use limit orders so that investors can have more control over the prices that their shares are trading at rather than simply executing at the best available price, which could be far from the arrive valuation. Every time you place a limit order, you’re essentially stating the highest price you’re willing to pay or the lowest price you’re willing to sell for. You might wonder what might change um in your order after it’s placed. You can you change your mind? The answer is yes. You can change and edit your price until it’s matched. When you submit your order, we’ll check the order book for matching shares immediately if it’s during market hours. If the market is currently closed, we’ll check the order book for potential matches immediately when it opens the next day. If your shares don’t match right away, you may want to adjust your order using market data, which you can do in the manage orders area. Again, this is totally up to you. Remember that the order price is the highest you are willing to pay for shares or the lowest you are willing to sell shares for. Only adjust your prices to thresholds that you are comfortable with because once a match occurs, the trade is final. So, how do I go about setting a price for my order? Only you can decide. Take in the arrived valuation, the market data, the trade history, and the property history into consideration. Compare that to the activity that’s happening on the order book in real time. All of these data points are conveniently available when you click on any property in the secondary market. For full details, you can always open up the property’s original offering page, but take note that the data here is frozen in time from its initial launch. When you review your order, you’ll see that we’re only giving you an estimate of what may be due or paid at match. Why is that? In the case that a seller is willing to sell for a lower price than you’re willing to buy or vice versa, your order may match at a better price than what you submitted. The rule of thumb is that everyone gets what they want or better. You can’t do worse than the order price that you submitted. Now, since we don’t know your final price or how many shares out of your order have matched until the match actually happens, the source of truth for what happens is in the transactions history or activity area. Until then, you’ll see us refer to subtotals as estimated. And now that we’re talking about activity, let’s go over the trade statuses and money movement. When will you see newly purchased or sold shares reflected in your portfolio? As soon as an order matches, it is final and will populate in your activity table with the status processing. Shares from buy orders will immediately be shown in your portfolio. Shares from sell orders will not move to your closed positions until after the trade has settled. This usually occurs 7 to 10 business days after the trading window closes. You’ll see a green check mark as the status to note that the trade has successfully settled. If you’ve sold any shares, the trade settling will also be when you uh when you see the cash from the sale reflected in your arrived cash balance. Now, one last easy question. Where can you go to find all this information and more after the webinar? We have helpful guides to getting started in app when you click learn how to get started on the main secondary market page as well as lots of FAQs at help.arive.com which is also linked in app.

July 7, 2026
06/20/2026 – Arrived Fractional Investing in Real Estate

Welcome and thanks for joining us today. Before we dive in, I want to quickly introduce our speakers. I’m Ryan. I’m one of the co-founders and the CEO of Arrived. And investing in rental properties has been a passion of mine for over a decade. And I’m grateful for the opportunity to chat with everyone here today. I’m also joined by Jake, a senior product manager at Arrived. And we’re excited to be here with you all and really talk about rental property investing. We’ve got a great agenda for today. We’ll start by covering why investors consider real estate as well as the different ways to access the asset class. From there, I’ll give a quick introduction to Arrived, walk through how our model works, and highlight the key benefits Arrive can offer investors. And Jake will finish up by walking through a few more of the things to consider when investing in real estate, and then how to get started for anyone who’s interested. After that, we’ll take live questions from the audience, and then we’ll break from there. So, let’s start with some of the benefits of investing in real estate in general. One of the reasons why investors have long seen real estate as an important part of their overall investment portfolio is really just due to the fact that you can earn money in multiple ways. The first is through property value growth where you can see your real estate value appreciate over time. And the second is from rental income. People paying rent, providing cash flow for operating a property as a rental. And the last thing worth mentioning is just that real estate can have favorable tax treatment as well and the opportunity to defer tax on things like rental income by using depreciation of the property as an asset. Next, let’s look at why real estate has been such a durable way to build wealth over time. The two charts I’ll walk through are from the Federal Reserve Bank. The first shows how rent have has grown over time, and the second shows the long-term trend in US median home prices. Together, they really highlight what makes real estate so compelling. Investors have the potential to earn from both rental income and property appreciation. And that combination has helped real estate remain one of the most consistent wealth-b buildinging assets over the long term. Another reason investors often consider real estate is overall portfolio diversification. And this really ties back to modern portfolio theory and the simple concept that for a riskaverse investors, a well- diversified portfolio can maximize returns for any given level of risk. And real estate as an asset class has historically had a lower correlation with the stock market and as a result is often recommended as a great complement to other asset classes. And then finally, real estate can provide access to lowerc cost leverage. Leverage or debt can increase your purchasing power beyond the cash that you have available today and as a result magnify your potential returns either up or down depending on how your investment performs. And real estate has long had one of the lower costs of accessing that type of leverage. So with that, how do you invest in real estate today? First, there are several types of real estate to think about. Starting with commercial or industrial properties, things like office buildings or warehouse. Then there are residential properties like single family homes or multif family buildings. There’s vacant land and there’s also vacation properties uh properties operated on Airbnb or VBO. Um outside of equity investments, there’s also real estate credit investments. Things like investing in the financing that backs professional real estate development projects. And when you think about how to invest in real estate, there’s a couple of different ways to invest. You can invest in the property directly where you go through the full process search process of searching the market, submitting offers, taking out a mortgage potentially and then managing that property over time. Alternatively, you could invest in REITs or real estate investment trusts. The most common type of REIT people think of are really publicly traded REITs where you can buy shares through your brokerage account of choice. Uh they can offer great tax benefits without needing to manage properties yourself. But since they’re often publicly traded, they’re also more correlated to the stock market performance and their prices can be more volatile than the actual underlying real estate values and that can also compress dividends associated with these REITs. Then there’s a new generation of real estate investing platforms that have emerged to make the asset class more accessible. Arrived is really part of this broader shift with a focus on residential real estate and real estate back credit. Our goal is to make it easy for anyone to invest across the real estate market without the traditional barriers of buying and managing properties directly. I’ve personally been passionate about residential homes, which is one of the things that led to creating Arrive to begin with so that anyone could invest in this segment of the market and in single family homes. Homes can be a great way to get started in your real estate journey. uh they’re quite easy for new investors to real estate to understand because the value of the house is driven by things like its location, the curb appeal, and the rental potential. All things that people can consider and value evaluate at face value on any given investment. From a market perspective, new home construction has not kept up pace with housing demand over the last 10 to 15 years. And this is why we’ve continued to see home prices grow at an accelerated rate. We’re also seeing a generational shift. More people are choosing to rent for longer in their life for the flexibility that it provides. And as their lives evolve and families grow, many people are looking for larger rental homes that offer more space without sacrificing that flexibility. Arrived first of all launched the ability to invest in shares of individual rental properties. These are long-term rentals or vacation rental properties. And today we have more than 500 properties across 65 cities and growing uh each week as we add new properties. A ride was the first company to really adopt this way for anyone to buy shares of individual rental properties and access the rental income and property values over time. Since then, we’ve also introduced new investment products like our single family residential fund. So if you think about our individual properties as a way for an investor to build their portfolio and decide which properties they want to participate in or which areas of the country they want to diversify into and really build their portfolio on their own with their own vision. The single family residential fund is meant to be sort of a mo total market rental fund. Um, so the returns and performance are intended to be similar to the average returns of individual properties on arrived. For investors who really want a more passive experience and don’t want to pick and choose which properties they invest in, the single family residential fund is a great option. While our individual properties and single family residential fund focus on equity investments in rental homes, the real estate income fund focuses on real estate back credit investments. That means investors can add exposure to real estate credit alongside properties designed to generate returns through rental income and potential appreciation. While our real estate income fund provides a dividend yield, so all of the investor returns primarily come from distributions or dividends or from the interest payments on underlying assets in the in the portfolio. And this is a great way in this kind of higher interest rate environment right now to sort of be the bank and provide financing to professional real estate developers across the country for their real estate projects, which could be new home construction, professional home renovations, or other potential financing opportunities backed by real estate assets. And this product has really performed well since launch, paying over an 8.1% annualized dividend yield and offering a great high yield opportunity backed by these residential real estate assets. And now let’s talk for a second about city funds. Um, and this is really an evolution in our different equity fund products. If you think of the single family residential fund as our total rental home market fund, city funds are meant to mirror individual sectors or specific slices of the market. We believe that this is the best way to participate in the underlying real estate performance of a city that you believe in. So if you want the ability to pick and choose which markets you’re investing in, similar to our individual properties, but you also want some of the efficiency and simplicity of passive investing in a poolled fund, then city funds might be for you. The first city fund we launched is the Seattle City Fund, a market that’s close to our hearts, where we have a lot of team and expertise locally, but also has been one where we’ve really wanted to allow investors to participate in the growth happening in this market. The Seattle fund is one of the markets available today, and over time, we aim to offer a broader mix of cities across the country for investors to choose from, similar to investing in our individual properties, which today are available across more than 65 markets. While single family rental homes can offer meaningful benefits, investing them in them directly, traditionally has been complex, uncertain, timeconuming, expensive, and largely offline. And our vision for Arrived has been to completely change that so that we can make single family home investing really accessible for anyone at any time. And Arrived is a platform for investing in shares of these individual investments around individual properties and real estate backed credit investments. And through our website and our mobile app, investors can browse available investments, they can buy shares in the homes or funds uh as they choose and invest online just by linking a bank account. From there, they can earn passive income from rental dividends or distributions from our credit funds and any property appreciation over time for properties that they’re investing in. We see this as an exciting innovation in property investing and we’ve been excited by the level of interest from investors on arrived. And now over the years we’ve really become the largest platform for investing in shares of residential properties. We’ve built an incredible track record thanks to our investing community and we have an incredible group of backers in our company and we’re excited to continue to grow the arrive community from here. And so with that, let’s get into some of the details about how Arrived works. First, let’s look at the acquisition process. We look at the wide world of real estate, analyze the markets and neighborhoods that we uh have strong conviction in in the areas that we’re buying. And some of the things that we’re looking at include tracking data like positive net migration or generally population growth, how many people are coming in and how many people are leaving that market. We want to see a strong positive trend there. Then we look at the city’s infrastructure. Are there enough highways and freeways to support the movement of goods and services and people for neighborhoods to be able to keep growing? And then finally, we’re looking for diverse economies. We want to make sure that there are jobs being created, that there are strong industries, and that it can be fairly well insulated against any source of any sort of recessionary forces. At a simple level, people need to be able to earn income to pay rent or buy homes for a market to thrive. And once we have conviction in a market, we take a bottoms up approach to selecting the right homes in that market. We look for properties with strong rental income potential relative to the cost in neighborhoods that we believe are well positioned for long-term growth while carefully evaluating the risks such as crime or overall market quality. In some cases, investing in the path of progress means looking at neighborhoods that are still improving and may have some challenges today. But that’s why our acquisition process is focused on balancing long-term opportunity with a thoughtful riskmanagement approach. After acquiring a home, we prepare it for residents. Many of the homes that we buy are newer, including new construction homes, but there is often still important work to do. ordering appliances, installing window treatments, adding fencing, and making other improvements to make the home rental ready. Fencing can be an especially a valuable um in single family home rentals. For many residents, uh particularly those with children or pets, a fenced yard adds meaningful utility and can make a home more desirable. When it’s economically feasible and the lot size allows it, we often add fencing as part of the rental ready process. From there, we operate the property to generate income. For long-term rentals, that means managing the home through a traditional landlord resident model on long-term leases. And for vacation rentals, we apply the same disciplined approach um to finding highquality assets, thoughtful design, furnishing, and equipping those homes to create a great guest experience that drives attractive booking revenue. Finally, we make the investment available to investors. Each property goes through a regulatory process with the SEC where key information is filed and our investment terms are clearly disclosed. Our goal is to give investors a transparent experience and the information they need to provide informed decisions. Next, we look at some of the benefits of investing with Arrived. Um, starting with things like passive income. With Arrived, you can invest in the properties you choose and start earning rental income through monthly distributions. Real estate has a reputation for being passive. But owning and managing property directly can often times be anything but passive. There’s potentially repairs, resident needs, leasing, operation, and ongoing decisions to manage. With Arrived, it’s really designed to make your rental property investing truly passive. You choose where to invest, and we handle the work of acquiring, preparing, and managing those properties. Next is looking at capital appreciation over time. Real estate values can increase as the land and property values grow. For investors, this creates the potential to participate in long-term upside in addition to rental income. We’ll cover this more in detail in the tax treatment se section, but real estate has historically offered the potential for capital appreciation as property values increase over time. One important note is that capital appreciation generally does not apply in the same way for a real estate income fund. The fund is primarily made up of short-term real estate loans rather than direct property ownership and those loans are generally intended to be held to maturity. So investors receive the full interest income uh while the loans are active and assuming repayment receive their principal back at maturity. Capital appreciation is more relevant to investments in properties where returns can benefit from potential increases in the value of the underlying properties over time. Another benefit is access to property level debt or leverage without personal liability through arrived investors can participate in properties that use mortgage financing without having to personally qualify for the loan. Uh there are no investor credit checks and investors do not need to meet traditional credit requirements typically associated with buying a mortgage property directly. Our debt programs are structured to be non-reourse to investors. That means investors are not personally responsible for repaying any mortgage debt associated with a property that takes on financing. And then finally, investors have no operational responsibility. Arrived handles all of the work sourcing and acquiring properties, managing those properties, and supporting the regulatory process with the SEC. So investors can participate without taking on the day-to-day responsibilities of property ownership. The next benefit of real estate investing is tax efficiency. Some of these advantages come from real estate itself, while others come from how Arrive structures its investment and offerings. One of the key real estate tax benefits is depreciation. Depreciation is a non-cash expense that accounts for normal wear and tear on a property over time. Even though no cash is paid out for depreciation, it can be used to reduce the property’s taxable operating income. In practice, this can allow investors to receive operating cash flow while deferring certain related taxes. That tax treatment is one of the reason real estate has historically been viewed as a tax advantage asset class. Another potential tax benefit is long-term capital gains treatment. When an when an equity real estate investment is held for more than one year, any gains from the sale may qualify for long-term capital gains tax rates, which are gen generally lower than ordinary income tax rates. So, if you hold an asset for a year or longer, then it’s subject to long-term capital gains treatment, which in today’s environment can be 15 to 20% depending on your income. And if you compare that to say ordinary income rates on wages, where typically the highest marginal rate is often above 30%. Next is the low minimum investments with arrived investors can get started with as little as $100. Um, and that really makes it easier for investors to build an investment portfolio portfolio as they see fit. Either diversifying into a number of different assets, maybe dollar cost averaging over time, or more easily reinvesting their dividends. This provides a lot more flexibility compared to traditional rental property investing where getting started can require tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands of dollars for a down payment, closing costs, renovations, cash reserves, taxes, and ongoing expenses. And then next is thinking about diversification. With Arrived, investors can spread their portfolio across multiple properties and markets nationwide. With individual in uh offerings, investors can build a portfolio on their own terms. And with our real estate funds, investors can access broader built-in diversification through a single investment. Arrived also gives investors flexibility by turning large assets like rental homes into smaller investable shares. Arrive makes it easy to invest across different properties, markets, and strategies. Instead of being limited to just opportunities in the in your backyard or acquiring whole properties, you can access rental property investments in markets across the country. Together, these options give investors more control over how to build their real estate portfolio, whether they choose individual properties to invest through our diversified funds or our credit funds or a combination of both approaches based on their goals. And one more thing really worth highlighting is liquidity. Real estate has traditionally been in a liquid asset class. Um, when you own a property directly, selling can take months, involve significant time, cost, and complexity. Arrived investments are generally designed to be held over the long term just to give each property time to execute on its investment strategy, generate income, and maximize investment return through property appreciation over time. But at the same time, we understand that investors needs can change for investors in individual properties. Arrived offers a secondary trading marketplace where eligible investors can list shares for sale to other investors. When buyers and sellers list at the same price, their orders match, similar to the public stock market, the secondary market can provide investors with a way to sell shares before a pro a property hits the end of its target hold period. Arrive funds also offer liquidity programs through a redemption program that provide investors with access to liquidity once per quarter after an initial six-month hold period. And with that, thank you. I’m going to turn it over to Jake so he can explain a little bit more about real estate returns and some of the financials of considering some of these investment products. Thank you. Ryan talked a lot about the reasons for investing in real estate and now we’re going to take a dive into the potential returns of the arrived investments. This chart is meant to illustrate the potential range of returns for each investment strategy. In this chart, each dot represents the average return for that specific investment strategy and the lines represent the distribution of typical outcomes. You can see that the investments with higher average returns also come with a wider range of potential outcomes. This illustrates the different range of volatility or risk in the performance of each asset class. Investments with higher return potential also come with a wider range of potential outcomes. To mitigate that range of outcomes, investors can diversify across several properties. The more offerings you invest in within an investment strategy, the more likely your overall returns will be closer to that average. To do that, you could buy several different properties within an investment strategy or invest in our funds products, which are already instantly diversified across dozens of individual properties. This chart is very similar to the last one, but instead of looking at investment strategies, we’re looking at the impact of adding leverage. Adding mortgage debt to a real estate investment can amplify outcomes. It introduces an additional layer of risk, but it can also increase an investment’s potential return profile. As leverage increases, the range of potential outcomes expands. A strong investment may benefit from enhanced returns while a weaker investment may face greater downside risk. That’s why we take a disciplined approach to using debt. Given the current interest rate environment, we are not adding mortgage leverage to new properties at this time. However, some properties may include a strategic refinance candidate tag on their property page. This means the property is being offered to investors without debt today, but it may be a candidate for adding a loan to in the future if interest rates decline or financing terms become more attractive. This approach gives us time to evaluate each property’s operating performance before making a decision on leverage. It also allows us to be more selective about which properties to refinance, how much debt to add, and what interest rate would make the most sense for investors. And that brings us to this matrix which shows the intended range of return for each investment strategy with and without debt. Like I was saying, all of our new properties are launching without leverage, but we hope to add leverage to them when it makes sense. Ultimately, the returns on each investment will depend on the performance of that property’s rental operations and on appreciation in the local market. And that means some properties will certainly outperform these ranges while others may underperform them. These numbers represent a well- diversified portfolio within each investment strategy and leverage combination. The more investors diversify across multiple properties, the more likely a portfolio’s overall returns will fall within these ranges over the target investment period. As we discussed earlier, you can diversify on Arrive by buying shares in individual properties or by investing in our fund products which offer instant diversification. And that brings us to the fun part, how to get started. The account creation process takes about 4 minutes. And from there, you’ll be able to start browsing the available properties and funds that are currently being funded by investors. You can take a look at the different investment strategies and different properties to pick which ones interest you and then you can simply select the number of shares you want to buy. From there, you can start earning the potential income and appreciation from your investment. Arrived is designed to make real estate investing simple, accessible, and even enjoyable without the complexity of buying and managing property on your own. With that, let’s open it up for Q&A.

July 7, 2026
06/19/2026 – Paul Ponna – I Turned 10,000 Hours into a Free AI Video Workflow

I spent 10,000 hours mastering AI video creation and social media algorithms. I turned these skills into a free automated workflow. Copy my entire workflow for free. First things first, let’s talk about where you can access this workflow. So, you’re going to find this workflow in video.ai/workflow. I’ll leave the link in the description, but you’ll also see the link right below that you can go to. And in here, you’re going to see this area right here, which says 10,000 hours into AI video automation. And you’re just going to click on this link right here which says build with GPT and uh this is with Chad GPT that will work with free accounts as well um that you can use. When you click on it, it’s going to open up this GPT. I’ll show you how what I did. I just said this is my YouTube channel and then I gave my YouTube channel URL. It said get generate me a complete video workflow for Video Express AI. Right? And then here you go. It said um viral YouTube title stop creating more content. Build an AI content machine instead. Right? It gives a YouTube description. Most creators are not losing because they lack ideas. They’re losing because every video starts from zero. In this video, you’ll see a simple AI workflow, right? For this video, how I got the idea basically. And then thumbnail text to image prompt, which I’ll show you how you can do. And then it also shows the video angle. It gives the scenes to copy paste into video express.ai application and on and on and on. In this particular case, if you see it talked a little bit about um if you see here a mannequin standing in send massive content factory. So if you don’t want to use mannequin style, you can come back here and you say need something that can go very viral. Come up with the theme yourself and then it’ll come up with it. So the idea is I’ve created everything I know for 10,000 plus hours that I’ve spent more like I’d say 50 to 100,000 hours if you count the 20 years I’ve been doing this stuff full-time. So I’ve included all the frameworks into this. So that AI replaced everyone except these people, right? And that’s the title of the project. Then AI is coming for your job but not the way you think. See how it shifted it and uh it gives the description. Then it gives the thumbnail idea where you can uh get the entire thumbnail ideas and so on. And you can even say I don’t want mannequin style. All right. I don’t want a man mannequin style. I want it in realistic style. Um uh or even 3D style, whatever. and it’ll immediately create this for you. Okay. And uh that’s the way I’ve structured it. So it’s super fast and super easy. Gives you ideas right out of the gate. You can come and copy paste this into video express. Now what is the underlying framework of this whole thing, right? Let’s discuss that right now step by step. Then I’ll walk you through how we can use it for different use cases in video express. So the idea is very simple. Okay, you want to elicit curiosity and then that’s the first maybe 15 to 30 seconds. Then you want to have a recognition of a problem that people are facing. You want to just give them belief that the actual video that you’re talking about that one idea that you have will actually get their desire and get them to take action. Okay, one action at a time. So I’ll talk about this in a nutshell as well how to do this. The viewer arrives very distracted. If you look at Instagram and you look at Tik Tok and some of these places even shorts, they’re just scrolling through and so they need that guidance from you. why they should stop and basically stop scrolling. So that’s the idea. So the viewer state is basically scrolling. They’re very skeptical. They’re half listening already judging. They’re not really interested in what you have to tell them. So you got to recognize that and you got to basically grab their attention. So you want to come up with a very clean promise. Okay, here’s what I have. Here’s what it can do for you and how quickly can that do for you. Right? That whatever that uh action is, right? It should be very low friction for a short video. And then the idea is you stop the scroll, you build the belief and then you create the action. And then the idea is there’s a subconscious level uh idea behind what people think versus what they actually do. This is the reason why if you look at some of these weight loss uh stuff that you’ve seen out there, right? Where people might say, well, you know, I’m not going to take any supplements. I’m very natural. I’m not going to do this. I’m not going to do that. But in reality, you’ll see them buying all this stuff. That’s why the pharmaceutical companies make so much money if you think about it right behind the scenes. So people they actually will say I want better hooks to create my videos. But what they are is they’re tired of being invisible, right? What they need is basically show me this can work for someone like me. Even you know uh at the end of the day what I’ve realized is people don’t expect to have insane level results of the top 0.01%. What they don’t want is the downside of looking stupid right in front of their family, their friends. Let’s say it’s weight loss or let’s say it’s for example um public speaking. Let’s say it’s for example trying to uh help businesses grow as an agency. Whatever it is, whatever the idea is, they don’t want to fail. So we mitigate the failure as much as possible. And the idea is that you have to accept the situation, you create the tension, you create a payoff loop, which I’ll talk about in a bit. And then you’re going to hook them in. And this is all needed to be done in one minute. I’ve automated that whole thing into the workflow anyways. And if people watch but never buy, your script is basically missing missing the belief shift. You’re the only person who can solve that problem. Your way is the only way that can solve that issue for them. Your workflow is the only workflow that’s going to speed up and get them to the finish line. You see what I’m saying? And then what you want to make sure is that you have to make sure that you are creating strong hooks to suck people in. At the end of the day, attention economy, right? Today, so what you have to think about is weak is today I’m going to talk about copyrightiting. So what what’s in it for me? But stronger is most videos lose the sale before the offer appears. So what do you do about it? Let me show you how. Right? So we need to make sure that we get to the point, right? get to the point of the problem and then you make the problem very visual. Okay? And so basically you got to drill into the pain, right? People buy only for two reasons, pain or pleasure. The idea is that they’ll buy more often to avoid the pain than it is to actually get to pleasure. Okay? So you need to create what’s called a belief ladder. Again, I’ve automated this stuff for you in the workflow as well. Uh, and the idea is that you want to make sure that they change their entire belief system in what you’re trying to offer them, whatever your offer or service is. And we’ll talk about some examples today live so that we can interact and I can show you how we can work around that. And then the current belief is this won’t work for me. What we want to change that is basically uh a new mechanism. Why? You’ve tried a weight loss diet before or whatever. Would this new mechanism allow you to do? You’ve tried other AI tools before, but you know, you got stuck in the mix. What this workflow will do for you, you’ve tried other things to sell as an agency to clients or customers or your offer, your product, your service, but they don’t even care why it is because the mechanism, the way you deliver, the way you package matters more than the product itself. Okay, that’s what matters. So, we’ll talk about that as well. And I’ve automated this into the workflow, right? So instead of teaching them like more tips, you know, more features, more anything, what I want to teach is the new mechanism. In this video, I’m doing that. And the mechanism is the workflow. I’m not teaching you copyrightiting. I’m giving you the entire workflow, right? That will distill everything, right? I’ve ever learned in the last 10,000 plus hours I’ve spent on it. So I’m giving you the mechanism, which is the workflow, right? So that way you can use it and simplify things because you’ve tried the old ways. You’ve looked at other YouTube videos, you’ve tried, you know, tools, AI tools and everything. But the idea is that you stare at a blank screen. You look at it, it sounds cool in uh theory, but when you go into practice, it never works. Why? The mechanism was wrong. Workflows are the new way to speed up things for you, right? To get you to the finish line. And obviously, the idea is that we talk about the pain because the idea is you tried other AI tools in this case. Uh maybe you even tried video express and you’re like, uh, you know, it’s a little bit complicated for me and I need to use multiple clips together, merge them together, come up with the idea, come up with a script idea, whatever. Now how do I basically change that behavior so that I I don’t make a mistake of what other people are doing and u you know get better results than other people right so what we do is what’s called proof placement right so what you want to do is is it real I showed you the link right away right when you watch this video I showed you the link right out of the gate where you can access the workflows I solve that problem for you is it for me it’s for you because if you’re doing any kind of AI content any kind of AI tools you’re using you need workflows so that you can do what master is doing so that you can copy their brain and uh clone them into your day-to-day life so that you don’t have to learn and spend 10,000 hours yourself. Can I trust it? Do you trust me in this case? Even if you don’t trust me, you can trust the AI system that I develop for you. Right? And is it worth it? It’s free. So, it’s worth it. Right? So, that’s the basic idea where you do the proof, the demo, the example, the process, and then the comparison of what’s out there. Right? And basically, you have to make sure that you do pattern interrupts. Remember in the first 30 seconds of this video, you saw that pattern interrupt where I was on the white book, then I was moving over here, moving over there. Location changes. This is what a lot of people make a mistake of when people there is a proven theory in dating, for example, where you know, if you’re um dating a significant other and you want to have them feel like a memorable moment, your first date, there’s a thing that that the best of the best dating coaches do is where you create a bubble of your own and you go to multiple locations, right, with the girl or the guy of your dreams. You take them into a restaurant, then you move them into another location, a park or something or a beach, and then you move them to another location. So, it feels like they’ve had a lifetime of memories in that one day. The more you compact that, the more likely it is that they’re willing to buy from you or marry you or, you know, have a more serious relationship with you. Same logic applies in business as well, right? Pattern interrupt works the same way as well. And then the idea is that we want to make sure that they take a decision after they watch. I don’t care about YouTube videos that’ll make me millions of views. In fact, my YouTube channel that you’re watching generates more revenue, okay? Um significant amount of more revenue than YouTube channel that has short content or uh you know, let’s say uh millions of views, but they have like two or three minute videos and I make a lot more because mine is long form content but actually focuses on getting people to take action, right? Right. After you use the workflow, you can start using it to get results, right? So that is more valuable of a user for me than somebody who has a million views but people are just entertained by it. I want people who are serious about using something and and getting results with it. Right? So that is what where we’re moving into now. Problem solution. What is the problem and what’s my solution? You get to it as quickly as possible. People will value it heavily these days. So just make sure right that I will show you this whole process to you so that you don’t miss anything in the workflow step by step right now and answer any questions. And so now in the chat also post any niches and markets or product or service that you want me to kind of give you ideas on how to create videos, how do you structure them, how to put the titles and everything. I’ll use my workflow against it, okay? So that you can play around with it. Is that cool? So let’s do that. Let me post me all the products or services in the chat. I’ll run through them one by one.

All right. So let’s get things rolling here. I do see some niches and stuff. So what I will do, I’ll share my screen here real quick. so that you guys and gals can um see it right now. So it can work in any way. So for example, here I’ll put like ask anything when you open up the workflow and let’s say for example I have a home gardening YouTube channel, right? So you can say um create me uh a viral video for my home gardening channel, right? uh and and it will do the work based on all the frameworks that I’ve just taught and I’ll be updating this as well based upon your um information and your uh checklist items here because it’s not about me, right? It’s all about you. This whole thing I set it up for you, right? And uh so that’s that’s the thing I wanted to kind of uh show you. So, let me just kind of frame this a little bit better so you guys and girls can see. Sometimes, you know, these things um you cannot see them as well as I would like you to see. All right. Cool. All right. So, we can see me there. Awesome. Excellent. So, uh let’s do that right now. All right. So, I’ve seen here um you have a a lot of these niches you’re giving me here. So, like uh you’re giving me luxury travel, uh you’re giving me um product or software, you’re giving me transactional, you’re giving me improv training. So let’s just talk about that right. So here in the space home gardening YouTube channel look look what it’s doing then we’ll go through the markets and edes you guys and gals are posting here and I’ll talk about the framework also how it applies in a nutshell. Is that cool? Because uh it’s important you understand what I’m doing here so you can recreate this and do your own thing as well. My goal is not to this be the be all end and end all way to do it. It’s also about you kind of structuring how you want it to be done. Okay. So um in this case you see this title is the gardening mistake that’s killing your harvest. Uh so the pain right killing harvest pain and then um if you see here uh this is the YouTube title why your garden looks healthy but produces almost nothing. Okay so now you have an idea where why doesn’t it produce anything and it it kind of puts the pain right and then this is description. This description is actually not as important. Uh YouTube these days doesn’t care as much or even other algorithms by the way does not care as much about what you put in the description or the tags and stuff. It’s maybe useful for the first one or two videos just to get an understanding of the audience. But nowadays what it does is it’ll transcribe the video into text and kind of understand the video you’re speaking what the target audience is. All right. So um that’s the basic idea of what’s happening nowadays uh if you will. All right. So here if you see uh if I scroll down you got the thumbnail text and description realistic of an everyday home gardener standing in a lush background. Uh I’d say more thumbnail as an idea of who the main character is and all that. And then uh video angle most gardeners think uh more leaves mean more food. Uh this video will try healthy looking plants can still produce disappointing harvest and what to do instead. All right. And now you have text to image prompt to generate the images and then image to video prompt and so on and so forth. So let me just show you the sequencing here right now. So you kind of get an understanding. And of course you can use consistent character and all that stuff too down the line. Uh I’ve already taught that in the other workflows which I can um you can ask for as well here. But anyway, if you go back into um here see I I’ve created some elements here, right? So you can copy paste this uh exact thing into video express uh video express.ai right our application. And you can pick the styles, human, 3D, whatever. So, if you click create uh create image, um it’s going to generate us like the um the image, right? Everyday gardener kneeling down and all that kind of stuff in human style or 3D style as well. It’s up to you. 16×9 or 9×6 as well, depending on what like if it’s a short minute long, definitely recommend that. Right? So, in this case, it just generated this. If I want vertical 9×6, I can do the same thing. Create and then I can do that too. I can even automatically enhance my prompt to give me some either a little bit of um oomph to my image cuz it’s going to just spice it up a little bit, make it a little bit better, cooler. Right? So, this is one element here. Uh you see this right here. So, it’ll generate uh the farmer doing I think this is lettuce farming. Right? And of course, you can change the ethnicity and all that through the prompting style to go back to CHP and do that. But you get the point, right? Now, you can turn this into video. So, you can come back here. Uh come back here. You see this image to video prompt. Um right here, gardener slowly parts the leaves while searching for vegetables. Boom. I’ll just come back here, paste this video prompt. I can um now here um you can just because there’s no lip sync elements or anything, you can just do that like create video and you can create the sequences like that scenes, right? So like for example, if I want to make this gentleman the consistent character, I can click save, right? And then I can um um use consistent character. Go to reference photo. And again you guys and gals can watch this later as a replay because this is pretty standard stuff. Uh but you can use this this person right here as the consistent character for all my images going forward. Right? Um so let’s say for example in this particular case realistic human gardener watering plants heavily blah blah blah. So now you just right click save, copy this, right? And then um come back to this in the image area and you just paste this right and you can enhance it if you want. Uh it’s a choice up to you. Um you can pick both choices. We always generate two images because sometimes one image might be better than the other kind of thing. So that’s why we kind of do that in a way. So um again you can go back here while this is generating and then you can go back to the second scene which is uh the uh video prompt and then now you can just generate right. So the idea is that it’s doing all the frameworks that I taught you more in a practical sense and you can play around with it to teach you more stuff like here I like this image better right I’ll use the first image I selected it right here on the top and then I can come back here and then I can uh paste this into the video prompt like so uh again and then it pours into plans right that’s the create video again so now while this is doing that I’ll create the vertical uh frame here on the top uh that you see right now I’ll do that the vertical frame aiming as you can see and then uh what I can do is I can come back and then in the media gallery once this video is created like you see this it’s completed it’ll be under my videos and you see this is the video correct so there we go the the gentleman is doing some stuff here uh with the plans all right so we can copy and uh you can put this into our sequencing right so that’s the idea you can make narration style videos all that kind of stuff too but you see how it’s doing the tasks for us in a step-by-step fashion in the market that you want to correct and of course you can play around with it as is. So now we saw some markets that there. So I did see improv uh training. So let’s just uh go and run through some of these, right? And um I’ll open up multiple windows of this just for uh the sake of uh making it more fun, I guess. So we’ll go to um uh I’ll open some multiple tabs here. Cool. So let’s just go uh from market. So So improv training is one, right? So I’ll do improv training uh is my YouTube channel top um niche, right? And then it’s going to create see confidence. Why most improv students stay stuck and why your improv isn’t improving and nobody tells you why. Okay, you keep showing up to improv classes, doing the exercises and hoping for confidence. Uh the confidence will eventually click but it doesn’t. Right? The real problem is not talent. It’s practicing the wrong things. You see it’s talking about like the copyrightiting frameworks of what people should avoid the paint ledger everything I mentioned. Right? Product or software. Right? Let’s say you can type in specifically what the topic is about because it’s a little bit more generic. Transactional funding. Good. Good topic. Let’s uh let’s do that. My niche is uh transactional uh funding. All right. I pasted that in here. And then uh cool. Transactional funding. The fastest way real estate investors close deals without using their own money. Hm. Interesting. Uh how real estate investors close deals with zero down of their own cash? Because transactional funding, I’m guessing, is uh some type of hard money loan kind of thing, I’m guessing. Or how to close the deal, I guess. uh in a way right so I’m not too familiar with that uh topic myself but it’ll do the whole setup right what are the pain points and you know what are the main ideas and stuff and just kind of gives you the idea you can always expand upon you see scene six uh create me um like uh uh at least 20 scenes let’s say right and then it will create that right so uh it’ll now do 20 scenes on that topic right text image image to video you can even tell it in 3D style or whatever whatever you can do and it will do that too. Okay, by the way, so as you can see here, right? And then you can say uh I want the entire 20 scenes to be in 3D cartoon style, right? And then you can tell it then it will do it in 3D cartoon style, right? Uh you see this 3D cartoon, right? And on and on, right? Or you can be specific like in this case if it says cartoon, you can say a description of a character, let’s say, okay, what you want to do. All right. Uh and onward and this one is for a workflow for coaching and therapy. Right. So let’s do that. So we can say my niche is coaching and therapy. Uh needed to be in 3D or we can say human, right? Realistic human style. You can say that just because I made it such that it simplifies it to make it more generic without like a consistent character and stuff. But you can do that too. and human style of a 35year-old um female uh suffering depression because of uh being overworked right um uh that’s my target client let’s say right and the hidden cost of being the strong one right why successful women burn out in silence right uh she looks like she has everything under control but behind the pack calendar constant responsiveness productivity can a level of emotional exhaustion few people ever see right and then on and on then it’ll talk about that woman that I needed my target audience right and then on and on so this is where human element comes in I always say this and people kind of u don’t u really take it as seriously think of it this way right we want to understand what AI is good at what humans are good at what I like to always look at is where humans are really good at is the customer psychology side of things meaning I know who my target uh customer is my ideal dream customer is right what are their what are their age their gender their maybe their location in the which part of the world and what language they might be speaking or uh what are their deepest fears also right although I put the frameworks here all the stuff that I’ve learned 10,000 hours worth of stuff still the only thing I need from you is your target customer okay who is your dream client okay what is how much do they earn let’s say maybe u and all that because based on that we can create uh that exact exact character angles and stuff like that, right? And what I’m thinking is like then you can then continue the consistent character, right? Because if you come back here, see, I have that same um gardener as the second video as well, right? If if if you come back here, see this person is gardening here and then now comes back and the story goes that he’s trying to water the plants and on and on, right? We can do it and we can do a narrative style video as well with text to speech and stuff like that too obviously, but you get the point of how we are structuring it, right? And I’ll refine this a little bit more such that um you can do different styles of videos as well with this as time goes on. But this should be a good way for you to understand copywriting, right? Uh main uh key uh points of problems people are facing, right? Luxury travel, right? So in luxury travel, uh let’s just see. Let’s just do that. Okay. Um cuz I know what to say, but I don’t want to say it. Uh because what I would think about is luxury travel on the cheap, right? live like a billionaire for um at a one/10enth of 100th or 1,000th of uh the salary or whatever expenses, right? So, or live like a billionaire for $100 a day. That’s it, right? Spent. So, anyway, let’s just do luxury travel is my uh niche and my target uh customer is right. In this case, I’ll say 40 year old um middle class uh husband and wife family of two children. Let’s set. Okay, as an example, as long as you do that, right? You see this luxury travel mistakes keeping families from having the trip they want. Why most family luxury vacations feel disappointing even when they cost more. H right, they save enough for luxury vacation only to feel tired, rust, and wondering if it was worth it. the problem is really the destination is the way the trip was planned and that’s where we come to help right uh teaching again be a little bit more specific what are you trying to teach um AI search visibility offering this is pretty good um let’s write that down as well so uh AI search visibility rankings/offerings is my niche target audience is business owners right owners who want to um get traffic from uh AI I right uh platforms let’s right and boom right uh your website isn’t ranking in AI search here’s why right see now this is what I wanted to tell you as we go into the B2B side of things right businessto business side of things rather than the consumer or everyday people kind of stuff you want to be more direct that’s what I taught this uh behind the scenes see I would never say why your weight loss diet is not working uh here’s why nobody cares about that topic cuz that market is more consumer everyday people right here it’s a business owner they don’t have time right they don’t have time to go sift through a whole bunch of uh stuff you have to go straight to the point with these people right they don’t have time so business are raising to publish more content but many are still invisible right inside AI platforms right so um that’s basically how I would want to um say it the problem isn’t SEO anymore AI search engine chat bots and answer engines evaluate businesses differently right and in this video we’ll see why traditional ranking tactics things are not working and on and on, right? And um uh and so on and so forth, right? So, uh I’ll zoom this in a little bit so you guys and gals can see a little bit better, but the idea is that it gives us the more uh better context to things, right? When we’re doing and it’s going to give us the angles and everything else. Okay, pretty cool. Right now, again, same thing works with this Google and um you know, profile management as well, I would say. Um you know, I’m seeing that question come in here as well. Same thing applies um even for that, right? So um and and uh that’s the other style as well, right? And yeah, thank you so much. Right. So now, uh burger delivery. Let’s see that. Okay, pretty cool. Um burger delivery. So let’s just do that. So this will be like um a restaurant delivery service, right? Uh my uh niche is um burger delivery um fast delivery of uh food for my uh restaurant. Let’s say okay target customer is um uh working um uh person who has no time to cook or wait. Um right. So let’s say this is the one. Then it’ll start um uh doing what we just uh discussed just now. Right? There we go. Burger in minutes. The lunch break rescue. No time to cook. Your burger could be here before your your break ends, right? Um and on and on, right? It can do the whole uh text to image thing and all all the stuff like you see here where you can continue the flow like so, right? And um um can you make a video on honey hunting? This is a good one too. So again, target audience for this one. Okay, because when we talk about honey, there’s multiple sub segments, right? cuz I’m kind of familiar with this market because of the home gardening is kind of related to this. Um uh so the idea is like are we looking at um I hope I’m correct. I’m talking about real honey and this is not honey hunt hunting as in like hunting for like uh um like a dating or something but anyway assuming it’s real honey. So what we would say is maybe people who want to create their own in-house uh home gardening uh beekeeper type of uh stuff is that the market is that is the market let’s say um uh for professionals like businesses we want to dive into that once we have clarity on that it makes a lot more sense okay on what we are trying to do okay and um how to get the right topics and investing is with visual workflow using AI too it’s a really good question actually uh so let’s answer that one too because I wanted to uh cover that topic uh as well as we go along in terms of like how do we merge AI and nonAI and stuff like that. So I kind of wanted to explain what you have to understand here, right? So if it comes to investing where you have to share your screen and the you know like the stocks or whatever sometimes maybe AI might miss some of the topics. So what I would suggest is to mix and match. Okay. So in uh let’s say for example let’s say say uh my niche is investing in stocks and um specifically targeting um you know like everyday um couples and families who don’t have time right uh to research let’s say that’s the market right and then you’ll go here you know 30 million family investing system most busy families pick the wrong stocks what to do instead blah blah blah what I what I want to to explain to you though uh here and that’s what I kind of wanted to automate here is that understand the human element. So we go back to video express if assuming ours was about investing. So let’s say sometimes you want to do a screen share or something like what I’m doing right now. You can definitely do that. Come back to media library and you can upload the file. You see you have there’s an upload file option right here. So uh if I do this upload file here and then it says add files. You can add your files and put that into the timeline here as well. Mix and match. Never uh think about like okay you know AI is not doing this right now properly because I have something in my mind and I can’t get it through. Uh like say for example specifically something I want to show on my screen or something like that. It is okay you know can be 99% AI 1% human it’s better because uh in some cases that human element may be the difference factor. Correct. Um so understand that you can merge videos from you can get from elsewhere as well into your timeline and uh stuff like that. Okay. Uh hope that is clear on that question. All right. And um um now uh the question is about uh Gemini. Can we do that in a Gemini as well the stuff and GPT? Well, what I’ve what I’m going to do is I’m going to do Gemini as well down the line. But why I made it in Chad GPT is because Chad GPT is doing their IPO soon and thereby they’ve subsidized these plans the free accounts and stuff like crazy which Google is not doing right now. Um and so when you come here as an example uh when you go use it even the free account even the $5 a month account which is a go account in some parts of the world if that’s available even the $20 a month account no matter what you’re using doesn’t really matter. The point is that with IGBT right now you can do certain things that Google cannot do. it’s not as intelligent as IP and also because uh OpenAI is trying to do their IPO in the public markets in the next coming months. Uh they’re going crazy offering new features for free and in many cases uh the best stuff uh to you. So until that stance, I’d rather prefer you use it than to kind of use a platform like a Gemini, which might appear like it’s free with your Gmail account, but it’s not as powerful as this one, right? Uh so just something to keep in mind, right? because I want you to have the best stuff uh whether it’s free or not either way. All right. Okay. Now, um now in terms of like uh uh affiliate marketing, uh some of these components, let’s discuss that as well. Um so, in the case of affiliate marketing, cuz I’ve been one of the best affiliate marketers in the world for many years. Um I do less of it now because I don’t need to do it. um uh because I’ve gotten so good at marketing in general that you know don’t uh that I can sell my own stuff or you know my own services and you know consult people as well and all that there’s more money there and then making a a commission with other products but if I was doing affiliate marketing uh I need to know what target market is right like what is the market I’m trying to get into and as an affiliate marketer your goal is quite different from somebody else right it’s direct response right you don’t want somebody to linger where they think about it. The product should be quick, instant purchase. So I always believe with affiliate marketing is my niche. Um I my product is an instant buy product. Uh generally I’d say under $50, people don’t think too much. They buy right away. So uh generally speaking, at least in America, Europe, and stuff like that. Um uh uh so they’ll just do something, right? like um um maybe we’ll say air fryer. Okay, that’s the product. Okay. Um that’s the product, right? So, air fryer mistake most shoppers make before buying. Before you buy an air fryer, watch this first, right? And common mistake shoppers make or most people overlook and on and on and then it says real to everyday person standing in kitchen aisle looking overwhelmed between two air fryers. One air fryer glowing with warm inviting light while the other sits dark and ignored. Right? So let’s just interestingly enough I want to try this uh image uh example seems interesting to me and I want to try even um a cartoon as well. You can try if you want. But anyway, let’s try this um and put human and then it’ll create this uh image. And while this is getting generated, I also want to do like uh um you know um for example without the prompt being enhanced. Okay, which means this check box I unchecked as well. All right, there we go. So there we go. Right? This person is kind of looking at two air fryers, not knowing what to make a a choice on. And then um so this could be a good base point for your consistent character, right? And so this is the other variation of it with a enhancement was off. So you can pick and choose whichever you want uh the age group and stuff like that if you know your target audience, right? And then you can start the story with this person as your main character and continue uh the whole uh video basically. Okay? Uh based upon what you’re trying to do. Now, um, same thing applies. Uh, okay, there we go. We said primitive of survival. That’s what I was trying to say. Uh, primitive survival market. Who is your target audience? Preppers, right? So, let’s just go there. So, you’ve uh uh basically given me that. Uh, so like let’s do that. And the prepper market, by the way, uh just wanted to do it’s very lucrative market, but the idea is the market is also a little bit different from what you might um know, right? Because female preppers are different from male preppers. family preppers are different. So I found out and again this is where the human element comes into play right the most lucrative uh prepper um market is um actually men uh with children children under the age of 10 generally okay very very lucrative because they want to protect their family and you’re going to protect your family you’re going to spend any amount of money right so if I’m saying um my um niche is uh um honey hunting as a uh prepper Er um slash survivor um market target audience is men aged 35 to 50 years old with uh two uh children under the age of 10. Right? This is how I want to always do. Right? Um see the honey tree that could feed your family when stores run empty. The survival food most preppers walk right past. Okay. Um, most survival mind minded ads stock food, tools, and gear. But many overlook one wild food source that can provide calories, morale, and useful resources when other supplies run low. In this video, you’ll see why honey hunting isn’t just about finding sweetness. It’s about spotting a renewable food source hiding in plain sight. Understanding where most people fail, and learning what science may matter before you appro uh ever approach a hive. Now, I just want to explain this, okay? because um very important. What is this description? This could be your first 10 seconds of a video, the actual script, right? So in a in a nutshell like what I could do is I can copy this. Okay, this element and this one right here. Okay, this one right here and this will be my first 10 seconds. So what I could do is I can rightclick copy and then I can come here uh into video express. So let’s just close this. Let’s open a new project, right? So uh I can do what’s called a narration video. Okay, this one right here and you can do that and then what you could do is click on the narration video and then okay I’ll watch this carefully uh once the image is generated right so let’s just do that part also uh once you scroll down so let’s say this is our main image let’s say right um let’s say we want to do this image let’s say right here and then uh let’s um um we can do it in vertical uh let me just do vertical for the sake of argument uh right now so you can kind of see the end result let’s say Um and it can be anything really honestly and you can even do enhance image cuz you can generate any amount of images with V Express. You don’t have to worry about it. Um and then um the video prompt um um so you see right here. So this is one idea it’s mentioned with the automatically enhancement of prompt. One is without the enhancement. Uh so this is the other one, right? I kind of like this one better. Um but then you know it’s still not like a family man, right? So this is why sometimes I like to say like uh uh if you want to you want to do it you can go a little bit more um aggressive but anyway so I can pick this if I like it and then I can go into the video prompt as well. side. This is my consistent character, right? I can save this gentleman here and then I can come back and um so now you see the video angle um right here and then the scene, right? So this is the scene um standing like blah blah blah, right? So this is the scene image and stuff. So what I could do is this one right here. I’ll show you the narration style video how that would works right now. So if I use this gentleman as a consistent character now reference photo I go to images and uh this is the gentleman is the um photo that works that is yeah here you go and then perfect so now this is the image now I go back here I paste um this um prompt for the image boom and click create so now what it’s doing is it’s taking this gentleman here and generating more scenes for me right as a consistent character for the story line and you can make him talk as well if you want to whatever Um, you see this right here? And so he has a torch light here. Cool. And then now what you could do is um, you know, he slowly scans the pantry, blah blah blah. And then here, and then the narration video, you can come back here and you see you can come in and you can use clone voice integration. You can use your own voice uh, if you want to. You get the point, right? I generally like to um where possible use the public library voices cuz um it’s like you know pretty um interesting like true crime narrator, science narrator and stuff. I like the radio show presenter one as well by the way. Um but anyway, so you can come back here and you see the description. This can be the narration style up to this point. Right click and copy and this could be the narration style video. Okay, just make sure it’s under uh about 10 to 12 seconds or whatever uh to make sure it syncs properly. um and play around with it just in case. But um just make sure that you play around with it and and you can split it. So what I could do here is split this text into scenes of 10 seconds each uh for an intro. And then I can paste this, right? And then you can do that. Here’s a clean sequence. You see? So then we can say this and um we can copy this stuff, right, for our actual sequencing. Okay? This is why I like to teach you how to um fish as well so you can go do your own unique stuff because that’s what’s separating people right now from everybody else where everybody’s like well you know yeah I just think about it and creative stuff and then you never really learn anything through the process so you have no cutting edge uh skills that can transfer over correct so click narration video boom it’s doing that narration video so now what I can do is the same logic right any one of these sequences you can do which is many overlook one wild food source and on and on and and we can develop that as a story line for us. Okay, does that make sense? So, I’ll rebuild this stuff based on that for you as well. What you could do and this is the system generating the system. Can I show you that? So, uh this is going to be a mind-blowing. Okay, so play close attention to this. All right, so what you can do is you have the system I built for you, correct? Which was this workflow here. Correct? All right. Now, what I what you can do, okay, so you see this one right here is the whole um um you know, the sequencing for that survival uh food uh thing. So what I can say is uh create me a new system prompt um that focuses on uh this market that I can create a GT on um on this um survival uh GPT on to uh create narration style videos with voice overs. Um, and you can create that GPT for yourself custom. So then you can go here and then here you go. You see this and now it says you’re a survival storyteller GPT create narration style videos blah blah blah. All right. And then this is the structure. It gives you the whole thing. Just copy this. Okay. While this is getting finished obviously. Um, right. You see this? This gets you the whole system to utilize into video express obviously. And then you just copy this. Okay. See what I’m doing? I’m building the system to generate me the system here. Okay? And then you come back to this and then you go into more on the top and then go to GPTs. Okay? It’s going to go to GPTs. On the top you see create. Go here and then you can click on this and then create. And then you can say survival video creation GPT. And then I don’t care about description. And in instructions, remember what I copied just now, the system prompt, we like to call it. System prompt equals instructions. That’s all. Okay, don’t complicate it too much. System prompt is instructions. I’m telling this thing uh AI tool to understand. So there we go. I copy pasted the whole uh instruction stuff. Hey, you’re a survival storyteller stuff uh GPT and um you know, whatever capabilities I wanted, I can give it. I don’t really care. And in your case in uh you can put anything you want. In our thing, I just put the model I put as instant. It’s fast but you can do anything you want here for your own use case and then create new action. So you’re building my system to develop your own system correct and um actions is not needed. So create and you can only for you right or anyone with the link right up to you and then you click save and there we go. You see so I built a main system to develop me another system. So the teacher created a student you understand? So the teacher was a generic one that I built um basically that can you know uh do everything but then now you taught him a very fine-tuned student which you can do come here and then say something like um now here right honey hunting is my niche and the target market is a 45 year old male uh with two children under the age of 10. the same thing as before, but now check this out. Okay, that is a strong niche because it naturally combines several motivations that resonate with a 45-year-old father. Providing for the family, see this self-reliance, traditional knowledge, food security, all the um actual desires, right? Outdoor adventure, passing skills um um basically to to uh children, protecting loved ones, independence from modern systems. This is the deep desires of that market. Okay. Um the key understanding that your audience is usually not watching because they want honey, right? Uh they are want watching because honey hunting symbolizes something deeper. Could I still provide for my family if the normal systems become unreliable, right? And so then it builds on the profile uh uh uh concerns they have um goals they have, right? concerns is basically rising food costs, right? Because of inflation, raising capable children, right? And um spending time outdoors, we don’t want to sit on indoors for too long, right? Goals um as you can see here. So profile it creates, right? Build confidence outdoor and stuff like that. What actually hooks them? Um and and on and on, right? Strong video angles. You see, most fathers walk past their survival food every day. They just walk past it cuz they have no skills to utilize it, right? And then the other angle could be the forgotten skill that once helped families survive winter. Uh if stores closed tomorrow, would you know where to find this? That’s the angle of the title of the YouTube video. And you can build on top of any one of these, right? By doing the same GPT to build on top of it. And then it did like uh you know um survival mindset forgotten history. You see it did the whole thing. So what we like to call this um for reference it’s called the teacher student um uh what’s called algorithm. Okay. So what that means in other words is um I’m I’m the teacher. I’m trying to like for example in simpler terms uh if you want to understand this thing is that like the teacher knows everything right and um like jack of all trades master of none let’s say and the student is the master right. So that’s the basic idea. So you’re going to have let’s say uh in this case right now it works like this right teacher which I set up for you. Okay, the teacher and then what you can do is now the teacher will teach the student the the student which is this mini uh system that is more niche oriented right and then what you can do is that now the student can be um refined further right so you can refine the stuff uh further and further um as well uh for your niche right so your niche or niche whatever you want to call it okay so that’s the other thing with copyrightiting that we always um uh focus on as Well, okay. And the other trick I did with this workflow, by the way, again coming back to the concept of teach people how to um uh fish rather than just give them the fish, which I’ve done as well, but to kind of take you to the next level here is this other concept. Okay, which is you are the teacher, you can do the student, you can use my uh system, the GPT to create a mini GPT for yourself. The second um uh system that you can do uh also is learn more about the deep desires of your market as well using my uh GPT. So for example, you come with here built with GPT, right? Um and this is a GPT that works, right? Then you can say something like this. I want you to create me uh uh new GPT system prompt. Um let’s say and you can even change the models and stuff like you know I just um you know I I made it so that it’s the instant models. It’s free for you but uh you can use anything you want by the way. So um I can definitely change that stuff for you if you want. But anyway, I want you to create me a new G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G GPD system uh prompt uh specifically for finding my audience’s deepest desires um that I uh that they never share with anyone um right and their deepest desires and pain um anyone okay and for my niche let’s say that’s it right so basically We’re making it a research uh agent as well, right? Effectively. So, click on here. Um there we go. So now what it’s doing is that is optimized for creators, marketers, coaches, agencies, consultants, course creators, YouTubers, right? Uh offer builders and stuff. Okay. And uh it just generated this whole thing that we can do. And then uh um whenever uh AI does this, right, folks? Okay, just a quick point. when AI sends like this way, it’s a little bit difficult to copy right now. So, you’re going to ask it, okay, for what’s called a mark, okay, down um text or or file even, you know, text or file. Okay, what that is is a basic txt or, you know, in your Mac, it’s like a notes just doesn’t have any kind of indentation, any arrows and stuff like what you see here, uh kind of thing. Okay. So, I’m just going to write that here in the chat. See, just give me markdown text to copy paste, right? And then it’s going to do that. You see, this is the markdown. So, this way you can copy and paste instructions easily for GPT, right? You see what I’m saying? Um, so what what you have to do is what I train this uh GPT is 10,000 hours worth of my knowledge in copyrighting and everything. You can come in here and you can basically make it work with anything. Okay. So one thing I want to do right now while we’re live because this is my GPT uh that I developed is um I’ll do this right now as well uh again because I don’t want to do it but because of the fact that you can do this children um teacher student model right that we’re talking about here. So what I’ll do I’ll go to this GPT right now and I’ll edit this one. Okay. And then what I will do is uh I’m going to you see where it says default model here. All right. I will say uh any any model here. Okay. So, we come down here. Uh I’ll show you. See this one right here. No recommended model. User will choose any model they prefer. Okay. I’m just doing this for your benefit actually because um and they’ll also put image generation and canvas as well if you desire. Okay. Um just do this two updates for you for this one just so that if you have a more powerful stuff that you want to do, it’ll allow you to do that. But if you can use the instant one as well. This instant one is free, right? So, you can do that one as well. You want to do the pro and stuff, that’s up to you. Okay. Um, so I did do that as well for you just now. I updated this is what I can do, right? Um, where it updates automatically. All right. So now watch the same thing I’ll show you. Watch this. Okay. Watch this carefully. All right. So um, same thing what I just did uh, just now. Right. This this this stuff right here. Okay. I can go back here. Right. um just say up um update this um let’s say system prompt which is the instructions you can even say up this instruction to create my own GPT now it’s going to be even more intelligent because I removed that limit it just has to be uh one thing right uh there we go so um there we go right it starts thinking a little bit and it generates it it’s going to be even better now okay you’re the audience deep dive job cover and all that. So, it’s still working on it. Um, so basically it’s like having me by your side, right? Like your own copywriter uh or like a video creator person beside you and uh it it will distill everything I know in the past so many years that I’ve learned stuff and I’ve trained this on. Right? So, uh this is the idea. Okay. Now let’s copy this and it’ll be very different than if you just went to chat GP and you asked it because this is a little bit different focus on AI video creation particularly focused on YouTube or algorithms like social media in particular but anyway you can come back here I’ll show you come back to this uh GPTs and you can create um desire and pain research right GPT for your audience right and then you just copy paste uh the instruction stuff and And if you want, whatever you want to do, okay, it doesn’t matter really. And create this. I’ll show you this uh stuff right now. I want to keep it private just because of the fact that, you know, it may not be perfect cuz I did it right out of the gate. I didn’t go back and forth with this thing. Uh but let me just show you. Okay. And coming back to the same um markets we decided just now, right? So let’s say survival, we talked about improv and all that. So now let’s say the same logic. This is the mini student, right? So now same thing, right? So if you come back here we can distill this right what we call uh summarize this right now right and um um and and basically go a step deeper okay so for example if my market is again right um the market right now which is that we discussed right my uh audience is uh 40 uh 35 to 50 year old um men um who are interested in um honey hunting for survival and have two children. Okay. Under the age of 10. Why am I so obsessed about this part? You can even ask it to find the markets for you by creating another uh research um and um you know age group u and customer segmentation GPT which I’ll show you right now as well in just a second. All right. And let me show you how this will be much better than it was before right. Um you see this right? Um you see this the difference changed right before what I showed you. Um often see themselves the the men 35 to 50 of protectors teachers problem solvers. This is kind of what I’m in that phase right now myself so I can uh identify with that. Um um the kids are in a phase where dad is their hero but they know that phase won’t last forever. um they’re drawn to honey hunting and survival not merely because it’s interesting but because it represent competence self-reliance and connection to something ancient and real right and you see this it goes a little bit farther on the surface this is what they really want uh but underneath this is what they really want this I want to cover this okay please so just uh I know it’s I’m going in deep into this survival market stuff but just understand feel capable in an increasingly uncertain world prove to themselves that they can provide if systems fail build meaningful memories before their children grow up. Escape modern life that feels artificial and dep uh dependent, right, on the government or society or uh whatever, right? Institutions, you could say, right? Um and then it goes there juggling with career pressure, mortgage payments and so on and so forth. You see how it created it, right? Now, what if right I say now I go back again. Same thing. I go back here and what if I tell it, okay, um, uh, I have no idea how to come up with, right, um, uh, system prompt that will find me a lucrative, highly targeted market like this, right? Um, uh, market or, uh, target audience like this, right? um create me a research agent system prompt. You can do it even more simpler uh to um find me the audience for my niche. So, okay, it’s going to do that, right? Your goal is to find lucrative emotion to different subm markets inside a niche. The mistake most people make is searching for demographics. The real opportunity is finding groups that have a painful problem, money to spend, on and on, right? emotional urgency. Okay. And it did this whole thing for me. And again, I don’t really care what am I going to ask for it. Give me markdown text to copy. That’s it. And it’s going to generate me that markdown. This is what they need. Okay. Um basically, so this you can create your own system, your own GPT to find that emotional audience. Um and then go deeper that way effectively. Okay. Um so uh the idea that I wanted to tell you here which is quite important and probably the most important thing you can glean from uh this topic um because uh I want to kind of explain this to you in a nutshell uh because this is all about like that uh audience stuff is let me show you real quick okay on this go to GPTs again um and then create so let’s say this one was that audience uh research GPT okay and and right click and paste this thing. I want to show you something cool. All right, so watch this. Um, all right, cool. So now what we can do is I’ll show you this one, right? Um, it’s going to find that most lucrative audience. So let’s say um let’s find this actually and then let’s open this up.

See? Yeah, we use GPT. Okay, cool. So now it’s here. So now here let’s say um my niche is honey hunting for survival. Find me target audience, right? Yeah. So the idea is like uh why I try to uh say this is again teaching you how to fish versus fishing kind of thing is because um one of the things that we’re noticing right now with the algorithms okay I’ll write this down for you so you can see it much more clearly is that YouTube and uh Facebook and Instagram and Tik Tok all those are just basically finding your audience for you because the algorithm now finds stuff right like you go to YouTube homepage you like the stuff you see you prefer that than searching for stuff. Searching is too cumbersome. And same thing with recommendation engines we like to call it, right? They recommend you stuff. So in a nutshell, let’s say this is your YouTube video, right? If the topic is a specific way and you specifically focus on the problem elements here, the audience they find for you based upon your video, they don’t care about your titles and uh descriptions and stuff as much anymore as much as who the audience uh this video is talking about. Of course, you still need the titles and stuff to be relevant, but the video, okay, is the targeting agent right now. Does that make sense? So, like, imagine that, right? That’s why it’s so important for you to find who you’re reaching. I’d rather reach, let’s say my my audience is only like 200,000 people overall, right, worldwide. I’d rather reach those 200,000 people uh than to reach a billion people, but then uh you know, it’s not solving any problem because it’s very generic, right? uh so let’s say that’s why we try to come to that audience finding element so um that is very critical okay please understand okay I’m building the system that will develop the system for you right um so you see this right here ident first- time fathers wanting to see this is the identity based audiences right so uh men rebuilding confidence after a divorce that’s one audience so you can build multiple YouTube channels only on this target or multiple content topics under this right burned out corporate professionals seeking real world competence veterans transitioning to civilian in life. Rural parents teaching self-reliance, homeschool families teaching primitive skills, men approaching retirement seeking independence, young men seeking masculine, right? And on and on and on, right? Now, I can do the same thing. We discussed improv skills. We discussed um other target markets, right? Um and uh this is the same logic as well. Okay. So, let’s say my market was improv classes, right? Now create me a system prompt to do the same process for my niche um um right uh of custom GPT for my niche which is um improv uh classes let’s say let’s say okay yeah um for improv lessons right so now you see this improv comedy improv it changed that thing so again teacher is teaching the student you see so I’m building the system that will basically work across different markets here as well, right? Um hope that is clear. Okay. So then um it’s getting done now. The whole thing is getting built right now and now I can find my market as well. Okay. That’s how I built this whole uh system. You you basically you can do anything with it really. I mean in terms of research and stuff like that. Um and specifically what I’ve done it is what’s called the direct response marketing. In other words, it’s derived on getting a sale of a product or service. So, it’s not for brand building. Just want to be very clear. So, if you have a product or service, right, it’ll it’s designed for that. It’s not designed for like just entertaining videos and stuff like that. There’s no value there. I’d rather get 10,000 views from people who are very targeted, who want u my product or service than to get uh you know 10 million views for nothing. As I told you earlier on in this video, uh my YouTube channel currently has the highest what’s called CPMs, meaning cost per,000 views. uh meaning like when thousand people visit the advertisers will pay me more money than a channel which might get hundreds of millions of views simply because the audience is very clear-cut right they are I’m I’m trying to solve a specific problem with these workflows and stuff like that same logic okay copy this let me show you um and I’ll I’ll kind of explain this to you again go back here GPTs create and again just think of that right let’s so improv uh classes target audience let’s say that’s the one I’m trying to build. Right. And then come back here and then um paste. Now it says see instructions cannot be longer than 8,000 characters. Mhm. Interesting. Hey. Okay. So then we go back and we’ll say right here um reduce the instructions to less than uh 8,000 characters. Right? We can do that or you can save it as a txt file or a document file and feed that into if you want. Okay? Up to you. Um, there we go. It’s doing that to like 8,000 characters right now. You see? So, up to you. I mean, you can play around with it. And that’s the way where the human comes into the picture. AI will make mistakes like this where it’ll generate too many characters sometimes or it will not even follow its own instructions sometimes. So, you want to guide it a little bit here. You see? Um, uh, or you can even save it if you want to, right? So, let’s copy this. And again, I’ll go back here that improv class market and paste this. Right? And then uh let’s go back here and click uh create. Okay, cool. Now let’s just see this um um let’s see here. Okay, let’s go to GPT and then let’s just see this.

All right, that cool. All right, there we go. All right. So we can do here uh target audience or improv classes business, right? This is more direct to business, right? So um improv classes business, right? Who they are improv students are rarely buying improv. They’re buying new version of themselves, new opportunity, new version of themselves. You see how I’m trying to structure this all the time. So, um, common segments include professionals wanting confidence, socially anxious adults, entrepreneurs and business owners, creatives feeling stuck, people seeking community, actors and performers, and on and on and on, right? I want to be more confident, I want to think faster, I want to improve communication, I want to meet people, I want to have fun, right? What they want, they say. They say to the public. Very important. There’s subconscious mind and what we speak. Correct? So this is what people say what they want but that’s not what they really want. What they believe their problem is not what that they don’t want to have fun. They’re awkward. Right? This is the thing. They’re awkward. They’re not funny. They feel they feel they’re shy. They overthink. They struggle socially. They freeze under pressure. That’s why they want improv. Right? The deeper issue is often this. They don’t trust themselves. Okay? They don’t trust themselves. That’s the deeper issue. Okay? And um we want to break that pattern in our videos. We want to break that pattern and offer them a new opportunity or a new belief, right? And based upon this, right? Um so the public desires will be all this, right? Better communication, more confidence. This is their hidden desire. And I only focus on hidden desire. All right? I want to make sure please understand this. Okay? Always, always, always, always, always, always. All right? we make the purchase decision. There’s a saying right people um um basically 80 um like 90% okay of a buying decisions let’s say buy based upon emotion and then the justify the last 10% on logic okay um logic as giving you an example okay uh let’s say you’re buying a luxury uh Louis Vuitton handbag right um and and it’s let’s say that handbag is like $20,000 right Let’s say, right? A lot of people end up even middle- class people end up buying this kind of stuff. Now, now that that is just emotion, right? They want to look good in front of their peers or whatever, whatever. And then they’ll put the logic where they’ll convince themselves that it’s an investment, right? It won’t go down in value, right? Uh they consider it’s an investment. You see what I’m saying? This is not the key thing. They don’t care. It’s an investment. Very few people buy because of that, right? But that emotion. So similarly uh what I believe is the same logic applies and we’ve seen it even with experts I’ve been doing this for 20 years even my mentors people um we’ve done great things in this world uh in terms of copyrightiting selling sales and video creation and hooks and everything what we believe is the mind right um you have subconscious mind right so subconscious mind um and then you have the conscious mind right so uh the subconscious mind is where the hidden desires really are. And if you can, you know, uh explain it before they even blurt it out, right, the subconscious mind, you before you even blurt it out, um uh meaning that nobody will tell you this is my problem, right? Uh if you can explain to them, hey, you know, how do um how to walk into a room and feel important? Improv classes will help with that, right? How do you do you feel invisible in front of a room or in a dining table or in a social environment? we will now you will stand out more than ever before right um you know you’ll now be admired just for your personality you don’t have to change anything about you right your the way you speak the way you communicate is what’s going to change right you’re going to feel naturally charismatic you’re going to feel interesting right you’re going to stop secondguessing yourself in decisions that you’re making right you’re going to be the person that people graduate you’ll be socially powerful be memorable this is what they buy okay not what they publicly say okay So, in copywriting, in video creation, in basically the way I structure things, if you see this video, I’ve said how I spend 10,000 hours uh to create um you know, worth of skills that I’ve compacted into a workflow. What is the actual way that I’ve done it? Well, 10,000 hours means that you don’t have to spend 10,000 hours. Nobody wants that that kind of time to go immerse themselves into something. So, I’ve saved you time, right? Time is the biggest constraint. Then secondly, I’ve saved you money, right? by not wasting time testing 100 different tools or resources and then I’ve distilled it into a workflow which is automation. What do you really want subconsciously? You want something that can be repeatable, something that you know um will not rely on you making mistakes. Something that where you should not, you know, feel worried about failing, right? Uh because you’re sitting at a blank screen. You see what I’m saying? These are hidden desires, right? And that is the YouTube channel uh topic and everything is focused on that. It comes subconsciously for me now because I’ve done it so long. But for you in your markets, you have to start thinking this way. Okay, the deepest desires is what will make people take action. And funnily enough, right, if you can just channel this into your videos, right, these elements, into your content, into your emails and everything, that alone is going to be a huge gamecher for you. Okay, does that make sense? So, uh, in improv, this is what we are thinking about, right? Hidden emotional pain. You see the pain they often don’t discuss. watching others connect effortlessly. Um feeling awkward in conversations, replaying social interactions afterwards, feeling like they have no personality, fear of saying the wrong thing, constant self monitoring, right? You see, so this is how we want you to uh think about uh for your markets. Okay? When you go into hidden emotional pain, right? Um and you see this deepest pain, if people really saw me, would they like me? Okay. And this is what’s happening nowadays actually uh with targeting of social media platforms. Okay, I want to be very clear. Don’t you think about it? If people really saw me, would they like me? Don’t you think that also could apply if you think about it for dating, right? Like let’s say for example, you want some uh somebody to love you. This matters. So improv could work for that. So you know um uh when YouTube is doing uh analysis or Facebook or Instagram they will start targeting people if it hits that target audience with these deepest desires they will start targeting okay uh specifically these subniches. So somebody searching on dating advice they will also immediately gravitate to improv. You’ve never really thought improv could help uh dating right? But you see how that submarket works. Similarly, if you come back here, don’t you think this would also work for promotion in a job, right? Executives, business executives were like, you know, I I always wanted to ask for a promotion or a raise, right? Pay raise in my job. So, this would work for let’s say a a person in in a job, right? In a corporate environment, right? This will help there. Don’t you see? So, you see how just with one deepest desire, you can have so many multi- channels, right? Of uh people you can attract. And this is how the social media algorithm works. One of the things people don’t understand is uh this is kind of like a hidden secret like YouTube and Facebook and all these uh folks every time you uh message something here right in the chat box uh whether that’s YouTube or whether it’s in your WhatsApp or in your Facebook uh messenger or your in your Facebook post and stuff what they are also doing is messages you’ve typed in draft but never posted deepest desires. They know the targeting based on that. It is based upon what you liked, what you disliked. Correct? And this is how the algorithm is always trying to find um you know what to serve you, right? Which audience and many time we don’t even know who our audiences. This is how you find it, okay? Of any market we’re trying to reach, okay? And it could be boring uh stuff uh like let’s say HWAC repair or plumbing or whatever or it can go all the way to some of these uh consulting coaches that kind of market as well, right? And this is extremely important for you to understand because if you don’t get it then what happens is like you’re just aiming at like blank um um air right uh where you’re not even sure and I can tell you for a fact as um fragmentation occurring in social media right now let’s say Mr. Beast right as an example Mr. Beast uh right now and other folks right there let’s say Mr. Beast um is getting like right now okay on YouTube the number one YouTuber in the world is getting like 60% less okay, views uh for his view uh videos. Why is that the case? Well, because YouTube has decided we’re not going to risk everything on one person. Uh what happens if this person is gone, right? So, what they’re saying now is hey, we will now not have one big channel, but we like many many niches, right? Small channels, right? We’re going to send our people, right? People to these channels. You understand? So, this is more popular now. So your channel, your YouTube channel or your Instagram or your Facebook and stuff, they want to send you 5,000, 10,000, 20,000 of targeted people and that’s going to make you a lot more revenue, a lot more sales, a lot more traffic. And even if you’re in the consulting market where you’re working for other businesses, it’s actually going to drive that particular client, your dream client to come if you go with this deepest desires concept. Okay? And that is what I’ve tried to do in the GPT. So you can build many GPTs with it because I’ve trained it with like my 10,000 hours of knowledge. Uh so you it’s free, right? You don’t have to pay me any money for it or anything like that. Doesn’t matter. Um means you’re going to have to use Video Express and stuff anyway to create videos with it, clone the voices for you to get voiceovers and stuff. So I hear you. I see that. Right. So do you see what I’m trying to say? Uh I spend my whole life playing small. Um envy, you know, these components matter a lot. Unspoken fears. I’ll em embarrass myself. People think I’m weird, right? Uh I’m too old to change. Someone else is naturally more confident than me, right? I’m not so interesting. I don’t belong. I’ll always struggle socially. Maybe I’ll never change, right? I never become who I could have been. So now just let me put this this way. Okay, don’t you agree with me that these unspoken desires almost every one of us has. Right? So this is the other thing which is when we think about it um uh these deepest desires we have it also expands our market all right which we don’t understand. So sometimes we would think okay my target audience is only um you know let’s say improv classes is like teenagers going and learning how to do drama or something but in reality this is a problem even for CEOs right CEOs who make millions of dollars right this is the same problem they have right um right and uh people secretly judge me right I never become who I could have been you see what I’m saying so you expand your market and based upon these desires as deepest desires as well and this is something that is extremely important for video creation and stuff like that as we come down to it because it’ll allow you to create your specific topic. So for example right now you have this right um let’s say for example uh you have these identity threads you have all these components right you can come back to right let’s say for example in here right see professionals wanting more confidence or uh recently divorced individuals or retirees seeking purpose people seeking like life transitions let’s say entrepreneurs and business owners correct so now we can go back to my workflow coming back to the workflow app uh where you can build a workflow which is 10,000 hours into AI automation. You can open that up and let’s say you got that uh identity created, right? So you can say uh video for my YouTube channel uh audience uh for uh improv classes business and uh target audience. Boom. Right. Entrepreneurs and business owners. Now see this is going to go like um a little bit more here. Right? You see it still has that components that I trained it but it also uh can go into the video creation aspect of it now right so you can do that back and forth back and forth of like the going back to the teacher now and saying can you create videos because I’ve trained this for video creation in particular but you can build many uh training uh sessions with this does that make sense um hope this is uh clear on how you can go about uh structuring this whole thing okay so to summarize today and you can keep posting your questions I’ll be happy to answer them in the next uh few minutes. Uh but just to kind of summarize what we’ve done, I want to kind of I drew some diagrams for you here so that you can understand this uh in more detail in a diagram format. I’ll just slightly change my uh screen orientation uh here so you can uh see it a little bit better, I guess. Um just give me a sec here. Um all right, cool. All right, so here. So let me just put this up like so. All right, cool. So um what I want to do is here is let’s talk about this stuff right now um in an easier way. So what did we talk about? We talked about the hook matrix right. So again not too complicated. I’ve automated this workflow already. But the idea is the pain subconscious pain right the sale is lost before you even offer it because you’re not focusing on the pain. Correct? And uh there is what’s called a belief ladder. In other words, you have to change people’s belief to take action. Correct? What is your new way of doing things? Why is your improv classes different from others? Correct. And why improv classes in the beginning itself and improv classes for business owners, CEOs and stuff is different from improv classes for children, right? Uh for better public speaking or whatever. Um different audiences. You want to go for the high affinity, high earning and people who spend money on. Would you want to go for the teenager market where parents make decisions or you want to go for the CEOs and executive market? Obviously executive market, right? Outcome, right? um outcome is based on the hidden desires, right? Like their actual desire is different from what they publicly tell you. Somebody might go to say, “Okay, I’m going to improg glasses for fun.” But in reality, something else. Somebody might say, “I want to be um you know, do honey or survival stuff uh because um you know, for example, I want to be an outdoors man or woman uh for example, but in reality, it’s like protect my family, right? That’s a huge inner desire, right? People who spend any money to protect their family, their children, their kids, whatever, provide for them, right? That’s a bigger inner desire than anything out there. Correct? So, uh same thing is that one big idea remember we discussed this um is that basically we change one belief right and that’s enough. For example, if the belief is I’m not good enough, you know, I’m always going to be this way. I’m never going to be a good public speaker. I’m never going to be the um you know like uh like the center of attention. Let’s say you’re going to break that belief, right? By saying improv classes is the solution to that. You see what I’m what I’m saying? That is the basic idea of how we structure this stuff. Um because any problem can have a solution but you got to frame the problem right in the way that pain comes into play right and the same logic applies right you cannot make people act on something which is here right you cannot make people act on something unless right they first of all stop and take attention right they recognize that there’s a problem which you’re you’re saying right like uh they will never ever come and tell you yeah I have a problem right or never will come and say you know I’m overweight eight and thereby I feel depressed about it. I really want a solution to lose weight to your face. They’ll say I’m happy the way I am, right? They’ll tell you, you know, um you know, looks are not everything. They might tell you like, you know, uh it’s better to uh be this way than to um you know, eat healthy because eating healthy uh doesn’t seem like a fun experience. They’ll say something, but the deep desires are completely different, right? And once they believe your solution is the only way forward the packaging the new opportunity or let’s say your packaging is different from everybody else yours is a little bit different like your Atkins diet is different from paleo diet is different from carnivore diet is different from um let’s say uh intermittent fasting or whatever right same logic why is that different and then you create the desire once they know that your solution is the only solution right and they must uh uh get your solution to solve their problem they’ll Right? And this is how we structure uh the retention meaning how they’ll stick around in the video for a long period of time. Right? And then um the story and this is again I’ve automated this whole thing right basically the old way um you know what’s painful the realization has come right we give them the proof of change and then now they have to get our change action right and storytelling is good with that and I’ll create some frameworks on storytelling next time we do this where the storytelling part although I’ve infused it into the workflow automatically if you want to build on top of it storytelling side of things you can play some of these This is all stuff I’ve implemented behind the scenes, right? And I just want to uh make sure that the proof and offer stack or whatever like don’t complicate it too much. I only care about these two components, okay? Mechanism and risk reduction. Okay, so this is what your video has to have. Think of it this way, right? And this is something that like I keep explaining and people uh sometimes miss out. Whatever your market is, right? Like think of it this way, right? Like let’s say the mechanism for an improv class is that your improv class focuses on executive CEOs so are busy. So maybe your scheduling is different. Maybe you do virtual plus um you know uh in person, right? Your packaging is slightly different because the target audience is slightly busy or whatever. But risk reduction is the same, right? So like a person might come and say look I see your value proposition but you know I’m too busy or you know what if I go through it and I tell everybody that I’m going through improv classes but nothing happens no change occurs and in fact I’m worse off than before because now I have no excuse to say why I’m not good at public speaking or why I’m not confident or why I’m not center of attention or whatever. So you’re going to remove that risk, right? So your call to action or your um you know whatever the service is, it could be one free session, right? um or whatever the product is, right? One free uh session or consultation or whatever. Or you can say if you’re a coach, consultant, you’re an affiliate marketer, whatever, say like um join my newsletter, which is low friction, right? So join my newsletter because newsletter is free. Just get a taste of what I’m teaching you and then you can come and commit to something more. So small commitment more, right? Um uh for example, right? So um that’s the other one. And then finally um just to see here right I only want you to because all the stuff you’re all familiar with right call to action a CTA uh you know what proof is right is your stuff works doesn’t work everything has uh some level of results right but this is the most important okay the mechanism the mechanism how how how what is separating you from everybody else what is unique right so in this particular case let me explain in this video what I’ve done my mechanism what was my mechanism workflow right uh GPT, right? So, somebody is walking through a YouTube uh you know, normally they’re browsing, they’re like somebody says, “How do you um you know, I did 10,000 hours worth of uh uh stuff. I’m teaching you what I learned in 30 minutes, let’s say.” Okay, cool. You watch it. You’re like, “Well, I I got something out of it, but what do I do with it?” Right? How do I apply it in real life? So, the workflow is a mechanism that is different. You’re like, “Okay, I can go to the GPT and I can do in one second. Like, I can come here and this is what you’re thinking, right before the video even began.” You’re like, “Okay, um, come here to chat GPT.” I go to the GPT in this step. I can come here and I can, it’ll guide me through the whole process. Then I can, if I want to go further, I can create my own mini GPT with this um, uh, GPT, right? Uh, specifically for research, specifically for something else, something else, something else. And then I can do it for my market specifically, right? And I have that as well taught. So, what am I solving here? If I come back uh in this example, what am I solving? I’m solving the mechanism. Correct? I’m different from everybody else, right? The mechanism. And secondly, I’m reduce the risk, right? By making it free for you, the workflow, right? Now, you might say, well, how are you going to make money with this, Paul? I don’t care about the money right now because the idea is just for you to spend time to watch it alone means that I have separated myself from everybody. Now, the more time you spend, the more likely it is that you’re going to buy Video Express, you’re going to use Video Express or you’re going to use our applications like Clone Voice uh for the cloning of the voices or public gallery voices to bring together the whole video. Correct? And at the end of the day, right, uh you know, like you have to understand that people these days have so many other things to do. Why should they pay attention to you? Right? And so that’s the ultimate way we want to think about structuring these things because the more uh you understand this the more it will be of great great great value to you. Okay. And similarly uh people always ask me right um you know I I I see like the concept of it and stuff like that like uh and they come to it and they’re like okay where are your products like you said clone war you said um video express so you can get our products there right uh the uh the uh poner.com uh link that you see there. So let me bring myself a little bit bigger here um so you can see it. So that’s the link that you can see there right like um um like the poner.com whatever. And now that’s where you’re going to see all our products and stuff like that. Now finally I want to answer some questions and stuff as well uh right now as we can see a lot of questions coming in. So let me do that right now and u uh a couple of questions we’ll talk about here and we’ll go through it. So I do see we covered a lot of things right now um and and stuff like that. So I do see um that uh we uh go step by step on these topics so you can understand it really quickly. Right. Um now um the idea is that um yeah I do try to do this right here uh as much as possible try to go deeper ideas with the writing. Um now the idea is that the technical stuff which I do see some questions coming in those can be answered with our support team and everything else but understand that your video has to have a purpose and that’s what this GPT and this custom automation this workflow will do for you. Okay, it’s one of those lifetime uh skills that you need to learn if you want to be really good because AI will not understand these things until you guide it. And I’ve guided it to the best of my ability for you so that you can kind of learn this stuff and apply it into your um into your workflows and into your um videos and stuff like that because the problem is and I see this all the time like people come to Video Express, right? And um they’ll be like, “Okay, you know, um it’s so funny actually. I’ve seen it so many times and I know for a fact those are the people who never really uh succeed with it. Just sad actually. They’ll be like, I want to create two hours uh video um uh with AI, right? One video, right? I want to create it. Can you allow me to do it? Right? And they missed the point because it’s not the length that matters, right? Um um it’s not the length, right, of the video. What matters is who, right? Who are we reaching and if they have the money to buy it, right? And if you’re going after executives and stuff, they want workflows. They they want stuff that is going to be automated. They want stuff that is fast, they can quickly learn, implement. They want to know one time they watch, they can apply it again and again and again. These things matter, right? So it’s not about the length of the video. In fact, the longer the video is and sometimes might hurt you, not help you. So actually most of the time because it’s a skill to keep things engaging beyond a certain point, right? Um I’d rather think of it like more like what problem are you solving, right? And more importantly also beyond that what is the subconscious mind um topics of your audience like what are their biggest deepest darkest fears and desires. If you don’t know that you’re going to I know for a fact like I’ll tell you I’ve been um in this space for 20 years. People come in they’ll create 1,000 videos right cuz some guru taught them right like hey you know create content right? uh you’ll see uh people uh who say content content content throw as much like every day 10 videos every day 50 videos and stuff and they have thousandu uh videos in their YouTube channel and then they give up right just give up they give up why do they give up it’s because those videos don’t get any views why is there why is that the case because they did not look at who their target audience is they didn’t improve iteratively right like every day did they improve a percent like every video did they learn more about their audience right and improve that uh skill um they don’t do that. They just say, “Okay, the guru told me to just go volume.” AI will only create more volume and that’s only going to cause more um pain to stand out going forward in the AI world. Let me repeat that again. Extremely important. AI has made video creation, content creation so easy right now that the volume of content is going to be so much that it’s going to be harder for you to stand out just relying on volume of content. Volume of content is not the thing. It’s about who is the target audience? What are the deepest desires? What is the problem that I’m solving? If I have a video created on a topic, who is the person who would spend the time to watch it? Cuz they can have multiple choices to do like we have the FIFA World Cup right now, right? In soccer, like they could um they could watch that. Why the heck should they watch your video or somewhere where um you know, Lionel Messi or Cristiano Ronaldo or some of their favorite uh players are playing and then they can watch that? That’s more fun, right? Uh to watch. So why should they pay attention to you? It’s because you’re solving something that is lingering in their mind and they cannot quite tell it clearly that you told to them, right? You described it before they could come up with it. You see? So that’s why it’s very simple. Okay? You have to use these things in your business, in your uh video creation, in your emails, in everything you do. If you miss a component of it, I’m here to help. Um the workflow is there to help you there. But the idea is that whatever market you get into, do that research first. focus on that audience. YouTube and Facebook and Instagram and uh Tik Tok and uh all these platforms are so good in giving you the audience now that they can transcribe the video, they can you know find the images, they know who your target audience is and stuff based on what you speak in the video that you don’t even have to worry about writing tags and stuff like that anymore. So then what is really important then for you? What is really important is like okay who is the target audience that I’m trying to engage in? What are the deepest darkest desires that they never share with anybody that they want to share with you? And in that case, length of the video is irrelevant. If the solution is going to only take you a minute, 1 minute to explain, that’s good enough in the video, right? If the solution takes 5 minutes to explain, that’s good enough, right? Whatever the case might be, if the solution requires a percentage of AI uh portion in the video and some of it uh where it needs you to share your screen or something, that’s totally fine. Merge them together in video express, right? bring the videos from your computer on your hard drive, Google Drive, whatever you want to do, bring it in and you can import it and bring it into the timeline, right? The timeline meaning uh if you if you go back it uh to this step here um right here for example uh this is the timeline correct. So you can bring it into the timeline here and extend it even if you have to import the videos you see. So whatever it is, it is you got to um basically structure it and that’s the only way you’re going to be up to speed in this AI world which is fast changing. Correct? Um you’re going to have this because I’ve found out that history rhymes. It doesn’t repeat by rhymes. Meaning other words what worked 10 years ago will work just as well. The slight changes might be different right but the fundamentals customer psychology everything is the same. Nothing has changed in that aspect. And um that is why I can confidently say like you put me in a market that I’m not very familiar with, I can dominate that within a year or two simply because of this fundamental uh idea of understanding only that audience that matters. I’m going to go after not anybody else. And before to do that, you had to do a lot of experimentation, research, service. AI has simplified that quite a bit, right? Um right out of the gate. So hope that is clear. So we talked about a lot of things. So you can watch this as a replay live in YouTube. It’s going to be automatically up. So you can definitely watch it um to um get a better understanding of it and stuff and um uh and yeah this is absolutely what I was trying to tell you uh Ian right and here’s the thing okay I kind of wanted to also delve into this point uh when it comes to this question is if we come back to um like uh uh like our video express application here as well just understand right like uh it’s it’s just so fascinating if if we talk about this in a nutshell like here Like do you think like if you think about it right what is defining AI’s law when people think it’s generated 100% by AI they’ll switch off correct so the trick is to try to make it as humanmade as possible right such that they don’t think it’s AI but on the other hand uh reality is if there is a problem you’re trying to solve right right and that problem has a solution let’s say correct then it doesn’t matter if it is AI or whatever ever people just want the solution. They don’t care if that person has an accent. They don’t care if that person um you know can you doesn’t speak as professionally, right? They don’t care if that person um you know, for example does a 3D animation video or or a human video or uh they have like a snazzy lower third elements or like whatever. The point is it solves a problem. Correct? And that’s why I’m trying to explain to you that the only way you’re going to be ahead of this uh AI world is trying to basically go through this element, right? Um uh that’s the basic idea, right? And um the other uh basic idea is that these platforms are getting so good in understanding that if this is the person in the video then most likely the type of person is going to look like this uh talk like this do stuff like this and they attract that. You don’t even have to tell it anymore as long as you solve the problem or you explain that very clearly. Okay. So just um keep this in mind as well. It’s almost like a fundamental thing that once you learn this, you master this, it’s going to serve you for the rest of your life kind of thing, right? And um the same thing was applied in this YouTube video as well, right? If you saw it, what I explained to you earlier as well. And that’s the same logic that has to go behind every market you enter. Okay? Uh ultimately, okay? So, I do see some questions. What I’m going to do to make sure this is very crisp. This is a very uh engaging live stream that you can watch multiple times because we talked about a lot of concepts. Um we talked about how to train the GPT that I have here to also create your own custom GPT uh which is more focused and geared towards what you want cuz I’ve trained it with so much information. uh the way you can create a system uh where you it’s related to your market right whether it’s improv whether it’s personal development whether it’s finance whether it’s fitness whether it is um let’s say insurance or whatever you want to do and basically you can make the GPT uh become a mini expert in that market right so basically you want to watch that one more time because that will allow you to you know have that uh system rolling again and again and again that you develop once uh spend that few minutes and you’ll be good to go every time because once you find out who the target audience is. You can focus on that in your content, in your scripts, in your way you do the videos and everything. Correct? And that can work in any market realistically. Okay? And that’s the reason why I could sit here and do every market I can teach, but have the GPT do that for you, right? Why not, right? Uh simple as that. So, um just uh use it for not just the script writing uh creating the videos for video express, but also use it for audience research. You can train it on also other aspects. When you click on here, you can let it do anything you want realistically. Okay? You can let it even uh for example um you know um create uh custom GPT um on how to find niche markets with uh audiences with the most money to spend. uh that is closest to um my market of let’s say finance as an example, right? Uh and hard money lending, let’s say for real estate. Okay? And then um and then it’s going to do its thing for you, right? And then this is going to do this. What do you do when it does this? Just give me the markdown, right? Markdown text, right? And then it’s going to do that thing for you based upon this. Right? So you see this based on hard money lending background, real estate syndicators, blah blah blah. Right? Sell storage investors, multif family investors, private equity operators. So it’s found this asset protection people blah blah blah. So you can definitely make it do other things as well beyond what I made it do. Uh but I just don’t want you to stay at a blank screen to kind of go ahead. And of course, right, markdown to copy. Okay, so this is the markdown text file. It’ll give it. So it’ll find it and for that market if you don’t want it even more generic you can do that too. So then you can copy this and make it as your own GPT. That’s the idea right build the system so that way whenever you come into a system where you want to do this where uh you know you want to kind of create a story you no longer are staring at a blank screen but you’re talking to somebody who you know uh will hear your message right that’s what matters here. Okay so hope that helps. Uh again, one more time, the workflow link is here that you can watch. Um and then um and then that that’s the link you can find all our products in. Um that pona.com link that we had here and get our other products if you don’t have them because they all integrate with each other. And finally, uh the other thing as mentioned is you can definitely use this workflow for Video Express videos. It’s going to be really powerful and we’re going to be creating more of these workflows. So definitely after this video is done, just make sure that you post your comments and ask any questions regarding this workflow that you want me to update for you or whatever, I can do that. And in addition to that, any questions you have, any support questions, anything else, post in the comment section. I check every single comment. Even the live stream comments I couldn’t answer or my team couldn’t answer, I make a note of it right after every live stream. And then we make a note of it whether it’s an update, a bug fix, or uh any suggestions and stuff like that as well. We make sure that we include every single one of them into our uh checklist items. So definitely don’t be shy to post comments after. I check every single one of them. Okay. So thanks again for watching. Look forward to seeing another live stream in the future. Uh so be sure you check it and definitely watch this again if it’ll be of help to you. Okay. So thanks again. Look forward to seeing your other live training sessions. Take care.

July 5, 2026
06/17/2026 – Viro Feed AI

Whether you’re in tech, whether you’re in AI, whether you’re in finance, whether you’re in business, whether you’re in health, wealth, fitness, what is the most talked about topic? What is the talk of the town? The thing that keeps people going right now. And none of them does that. They make you come up with the script or the tool comes up with some generic script along, you know, the keywords that you give it, but it’s not based on ruined content that people already want to watch. And that’s because creating trending content that attracts your ideal audience requires a ton of work. We’ve seen this firsthand. You need to research fresh news topics. You need to filter for niche relevance because, you know, you can put out any news topic, but you want to tie it back to your offer, your business. So, there needs to be somehow a link or connection. comparing Google search demand, finding the right content angle, rewriting it for each platform, pulsing before the trend dies, and then the video production side, picking the avatar, generating the voiceovers, burning credits on bad outputs, and worst of all, it requires a ton of multiple AI tools, and so much more. And that’s why yog has created the perfect video solution. You see before we needed to research topics with catg you know keep an eye on Google trends what’s happening there then go to capcot to edit the video properly 11 laps for the voices hootsweet for the publishing and it all is costing costing costing costing he has turned all of this into one tool that allows you to do it for dirt cheap researches the trend generate the script create the videos add the captions and get you hundreds of thousands of views quickly as proven the first I’m using it. He managed to generate close to 30,000 views. Something that hasn’t happened in a long time simply because the algorithms already favor what you will publish. You see, Yogis has trained a state-of-the-art AI to scan exactly what’s generating trending traffic right now. Breaking updates, right? Things explain simply what people are wondering about things. You know what this means for you? This is such a great one because people want to know, “All right, so how does this affect me? What does this mean for you?” Right? This is happening in the world. Here’s what this means for you. That’s such a good content angle. You’re going to witness it firsthand. You’re going to see your first 10,000 views practically overnight. Now, let me ask you a question. What if you we equip you with your very own viral trend video AI? Now that you start to understand this process and this strategy that you might have not been utilizing thus far, wondering why haven’t you been getting any views, what if you finally had the ability to get a ton of views doing this where the AI finds what gets people to stay on social media and watch. For example, right here, one of the top stories currently, you can actually, you know, look this up as we speak, is that Microsoft and Xbox are facing major layoffs, right? There’s a lot of search volume on this. You can see here, you know, the rising stars. You know, there’s a huge interest in the past 24 hours alone. We can even go to Google Trends right now. Actually go and show it to you myself. So, I’m here inside Google Trends and I’ll do Microsoft, you know, layoffs, something that’s being talked about. Look at it. It spikes the whole day. This just the past 24 hours alone, you know, and you see the rising stars. People are talking about this nonstop. And I know that this is a hot topic, especially on X on LinkedIn where it’s gaining a lot of traction and algorithms love it. Now, therefore, the AI actually already has done all the research for me, has find all the relevant articles, the one with the most comments, the most engagement, and then before I know it, it has actually created a viral news video for me for my offer relating to that story. Breaking right now, Microsoft’s Xbox division is planning major layoffs next month. Bloomberg News is reporting this and it’s just been confirmed by Reuters. Here’s what we know. The cuts are coming soon and they’re expected to be significant. This isn’t a rumor. It’s coming from inside the company. Why does this matter? Because Microsoft just spent nearly $70 billion buying Activision Blizzard. And now, months later, jobs are on the line. This signals a major shift in strategy. Xbox is tightening its belt and the gaming industry is bracing for impact. This story is developing fast. There we have it. That story is currently generating us 89,420

views. The offer it goes to is, hey, AI is taking over. Layoffs are happening everywhere. Be on the other side by using AI to your advantage. and we take him to one of our AI tools. The clicks we’re getting for that offer are more than we’ve ever had with any other social media video we posted. And it’s all because the AI does it for us. It once again finds out what is generating massive attention right now. For example, another one that is right now a hot topic is the social security trust fund. You might have heard about this, you know, is running dry in the next 10 years. There’s major worldwide search volume for this. People are panicking and boom, it taps into that algorithm trend and before you know it, Social Security is running out of time. A new report warns its reserves will be gone in less than 10 years. That means millions of Americans could face major benefit cuts. The system is paying out more than it takes in. And without action, the trust fund hits zero around 2033. This affects retirees, disabled workers, and families. The clock is ticking. Want to know how this could impact your future? Follow now and drop a comment with your biggest There we have it. Do you see yourself generating traffic fast if you had an AI tool publish viral news trends 24/7 to your socials and tie back to any offer that you’re selling? Whether you’re in health, wealth, realtors, fitness, no matter what type of business you’re working with or what type of business you own, the AI finds hot topics, things that make people, you know, that they talk about, they may be scared about, things that are on their mind, things that they, you know, gossip about outside with other people when they run into someone or when they’re around the table and they’re like, “Hey, have you heard this on the news?” the things that make people talk. That’s what captures their interest. And when you leverage this AI, comment in the chat box. Do you see yourself? Do you understand the power behind this? Do you see yourself generating traffic fast? Because if you do, I see lots of yeses coming in. Awesome. Pay very close attention. Comment, “I want this.” We’re going to show you the tool firsthand, the power of it. Comment, “I want this.” If you want an inside look, there we go. I want this. I want this. I want this. I need this. Amazing. Without further ado, let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Hi everyone. This is Yogesh Agarwal and over the next few minutes, I’m going to show you something that completely changes how you create short form viral videos forever. Today, I’m pulling back the curtain on Viral Feed AI, the world’s first complete viral video creation engine. It turns any trending content, any article, or any idea into stunning, ready to post videos in minutes. Even if you’ve never edited a single video in your life. No tech skills, no editing experience, no voice talent, no expensive software. And to prove how powerful this is, I’m walking you through three different ways to create videos with Virro Feed AI. First, turning a single trending post into a fully edited viral video. Plus, the full professional editor with key frames, color grading, transitions, and animation control. Then, batch creating multiple videos from multiple posts at once, each with its own unique style. And finally, pasting any article URL on the internet and turning it into a video in seconds. Let’s get started. This is the viral feed AI dashboard. Your central hub for creating AI powered viral videos. From here, you can create a new project, access all your existing projects, manage agency accounts, check your available credits, and get support whenever you need it. I’ll click new project to set up a brand new content channel. Virro feed AI is built for speed. Give your project a name. For this demo, I’ll call it test project. Then pick your niche from 10 ready-made categories like AI and technology, finance and crypto, health and wellness, marketing, business, entertainment, sports, science, education or lifestyle. I’ll pick AI and technology. Now toggle add branding on. This is where every video automatically becomes a branded asset. For this demo, I’ll upload a simple placeholder that just says your logo here. But in your real project, this is where you drop your actual brand logo and choose its position. Top left, top right, center, bottom left, or bottom right, so it appears in the exact same place on every single video you create. Next, presenter type. Choose AI talking head for a fully animated presenter or faceless voice for clean voiceover only videos. I’ll go with AI talking head for this demo. Now your avatar. Here’s where Virro Feed AI saves you hundreds of dollars in stock presenter costs. You get two simple options. Option one, upload your own photo, your own face, your own brand, your own personality. And here’s the magic part. Virro feed AI automatically removes the background so your presenter blends seamlessly into every scene. No green screen, no Photoshop, no manual cutout, none of it. Or option two, just pick from Virro Feed AI’s built-in ready-made avatar library. Diverse male and female professional presenters ready to go in one single click. Click create project and your entire video studio is ready in seconds. Welcome to your project workspace. Three pillars sources. Create a video and my videos. And right at the top, change your avatar anytime with one click. Here, sources are used to scan websites regularly and get trending content. So, you don’t have to search for content anymore. You just need to add your keyword and viral feed AI will scan all latest news resources and get your fresh content for your video. Create video allows you to use the content from sources to create video. That’s right. No more researching, scripting, or doing any hard work. Click sources, then add sources. In the find section, type any keyword you want to dominate. latest AI news and within seconds, Vyro Feed AI pulls live feeds from Google News, Reddit, Hacker News, and more. Ready to plug straight into your pipeline. Click the plus button and the source goes live instantly, automatically scanning the web every single day. Want full control? Switch to manual mode. Paste any RSS feed or website URL. Set your time filter. Turn on ignore duplicates. Even exclude keywords you don’t want to appear in your videos. You sleep. Viral feed AI works. Our content sources are listed here in the sources section. Just click the drop- down arrow to view all content pulled from that source. From here, you can easily edit, pause, or delete any source whenever you want. And you can add multiple sources to a single project, combining content from different platforms in one place. Pretty powerful, isn’t it? Once everything looks good, click back to return to the project dashboard. When you’re ready to turn your content into a fully automated video, just click create video. Virat AI gives you three ways to feed it. Fresh posts from your autofetched content stream from URL to convert any article on the internet or custom text to paste your own original message directly. Today I’m covering fresh posts and from URL, but custom text is right there whenever you want to use your own content. So for this first demo, I’m using fresh posts. Look at this list of trending posts. All pulled in automatically and marked fresh. Ready to convert into video. No research, no copying, no hunting. And I’ll pick just one for this demo. On the right, pick your video length, 30, 45, or 60 seconds, and your script style. Confirm your presenter type and choose your call to action. If you have a custom one, add it here. Click next. Welcome to the command center. Every element of your video in one clean screen. The AI has already written your script structured for retention. Edit it if you like or regenerate for a different angle. Next, your visuals. Three sources. AI generated free pixel stock or your own uploads. Three styles. Clean, dynamic, minimal. I’ll go dynamic. Click generate images. And watch this. Custom AI visuals scene by scene. Perfectly aligned with the script. No more pixel searches. No more midjourney prompts. No more stock subscriptions. And Virro Feed AIes them right into your video. You can even combine all three sources in the same project. Toggle background music on. Virro feed AI gives you a massive royalty-free music library across upbeat, cinematic, calm, electronic, acoustic, jazz, and hip-hop. Preview and pick a track. Done. Now, this is the section that completely changes the game. Voice and narration. Virro feed AI gives you two powerful options right here. First, look at the top. Clone your own voice. Upload a sample of any voice, just 15 seconds or less, and Virro feed AI clones it narrates every single video in that exact voice. Your own voice, a team member’s voice, a brand voice, anything. Your tone, your accent, your personality locked into every video you ever make. This is what voice cloning startups charge $30 to $99 every single month for, built right in. And every voice you clone gets saved in your uploaded voices, so you can store as many as you want and switch between them anytime in one click. Or pick a ready-made voice from Virro Feed AI’s premium neural library. Filter by language and gender, Arya, the warm and confident female voice, Jenny, the natural conversational tone, Ava plus Michelle, Anna, Emma, and many more. For this demo, I’ll pick Arya from the ready-made library. Captions, the secret weapon behind every viral video. Pick from classic, Tik Tok pop, karaoke, neon glow, bounce, minimal. Customize the active word color, inactive color, background color, font, and even caption position. I’ll go neon glow, robboto font, center position. Watch the live preview update on the right. Click generate final video and viral feed AI renders your fully edited ready to post video instantly. Welcome to my videos. The home base of your test project. Every video you create in this project lives right here organized with status, duration, source headline and date. Play, save to your device. Delete or click edit in editor to open the professional studio. And look at the top right create new button. This is your shortcut to add another video to this same project. Every video you ever make stays organized inside one clean workspace. One project, one library. But before we create the next one, let me show you what happens inside the editor. Click edit in editor. Your video is already loaded with your full-sized AI presenter right there on the canvas. The timeline below has every track perfectly organized and color-coded. Scenes for backgrounds, AI video for your presenter, narration with the full waveform visible, music and captions. This is a complete professional studio. Click on your AI presenter and a bounding box appears instantly with corner handles. Just grab any corner and drag to resize from full frame all the way down to a small pictureinpicture overlay. Click and drag to move it anywhere on screen. bottom right like a streamer, top left like a news anchor, or center stage like a commercial. And every adjustment updates in real time. And here’s another feature that makes Virro Feed AI feel like a full professional editing suite. You’re not locked into a single presenter position for the entire video at any point on the timeline. Simply place the playhead exactly where you want the change and press S on your keyboard to instantly split the AI presenter into a new segment. Now select that segment and the interactive bounding box appears right on the canvas. Drag to reposition your presenter anywhere on the screen. Resize it to any scale or use the quick zoom controls on the right for pixel perfect adjustments. But this is where it gets really powerful. With that segment selected, just open the effects panel on the left and choose from a library of professional transitions. fade in, slide from any direction, wipe, dissolve, and many more. The transition is applied only to that selected segment, giving you complete creative control over exactly when and how your presenter appears on screen. Need your presenter to move multiple times throughout the video? No problem. Just move the playhead to another point, press S again to create another split, and customize that section independently. Every split can have its own position, scale, and transition effect, letting you create dynamic studio quality presentations with incredible ease. This is the kind of timeline control you’d normally expect from expensive professional editing software. But inside Vyrofeed AI, it’s simple enough to master in just a few clicks. It’s a genuine gamecher for creating engaging, professionallooking AI videos. Now, click on anything else. a scene image, an audio clip, a caption, and the right side of the screen lights up with the properties panel. And here’s the magic. It transforms based on whatever you select. Different element, different tools. So there’s zero hunting through menus, just total contextual editing. Click any scene image and properties opens with four tabs. Style for position, scale, rotation, opacity, and fit. FX for over 20 scene transitions across basic, slide, dissolve, and wipe categories. Filters for cinematic color grading. Color presets in one click. Warm, cool, vintage, black and white, cinema, sepia, high contrast. Fine-tune with the brightness, contrast, saturation, and blur sliders. Plus, professional color grading LUTs, including teal and orange. the Hollywood blockbuster grade and film noir for dramatic moody content. This is what colorists charge hundreds of dollars per video for. Included and now the feature that separates Virro Feed AI from every single AI video tool on the market. Key frames. With this feature, you get complete control over animations and transitions. You can set key frames different points in your timeline to animate position, scale, rotation, and opacity over time. Let me show you how it works. Set frame to zero and set scale 1x. Frame 130, scale 1.5x, and your scene smoothly zooms in, drawing the viewer’s eye exactly where you want it. Animate position to fly elements across the screen. This is professional motion graphics. What Hollywood designers charge $150 an hour to do. Two clicks. Nothing else on the market does this for AI generated videos. Click any audio track, narration, music, or sound effects. And the properties panel switches to audio with the style tab. Volume with quick presets. Mute 25, 50, 75, 100% plus a precision slider and speed control to play at half speed for emphasis, 1.5 times for fast pace, or two times for time compression. Click any caption on the timeline and the caption panel opens with three full tabs of control. Start with content. Here you edit the exact caption text and set precise start and end times right down to the millisecond. Choose top, center, bottom, or custom placement or apply a preset style like shadow stack with one click. Next is the style tab for complete typography. Set the font size, weight, and family with options like Anton for bold viral impact. Then tune the text color, background color, opacity, text transform, and letter spacing. And when it’s perfect, apply your style to every caption at once. And finally, animate, where your captions come alive. Wordby word animations that make every single word pop. This is the exact micro animation behind every viral Tik Tok and reals caption. The moment you add text, the animation library appears on the right. Over 20 entrance animations, fade any direction, pop in and more, plus text specific animations, typewriter, karaoke, and a lot more. Click the text panel to your own custom text. Click add custom text or pick from professional templates across headings, social, gradient, 3D, animated backgrounds, and lower thirds. Drag it onto the canvas. Edit it however you need. Done. The elements panel adds emojis, shapes, and trending gifts. Drop any element on the canvas and every visual becomes a fully animated component. And just to round out the sidebar, templates gives you 30 pro video templates across every niche. Media is your upload library. Music is a massive royalty-free track library across every genre. And voice over gives you the full library of premium voices plus emotion control to make every line sound human. But the panel that completely changes the game is AI world. This is where viral feed AI replaces five separate AI subscriptions. Generate image, generate video, AI sound effects, AI music, and scene suggestions all in one panel. Five tools creators normally pay for separately every single month. All built-in, all included. And branding. This is where you make every video truly yours. Upload your logo, choose its position on the screen, adjust the size, and control the opacity to match your brand style. Place the logo in any corner or drag it freely anywhere on the canvas. And if you need it, turn on a watermark for extra brand visibility. These settings carry across your whole video so you keep one consistent professional brand identity on everything you create. Settings let you change the frame rate, resolution, snap to grid, and full keyboard shortcuts. When you’re ready, click export. Choose your format, MP4, or webm. Pick your quality and hit start export. Virro feed AI takes you right back to my videos, so you can keep creating while it renders in the background. And here it is, the final video fully rendered, ready to publish. Let me hit play.

Meta keeps delaying its new AI model. That’s the big story. The model isn’t ready for developers yet. Says it needs more testing. fighters worry about competition

caution and pressure. This matters because it affects how fast AI tools reach you. Want the latest updates? Follow and comment below for more. Look at this. A fully edited viral video, custom AI visuals, premium voice over from area, perfectly synced captions, your logo locked into the corner, all generated automatically from a single trending news post. This is the kind of content that makes channels go viral and it took us just a few clicks. And here’s one more massive feature most people completely miss. Look at every video card in my videos. The hooks and SEO button. Click it. Viral feed AI generated 10 attention grabbing hooks and 10 high converting titles. All AI generated. All optimized for the exact content inside your video. These are your Tik Tok and reals hooks. These are your YouTube titles. These are your Instagram captions with content relevant hashtags and tags ready to paste. Everything you need to go viral instantly and grab all those viral traffic to your video in just few clicks. Copy all to grab every hook and title at once. Regenerate for a fresh batch. Save to keep them for later. This one feature alone replaces the AI copywriting tools creators pay $ 20 to $50 a month for. and still struggle for video views. Here, it’s fully automated and guaranteed to get you views, traffic, and lots of sales. All right, that was the fresh post method. But what if you’re running a daily channel, an agency, or an affiliate campaign, and you need to publish 5, 10, even 20 videos per day. Watch this. Back in my videos for our test project, I just click the create new button at the top. Notice how we stay in the same project, the same workspace, the same organized library. Everything I make next gets added to this one project. Stay on fresh post mode. Instead of picking just one post, I’m selecting multiple posts at once. Three different trending stories, three different angles, all checked, all ready to convert into videos. Now look at the right sidebar. A new bulk style mode option. Autorecommended lets Vyro feed AI intelligently pick the best visual style for each video based on its content or pick same for all to lock every video in your batch to one consistent style. I’ll go auto. Click next. And here’s where it gets really powerful. Look at the top of the review and generate page. Three tabs. Video one, video two, video 3. One for each post you selected. This is the game changer. You’re not just batch generating three identical videos. You’re configuring each one completely independently in a single workflow. For video one, your AI script is already written. Edit it, regenerate it, choose clean visual style, generate scene images, toggle background music on, and pick a track. Choose area as your voice. Set neon glow captions. Click the video two tab. Different script, different content, different angle. Now configure video two completely separately. Maybe dynamic visual style this time. Different background music. Jenny as the voice. Tik Tok pop captions. Click video three. Same total control. Different script. Different visuals. Different voice. Different captions. Each video gets its own unique identity, its own pace, its own personality. All from one batch workflow. When you’re happy with all three, click generate final video. All three videos render in parallel. And just like that, three brand new, fully customized, uniquely styled viral videos ready to publish. 3 days of content in 5 minutes. Imagine the consistency. Imagine the volume. Imagine actually beating the algorithm instead of fighting it. And each one can be opened in the full editor with key frames, animations, and color grading. All of it. And let me play one of them for you so you can see what came out. Super micro computer just launched new AI data centers and locked in major partnership wins. Who is SMCI? They build the hardware powering the AI boom. What happened? They scaled up fast with big clients and new facilities. Why does it matter? Their valuation is now under the microscope. After this explosive growth, investors are asking if the stock is priced too high or still has room to run. We break down the numbers and the buzz. Hit follow and drop a comment with your take on SMCI. Different content, different visual style, different voice, different caption animation, all from one single batch workflow, three uniquely styled videos in the time it used to take to make one. This is what content creation at scale actually looks like. Now, here’s the fastest workflow of all. This one is for everyone who reads an interesting article online and thinks, “I wish I could turn this into a video right now.” Same test project. Back to my videos. I already have multiple videos in this library. From the fresh post and multiple posts methods, I just click create new again. Same project, same workspace, completely different content source. This time, select from URL. Just paste any article URL on the internet. A TechCrunch article, a Verge article, a blog post, a news story, anything. Viral feed AI fetches the entire article, reads it, understands it, and converts it into a polished video script in seconds. Pick your length, script style, presenter, and call to action. Click continue. And here we are back in the command center. Script autogenerated from the article. Visuals ready. Music ready. Voice ready. Captions ready. Click generate. Final video. Done. A fully edited viral video generated from a URL you found online 30 seconds ago. Let me hit play. Breaking right now. The world is facing a new oil shock. Massive damage to Persian Gulf oil infrastructure is threatening to [ __ ] global supply. This just happened and it’s not a temporary blip. Key facilities may take months or even years to rebuild. That means oil prices are set to spike and inflation could roll back. The straight of a critical check point for global energy is now at risk. Europe, Asia, and North America all depend on this region. If supply stays tight, the entire global economy can feel the pain. This is not a short-term crisis. It’s a structural shift. Follow now for urgent updates as this story develops. One more time so you can see the final result. Same professional quality, same cinematic polish, same viral readiness from a URL you found on the internet 30 seconds ago. This is the workflow that ends creator burnout for good. And look at my videos right now. Every single video from every single workflow, all sitting inside our test project. The single video from the fresh post method. The three batched videos from multiple posts. The URL video. Five videos. Three content sources. One organized project. This is what content at scale looks like when everything stays in its right place. In one demo session, Viral Feed AI created a single beautifully edited viral video, batched three uniquely styled videos with per video control, and converted any article URL into video with one paste. All inside a single organized project, plus the full professional editor, contextual properties panel, presenter resize and reposition, cinematic color grading with Hollywood LUTs, 20 plus transitions, key frame motion graphics, the full animation library, plus typewriter, karaoke and glitch text effects, three tab caption control, and one-click export. Now, let me ask you something honest. How much are you currently spending every single month on tools that Virro Feed AI completely replaces? Voiceover platforms like 11 Labs $30 to $99. Stock media subscriptions $30 to $50. Caption tools $ 20 to $40. AI image generators $10 to $60. Video editing software 20 to $60. AI script writers 20 to $50, plus professional color grading and motion graphics tools that cost hundreds more. Add it all up and most serious creators are spending $200 to $500 every single month juggling eight different platforms with no integration, no automation, no professional motion graphics, and no time left to actually grow. Vir AI replaces every single one of them in one clean, automated, fully integrated platform for one tiny fraction of what you’re spending right now. This is built for affiliate marketers publishing daily. agencies producing client content at scale, faceless YouTube channels chasing the algorithm, Tik Tok and reals creators who need fresh content non-stop, and anyone who wants to dominate short form video without burning hours everyday editing. Right now, if you’re watching this, you’re getting in at launch pricing before everyone else catches on. This is a one-time investment for what would normally be a neverending monthly subscription. Once the launch period closes, this offer is gone forever. Lock in your access. Grab your commercial license while it’s still included and let Virat AI start cranking out viral videos for you starting today. This is Yogesh Agarwal and I’ll see you inside Vyro Feed AI. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own viral feed AI account? It does everything for you from start to bottom. You don’t have to script anything yourself. You don’t have to show your face. It researches the trend. Pick an avatar and you run with it and you start seeing a mass amount of views starting today. There you go. See lots of yeses coming in. Now, that’s it for secret number one, the viral feed instant views. I’m going to quickly go into secret number two, which is the daily video income. Because the people that grab fire feed AI, you will get guaranteed traffic and sales. This is something we’ve been saying from the start because we’ve done it over and over again. And there’s actually three ways to capitalize viral feed traffic. You’re going to get a ton of views, a ton of traffic regardless because the algorithms will be boo boosting the content that you’re sharing simply because you’re leveraging viral trends and news over and over again. Now, you can send mass amounts of traffic for your offer. And here’s what you can expect from Virat AI. It finds trending content people care about. It autocreates the scripts, visuals, captions, music, call to actions fully done for you. And then you send the video traffic to your website and offers. You get a ton of clicks, a ton of views as it will make sure the video is related to what your offer or sales page or business is about. And this is exactly what is working right now for other people as well. You can see right here, 2.3 million followers generated all using an AI aftar just leveraging, you know, trending news here. Google just did this, you know, this person just did this. Just talking about something interesting, something out of the ordinary, something happening in the world, but it’s already capturing a lot of traction, and then tying it back to an offer. It happens here for Rowan Chung as well, already raking up over 48.4K followers, racked up to 7 million views. Now, it is one of the easiest loopholes, one of the biggest shortcuts that anyone can do. And it’s just an avatar. This is not a real person. This is an avatar just picking up real things happening on around the world, talking about it, then redirecting it to an offer. Now, besides sending high quality traffic for your offers, you can also make an automated affiliate income. And the auto affiliate income is simply you get an affiliate link of a product you want to promote and you let Viral Feed find trends related to your product that you’re promoting. It finds the right hooks, the right, you know, how big tech uses AI to fire people, whether you’re maybe selling an AI tool or or white label reselling tool. Now, from here, you already have two ways to capitalize on vir traffic. This will honestly be your biggest earners right from the get. But there’s a third way that has people begging you to do it for them because you can also get paid for service delivery. All these businesses have one thing in common and they all need qualified traffic daily and they’re willing to pay recurring money to anyone who can get leads and views for them. You can see right here we need a social media short from video strategist. Now we need an organic social media manager for a true short uh you know streaming app. We’re looking for Rockstar, true crime native, social media manager. You know, $35,000.

True crime is what, you know, viral feed is great for as it can report on all, you know, the biggest happenings around crime in the world. They’ll actually immediately hire you, pay you three and a halfk a month to start doing this for them. This is an active and open inquiry. You can go on Upwork, find this right now. They are desperately looking for video traffic and with the power of viral feed AI, businesses will fall in love with you. Now, here’s the profitable three-step viral feed agency. You pick from the hundreds of clients that are available to you daily. You provide oneweek free trial to any business owner saying, “Hey, I’m going to take over your socials for the first week since you’re looking for someone. You don’t have to pay me yet. Just let me show you my strategy and how I’m going to go about it.” Because most businesses, they’re not getting traction. They’re talking about their product, their business that nobody cares about. They’re doing all the mistakes that, you know, we used to do as well. And then we showed them, hey, we’re going to talk about relevant things, things that people actually care for, things that keep people going, things that, you know, people talk about around the water coolers. And then we’re going to tie your business to it. Now, they see the immense results, the views, the traction, the reach they’re getting. You start getting paid full-time for using Fire Feed AI. Now, the people that take action today, we’re actually going to help you with this. We’re going to give you all the handholding and support you need and you will start making money in any industry. So, let me know in the question box or chat box, do you see how this is one of the easiest AI revenue streams when you have access to an AI that does things differently from all the other ones without dealing with the competition, without having to struggle to get views, without having to come up with scripts or hoping the algorithm picks you up? You are guaranteed to get views from day one. Who here absolutely loves this? let me know in the question or chat box. I see lots of yeses flying in. And there we have it. Secret number two. And because you’re here, we’re going to actually do something interesting, which is direct special access only available on this webinar. Now, I already saw a lot of people in the chat saying, “I want this right now. Share the link. I need this. I’ve been trying to get views for the longest time.” This is finally going to solve that problem because it is a proven loophole that is not only, you know, supported by us, but the algorithms, you know, the the beasts of social media, the actual, you know, deciders of whether you’re going to get reach or not, they prefer you to leverage this type of content and that’s why it just works perfectly across the board. I see lots of people saying, “Yes, direct special access.” So with that being said, you’ve seen what’s possible. You have the hard AI way where unfortunately people are buying dozens of tools, trying to learn how they work, post every day without results, and getting ignored by the algorithms to now having the proven guaranteed AI viral feedway. The question just is, who here wants to wake up tomorrow with viral feed already generating at least 10,000 views while you slept? Let me know in the question box or chat box. Who here wants to wake up tomorrow and have viral feed already publishing the latest news publication that is catching the early trends, getting people to be fanatic about the content that you’re sharing, the mass amounts of engagement you’re generating, and then leveraging the traffic for your business, for your offers around the clock. Comment yes if that’s you, and let me show you everything that you’re getting today. First of all, you’re going to get the Viral Feed AI premium account. This means you have access to the entire vir command center where you can build multiple content projects from one simple dashboard. On top of that, you can connect your favorite content sources in minutes. If you already have a site or place or blog or a resource where you’re getting your latest and greatest news from, this can be an Instagram page, this can be a website, you can simply enter that here and it will start drawing from there. On top of that, you can manage different niches, brands, and campaigns effortlessly. You can replace scattered AI tools with one unified workflow. You can create, edit, organize, and publish all from one place in any type of niche, whether it’s sport, whether it’s fitness, health, relationships, mindset, you know, business or worldwide events. And then without any markups, without any hidden costs, and best of all, without any monthly fees. You’re getting access to the whole nine yards. And here’s why this matters. Viral Feed takes care of the entire strategy for you. You don’t have to think about what’s trending. You don’t have to research what’s trending. All you have to do is enjoy the mass amount of views that are coming your way the moment a viral feed gets to work. Now, who here absolutely loves that? Let me know in the question box because this took a lot and a lot of, you know, putting things together, data assets, you know, training AIs, making the research flawless. You’re getting it all on a silver platter. I see people loving it. Amazing. Now, on top of the viral feed command center, you’re also getting the viral trend discovery engine. And you know, this is where the magic happens. You’ll discover trending stories before your competitors even see them. And this is extremely powerful because when you have a trend, before it’s a trend, people go and look it up and you’re the first videos they find across all platforms. You’ll find hot topics that people already want to watch. You turn any keyword errors feed or article or URL into video ideas. Spot high potential stories before you publish. Create multiple viral angles from the same topic. And that’s actually a great one. This something we’ve seen and we’ve added in later as we saw, you know, some big influencers doing this approach as well and it works great. And then we tested it and it works phenomenal. Is if a story is already working great, why post it once? You can post it multiple times but from different angles to avoid repetition but making sure it’s the same hot topic but making a different angle to it over and over again getting you know sometimes triple or if not quadruple the amount of traffic out of that same story. Now you’ll have that power immediately as well. The viral feed creates self-updating content so you don’t have to do a thing and this allows you to see how viral feed viral feed will be responsible for generating instant traffic for you. When I say traffic, I’m talking about hundreds of thousands of views coming your way because this is unlike anything you’ve ever experienced before. If you ever tried uploading videos and you know you didn’t get much traction and video was probably maybe about you or some story or you know about your business, about your offer, this is where you get a ton of views. You see the power of social media, the real power of what social media can do for your business. Now, speaking of which, this is where it becomes real because on top of the viral feed command center and viral trend discovery engine, you’re also getting the AI viral content studio which actually puts it all into work for you. It turns the stories into videos in seconds. On top of that, it builds faceless content channels without recording yourself. Also, it builds consistent AI avatars so the audience start recognizing you consistently and instantly. It predicts which videos are most likely to go viral before you even publish. So, you already know that you’re guaranteed to get traffic and you publish across multiple social platforms with a single click and your call to action ready to go. It can be, you know, follow for growth, comment for more, go to my link. You can decide what you want to do with the mass amounts of traffic that you’ll be receiving. You’ll go from zero to owning viral content in minutes. So again, who here is loving everything they’re getting access to so far? And if you do, comment yes in the chat box or in the question box because the team has put a lot of time, effort, testing, you know, proving it over and over again to make it so darn easy for you. I see lots of yeses coming in. Anyone that has ever bought any video tool to wanting to get views, this is a musth have because this is the one that actually gets you more views than any other tool can ever provide you. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to unlock what we call the webinar only bundle. Some of you are familiar with this, but only on the webinar we tend to do something special where we’re going to give you the biggest discount and on top of that all the upgrades, but it’s only available on this very live webinar. This means that on top of the Virat AI premium account, you’re also getting access to the Virro Feed AI Pro Unlimited Edition. This means we’ll upgrade your vir AI to pro and that instantly 4x access your traffic and earnings without any extra work just extra features and more capability. You’ll be able to access over 100 plus AI presenters, build faces that your audience actually remembers. You’ll unlock 50 plus custom presenters, clone yourself or create custom characters that build trust. And the cloning yourself is so powerful. We’ve worked with a lot of clients and businesses by now that specifically want a clone of themselves, you know, to leverage or become this new spokesperson in their industry for relevant trends, you know, and industry highlights. And it works like a charm. You’ll be able to run unlimited projects and launch as many content brands as you want. You have unlimited sources. Never run out of viral content again. Unlimited talking head videos. Unlimited faceless videos. Build traffic assets without showing your face. Unlimited script generation, unlimited AI image generation. You get our advanced viral traffic strategies that will share with you only in the pro unlimited. And you get our additional bonuses, which is our social stories and our omni channel marketing. So you can actually market on all platforms at once. and you have the commercial license included for the pro features. Now, this is going to allow you to go from where you are now to instantly skyrocketing your social media accounts practically overnight because you have no limits on the amount you can produce. Now, on top of the Pro Unlimited, you’re also getting one of my favorites, the donefor you edition. Now, the done for you edition makes everything so much easier and faster because with the viral feed AI done for you, we’ll actually do everything for you. This means you can skip all trial and error and hard work and make commissions daily from us. We actually go out and our team, we’ve already on standby and researches 30 days of trending content and create 60 ready to publish viral videos for you. We build and configure your complete content source network. We monitor trends daily and discover new opportunities for you. We write high retention scripts optimized for shorts, reals, Tik Tok, and Facebook. We create proven hooks, angles, and viral story structures for every video. We write captions, call to actions, and engagement prompts designed to increase interaction. We repurpose your content for multiple platforms automatically. We deliver a done for you. Just upload and publish content vault directly into your account. and we give you a thousand a thousand done for you viral swords and reels ready to post. We’re basically giving you a ton of traffic immediately. Now, this is something we can only and exclusively do on this webinar. We have a set team trained including ourselves to start doing this only for the people that grab this on the webinar. Outside of this webinar, we won’t be able to do this for anyone else. Now, we’ll add our exclusive viral traffic training to your members area, and you’ll also get our commission crushing super secrets, where we’ll show you how to create and turn all that traffic into a ton of affiliate commissions with some of the hottest offers that work perfectly with Viral Feed AI. That’s why the Done Edition is my favorite because I know anyone that grabs the bundle and gets the Dunw edition, they’re considered to be success stories from the get- go. Now, on top of the done for you, you’re also getting the scaling mode. This allows you to create 10 videos at once instead of one at a time, allowing you to move faster, allowing you to publish and upload more, which is again what algorithms absolutely love. You can publish more content without increasing your workload. You can generate scripts, call to actions, and captions in bulk. Discover fresh trending stories daily without having to research yourself. Turn any trend into a complete content campaign automatically. Create up to a 100 content assets in just a few clicks. get more traffic opportunities from every trend. Build a consistent content and traffic engine. You reach more people. You operate like a full-blown AI media house without hiring a team. This is what allows you to scale. This is what allows you to have businesses fall in love with you because you work in volume. And that’s what social media wants. Now, tell me in the question or chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting so far, including the premium, the pro version, the done for you, as well as the scaling mode. You’ll be an unstoppable force to reckon with, guaranteeing yourself at least hundreds of thousands of views online without a sheer doubt. People are asking, “Please, I want to get started right away.” And let me tell you, it gets even better. You see, we’ve made a big promise on this webinar several times, even just now, stating that this is going to work for you no matter what. And we need to back that up and we need to make sure of that because you’re are our ambassadors. Your results determine the growth of Viral Feed AI. We want to make it a household name. And therefore, we’re actually going to give you the master mode to ensure your success. With the master mode agency, you unlock 10x the speed and growth system built for serious creators and agencies who want to scale faster and actually run a real content agency where we hold your hand and make sure you have clients. You scale production with an agency ready team access. You can add up to 10 team members. You sell trendbased content services, a completely unique twist and surface that has a zero competition. Deliver a professional experience using dedicated client profiles. Create a fully customized client campaign. Scale across multiple niches. Stand out from the generic AI content with over 250 custom characters. Capture more attention with our 20 high converting script styles. Deliver client work faster with priority rendering speed only added to your account and create premium content with full 1080p HD quality. We’re also going to give you a content multiplier system and our branding blueprint. Now, the Master Mode Agency turns you, as you can see, into a guaranteed success story, allowing you to get paid by businesses left, right, and center. And the AI does all the heavy lifting for you. Now, if that’s not enough, we’re also only on this webinar going to share and give you access to the reseller. This allows you to become a certified viral feed AR reseller. If there’s one thing that I can tell you for certain, it’s that viral feed practically sells itself. Every time someone sees it, uses it, or tries it within the first video of their first result, they want access. And that’s why you get all our proven high converting copy, sales pages, videos. Each client will have all the features as well as you can add and delete up to 200 clients. You can share it with, you know, family members, friends, as well as other people you know that need this. give it away as a bonus or charge them and keep a 100% of the money. You can charge any price from clients. There are no restrictions. We’ll handle all the support. You can accept payments in one click. And we’re actually going to show you how to sell this effortlessly. And one of the main things is by just giving away, you know, what we call trial accounts or feedback accounts. People try it, they see the results, they want to keep it. Now, all of this is going to be yours at a steal of a deal. Normally, you know, for the done fuel loan, it’s $170 then or $147. Then the master mode is $197. The reseller is under $297. You know, as you can see, that all adds up. You’re paying close to $800 and above if you were to grab this normally. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get the Viri premium account on top of the entire bundle, which means also the unlimited upgrade, the done for you edition, which is, you know, an instant money maker, and the done for you edition will become 127 monthly, the skill mode access, which will become 197 monthly, the master mode agency, which we’re also going to do after the special, 197 monthly, the AI reseller upgrade will be in 197 monthly. All of this total valued of $46,957

you’re going to get access to at a steal of a deal. You see, we know for a fact that with Viral Feed AI, you can easily make 5K per month. There are people right now begging you to be able to do this for them. And therefore, outside of this special webinar, when the launch is over, you know, the specials and the deals done, the investment for VF AI, we’re actually going to go public with this, will be $6997 annual. We actually also have some very cool and amazing potential investors lined up, but they require us, you know, to take it to a more high ticket price, which we intend to do as well. Now, before it turns into 6997 annual, you’ll be able to snatch it up at a steal of a deal and get all the benefits and future benefits. And even if we took 50% off, let’s say $3,500, Vir Feed is designed to earn you an income from day one. 700,000 views, 2.6 million views, 2 million views, just leveraging trends of real things that are happening in the world and tying it back to your business.

Now, businesses are willing to pay so much money for these types of views. And that’s why even if you were to charge 3500 annual, it will still be more than worth it. Yet, we’re not going to do that. You’re about to get a ton of views. And if you were to get everything here at the special launch price, we’re looking at about $9.97 annual. And that’s already considered a massive discount, a special. And even that we’re not going to do if you comment live showing and proving that you’re here live, showing and proving that you’re here, you’re paying attention, you want this, you need this, and you’re going to get a ton of views. Comment live if you want the live discount. And if you don’t comment live, you won’t get to witness it. Make sure you comment live if you want the live discount because that means instead of the 997, we’re going to drop it down all the way. I can’t even believe I’m saying this to just a one time, not even an annual, not even a monthly, but a one time a lifetime access at 317. 317 one time to start getting millions of views moving forward. Do you know how much that is worth?

You can sell any offer, any product, build any business, and never have to worry about traffic and views. And to make it the ultimate deal, if you’re familiar with our webinars, we do something extra special for people that, you know, show up live and are active. We’re going to give away 50 live coupons, dropping it down even lower to just 2671 time. Call us live in the chat box if you haven’t done so already. If you want to grab this at only 2671s, go to the link that is being dropped in the chat box or question box right now, click it, go to the order form and lock in your access while we’re live right now, which immediately gives you the premium account, the unlimited upgrade, the done for you, where we do everything for you for 267. Everything will be done for you. You get the skill mode access, the master mode agency and the reseller upgrade. Normally the reseller alone is 247. The reseller on its own, if you go to the funnel, you will pay over $247 for this alone. Now you’re getting everything at just 267 once. Not even annual, not even monthly. It is a steal of a deal. And you have a 30-day money back guarantee to try it out. And for those of you that are extra lucky, when you go to the order form, if you’re one of the first, you’ll probably see something like this, which is the done for you social package, the reseller booster, and the 100 viral hooks and call to actions. Now, I can’t promise everyone will see this. This is, you know, on a first come, first serve basis. This is something we’re very, you know, protective of. We don’t want to saturate this. But if you’re lucky enough to see these additional mega bundle access blocks, then make sure you check those boxes because these are seal of a deal. As well, with the done for you social package, we’re going to give you 6,000 additional viral sorts and reels. You’ll never have to worry about traffic for the remainder of your online career. We know for a fact these will allow you to post profit and gain millions of views. and they’re in different niches, luxury, motivations, art, craft, funny, pets, any niche you can think of, any product, any business you’re working with, you’ll have the done for you viral stores ready in the highest quality. We have the reseller booster, the great unlimited customer avatars, two times priority rendering, additional 200 reseller licenses and our 100 viral hooks and call to actions are definitely a mustave because these hooks are tested to the tea and they work like a charm. So check these three boxes on the order form if you get to see them. Now they are optional. I will mention that, but they are highly lucrative as well. And therefore, I would recommend to check these boxes because you’re already getting a steal of a deal at only 267 once. Now, the team has dropped a link in the chat. Make sure you go and log in your access as we only have 50 live coupons available and I see eight of them are already gone. That’s quick. You guys are fast. Congratulations with BF feed. Get ready to witness a ton of views, a ton of traffic, a ton of clicks, leads, and engagement. Uh I see someone asking um I have some social media pages that that I haven’t touched. Uh does will this work on them or do I have to start from scratch? This will work great to revive a page. We’ve actually tested this on some of our older pages across different social media channels. One was Instagram, one was Facebook. Uh you can revive dead pages with this effortlessly, but you can also start a new page from scratch. Both of them will work perfectly fine. So yes, that will work great. Uh there we go. Congratulations. Awesome. That’s all I needed to know. I’m in with all the mega bundle. Thank you. Perfect. Congratulations. Super excited for you. And with that being said, uh 10 coupons already left the building. Meaning if you want this at a steal of a deal with the lifetime access for 267 where you have the premium, the unlimited, the done for you, the skill mode, and again guys, the done for you allows you to have everything built out for you. Your news for the next 60 days, 30 days, you have everything you need completely done for you. If you’ve been trying to generate traffic, if you’ve been posting online and ask me working out, grab viral feed and watch how it’s the best decision that you could have ever made as your pages will become a micro celebrity in your niches and in your industry. People at one point will even reach out, you know, to pay you to do a sponsored post because you’re getting that much reach. This is simply a musthave and something you can’t ignore because we all know that video has become the number one most consumed content. But a lot of entrepreneurs are struggling to get video views. And if you’re one of them or you know that you want to get more video views, you know that will help your business whether it’s yours or someone else’s and you’ve tried many AI tools already and you’ve used different AI to post on social media, you’ve generated a ton of videos already, then this is designed for you. At least try it out because you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Because if you’re posting videos right now and you haven’t seen any results thus far, it’s because your videos are not sharing what people already want to see. And that’s exactly what this solves. That’s what Yogesh has fixed. Now, we see accounts applying this exact method, getting, you know, 8.2 million views, 5.8 million views, 13.6 million views. That’s how fast it can go. And that’s why you are guaranteed at the bare minimum to get at least over 50,000 views effortlessly by tapping into these trends. Now, that can turn into so much leads, traffic, clicks for no matter what product or service you’re selling and what industry. You will start to experience a ton of traffic for any product, any opportunity that you’re selling. We’ve seen this firsthand over and over again. People are using our exact trending video to get traffic and sales from scratch. You see Minaj here saying vir I felt that it’s made for someone like me. I’m not technical. I don’t like recording videos and I usually overthink content but I cl my vase and created a short video fast and one video got 1200 views on the first day and for a newbie that felt amazing. That’s what you can expect the moment you get viral feed for the first time. This is now being made available to the public. After a ton of testing, after only sharing it with earner circle members, after only sharing it with our beta testers, perfecting it over and over again. You will now own a unique video AI that generates massive amounts of views and engagement, generates targeted clicks, leads, and sales, works even if you’re a complete beginner, generates attention from day one, and requires zero tech skills, which means when you grab this now, and I see, you know, uh, more people just grab this. Congratulations, uh, Joshua. I knew this going to be perfect for you. I saw your comments earlier as well. You’re going to crush it with our feed. Same goes for you, Amanda. Congratulations to you as well. Uh Stacey, congratulates to you as well. Peter, congratulations to you as well. Thomas, you’re going to crush it. Michael, congratulations. Hank, congratulations to you as well. Now, you’ll get more video views on autopilot than any other AI tool can promise you. And again, it’s a steal of a deal. There are people out there paying, you know, thousands of dollars on ads, paying for views, trying to get some traction, and they’re barely succeeding. You’re now taking the biggest shortcut at a massive discount and you’ll never have to worry about clicks, views, and traffic again. As a matter of fact, you’re going to get paid by actually using Vir Feed AI because what you’re about to get access to immediately, as you already know, unlocks not one but three powerful ways to capitalize on viral feed traffic. You’ll get ton of traffic for your offers. you can make an easy affiliate income and get paid for surface delivery. Speaking of which, let me actually show you. I’m going to go to Upwork. You can see right here, I’ve just put here, you know, uh news, trending, reels, and look at the demand, right? We need social media short form, you know, and trends, social media content creator for, you know, trends, Instagram real creator for faceless content, social media assistant needed for, you know, viral trends and growth, UGC news style videos. Uh we need, you know, breaking news content creator. So many people are ready to want to work with you. They’re begging you to come on and actually serve them. I can even charge, you know, how much do I want to get paid? And you can see right here, you know, for, you know, in the sports niche, in the fashion niche, this is exactly what your AI will tap into. It writes the script for them. You know, this one has a budget of $3500. And it’s all because all these businesses have this one thing in common. They are looking for someone that can generate them more views and your strategy is the one that will absolutely work for them. One that they haven’t tried before and one that they’ll handsomely pay you for. Now, you can use this for others, but you can also use it for yourself. And all it takes is a one-time 267 to start finally breaking through, eliminating any ceiling that you’ve had and start generating more traffic, more views, more clicks, more leads and sales just like we have and the people that we’ve shared this with. Now, right now, you have two choices. You either keep struggling with where you are now and keep posting in the same way you have until you give up or you take advantage of the lowest price this will ever be. this one-time opportunity to finally have an unfair advantage before everyone else and get everything done for you and immediately start generating results. And if you really want to knock it out of the park, make sure you if you still can, if it’s still even available, grab and check these boxes of the mega bundle to have the best of everything. Now again with the bundle deal, you’re getting the entire premium account. You’re getting the Vir Feed AI Pro which makes it unlimited. You get the done for you edition which allows you to get access to we provide 30 days of trending content and create 60 ready to publish viral videos for you. We build and configure your complete content source network. We monitor trends and we do everything for you. We write high retention scripts already optimized to get you traffic. We create proven hooks. We write captions. We repurpose. We deliver a done for you just upload and publish content vault. We give you a thousand done for you viral swords. We include a full commercial rides. And we give you our bonuses of our viral traffic training and our commission crushing super secrets so you start making money with affiliate marketing from all the traffic that we’re getting you. This alone will instantly make sure you’re going to be a success story. But you’ll have to grab it right now. The done for you is only available for the people that are here live and for the people that are taking action while we are right now sharing this with you. So I see uh we’ve got about a dozen coupons left. Remember we started with about 50 coupons. We now got about a dozen, a little over a dozen. 14 actually. We got 14 coupons left. Meaning if you go to the order from right now, you can still grab this at just 2671 time once the coupons are gone. This price will go up and you will have missed your chance to effortlessly generate a ton of views, leads, and clicks in a way nobody has done before. This is the only AI that automates the entire process for you as normally you’ll have to tie a ton of tools together, do a lot of manual work, which is just not sustainable. But with what you’re about to get access to for only 267 once, you get all the secrets where you’ll be able to get more video views on autopilot than any other AI tool can promise you. And the one that can generate views is, you know, the one that makes the most money is the person that holds all the keys and all the power. When you in today’s day and age have that ability, that skill to generate views, you become so valuable, you become respected, you become a person of interest. And it’s all because you were smart enough to be here live and take advantage of an opportunity that others have not seen. So, make sure you take advantage and grab this 267 special so you can finally start generating not only a ton of traffic, but actually having the algorithm favor everything that you post. Quite frankly, you’ll have people be jealous of you. You know, peers or friends or relatives of how much traction you’re getting online. You’ll become, like I said, somewhat of a celebrity with the hundreds of thousands of views you’ll be generating. It’s the biggest unfair advantage that generate a ton of views quickly by leveraging trending content and it’s all proven, right? Trending content naturally attracts more views because platforms like YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram, and more actively promote topics that already experience a spike in user search and demand. Now, the biggest pages that you might be aware of that you might consume content of, this is exactly what they’re doing. So if you commented yes that you understand the power of leveraging viral news trends instead of generic content then go to the URL right now in the chat if you want to experience close to 300,000 views get a ton you know of people that are not following you yet to see your content meaning you’re reaching a ton of new people and also on Instagram whichever platform you prefer it finds out what is trending what is the latest news topic right now and then creates the videos for Social Security is running out of. Now, this is what allowed Ram, some of you might know Ram, some of you might not know him. He actually took it for a test. He said, “I’m amazed at how simple vir AI is. No recording, no editing, no guessing what to post. I added trending articles and keywords and created an entire week of published ready short videos in 30 minutes for marketers. This is serious traffic leverage.” Now, Ram is someone that is always looking for new and better ways to generate traffic as he’s a great affiliate marketer, and he’s now in love with what Viral Feed AI can do for him and his business, allowing him to generate so much more traffic. And all he has to do essentially is just get an affiliate link of a product he wants to promote and let Viral Feed find trends to relate to his product. And it’s exactly what is working right now for creators across the board. You’re stepping into something that’s proven, something that is already working and something that finally allows you to generate hundreds of thousands of views in record time. It’s the exact strategy that the likes of, you know, Anique Singal is using where he’s talking about the latest updates on Microsoft which is getting a lot of attention after their last keynote speech and boom, he’s raking up 400,000 views and taking those eyeballs and sharing something interesting about his AI with them, saying, “Hey, if you like this, then you might be interested in our latest AI tools that does this.” You see, this is one of the easiest ways to get in front of such a large number of people and start generating a ton of interest for your product, service, and offers. Businesses love this. Local businesses love this, and it’s an absolute must have for every entrepreneur. Now, we’re down to less than 10 coupons. We started with 50. Less than 10 are left. Go to the URL in the chat right now. This is one of your last chances to grab this before it’s too late. And then once again, make sure you lock in the mega bundle. All you have to do is right here when you click on get access, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, at least try this out. You got nothing to lose. It’s a one time, right? There’s no hidden fees or recurring fees. Make sure you grab this. You owe this to yourself because you know that video is going to generate you a ton of results. Click on get the bundle here. Click on buy now. It will take you to the order form. All you have to do is put in your email. Then select credit card or PayPal, whichever works for you. The coupon code is early viral. Remember, we have less than 10 left. Click on apply. You’ll see the 317 drop down drastically to 267. is still to have your fully owned media house AI system, then make sure, like I said, if you see these three boxes, I highly recommend you, I know, yes, they’re optional, but I highly recommend you to check them because the reason for this is this is the only time you’ll ever be able to get these things. And normally, you have to pay so much more for this. I mean, 6,000 done for you shorts at only 30 bucks, less than 30 bucks is insane, right? You’re getting the biggest discount across the board simply because you’ll be one of the founding members. Now, enter your card details and you’re off to the races. And remember, you got 30 days money back guarantee. You can use this to its extent. You can generate maximum amount of views and then still decide if you want to keep this. You can, you know, try it out, see the news topics, see the results, see how fast your pages are growing, and then still decide if you want to keep it. So, make sure you lock it in at the lowest price now so you can at least try it out and then you can always decide on the inside. But I know once you see the power of what Virat can do, you’ll be glad that you’re a founding member with all the benefits, the one-time lifetime access, all the future upgrades while others are paying thousands recurringly for the same things that you have locked in and only 267 once because you are smart enough to grab it here while we’re live. So, congratulations once again to everyone that has picked this up. The link is still active and in the chat. If you want access to Viral Feed AI, this is your time and your chance to do so. I want to congratulate Tom. Uh Rowan, uh Jeffrey, congratulations. Anthony, once again, uh I know you already got in, so congratulates to you as well. Uh Melissa, congratulations to you. Lisa just got in. Congratulations. Sandra just got in. Congratulations. Uh I can’t see your name. I just see attendee but whoever you are congratulations to you as well. Uh Phillip. Okay, Phillip, congratulations. There we go. Um I’m super excited for all of you. And remember, we hold your hand. We even give you the master mode agency. Remember the master mode agency is there to make everything so much easy for or so much more easier for you. uh simply because with the master mode agency, we are going to make sure you’re going to get clients that are actually going to pay you to do this for them and that makes you a ton of money. You’ll have a nice and healthy sustainable side income with a service that actually delivers that makes money and grows your pages and also has businesses being so happy that they hired you or took you on because you do things differently. You’re not just another video creator or you know shorts creator. you actually have a strategy that they haven’t tried before that makes you desirable, favorable, and valuable to the market. And they’re willing to handsomely pay you because they see you have an expertise and skill set that others lack. And with your unique AI and even reseller access, you can just share an account, you know, create an account for a client and charge them monthly to keep using it themselves. You have everything you need to profit and a full 30 days to try it out and still decide if you want to keep it. So, make sure to lock it in at the lowest price because this is your last chance to do so. And I can’t wait to see you on the inside. You’re getting everything as promised, but you’ll have to grab it right now. The link is in the chat. And I’ll see you on the inside.

July 5, 2026
06/17/2026 – Alliant Webinar – The Anatomy of a Recession

Hi everyone. Hope everyone’s doing well. Um, we will start in a minute or two. Looks like folks are still joining us. Uh, as you can see, it is a blue sky here in Houston, Texas, which thank goodness for that because we had a storm that was kind of heading toward us, a little tropical depression. Uh, unfortunately it had taken a turn to the east and it’s heading toward Louisiana. So I’m not sure where everybody is joining me from on this webinar, but if you are in Louisiana, I am hoping everything is going to be okay and you all are going to be safe. Hopefully just a little bit of rain. It looked like quite a bit of rain. So [snorts]

Oh, hey Gary. I’m glad you’re a long way away.

So, you’re missing the fun as far as the storms out here. Uh ah that makes sense. The world is your oyster, right? If you if you retire from the airlines.

So, were you always a United or were you excontinental?

All right, we have ah classic. Nice. My dad worked well my family basically worked for both airlines. So, I’ll talk about that in a little bit. All right, it looks like we are 2 o’clock straight up and we got quite a bit today. So, I think we’ll just get this started and and people will be able to catch up because we’ll we’ll talk about some of the housekeeping stuff for a few minutes before. Um, so officially, welcome everyone. Thank you so much for joining me. Uh, anatomy of a recession, second quarter, and I realize it’s the end of the second quarter, but we’ll talk about what is currently going on as well. If you’re joining us for the first time, an extra special welcome. Uh, I’m Michael Marx. uh certified financial planner and financial consultant with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services or Aerys for short, AR II. I live right here in Houston, Texas, and I’ve been doing this for over 30 years now. Uh and my family has been tied to Alliant for longer than I’ve been alive. So, most of my family has worked for United or Continental since the 1960s. And as you may or may not know, Alliant is the original credit union for United Airlines. And last year they celebrated their 90th anniversary. So I realize that some of you may be joining us through different channels. So whether you’re joining us through United or former Continental, Google, Tesla, CBS, Comcast, wherever, Susie Orman, welcome.

A quick housekeeping. [clears throat]

Uh, so today’s session is for educational purposes and includes proprietary material to protect both the content and everyone’s privacy. We ask that attendees please not record or capture the presentation. Whether this is by video, audio, screen sharing, or AI tools without prior consent, we appreciate your understanding. We’re glad you’re here.

So, I’m not sure if you’ve joined this webinar via an email directly from us or if you signed up on the credit unions website. So, I’d just like to take a couple of minutes to talk to you about Aerys for those of you who are not familiar with us. Uh, in addition to the weekly webinars that we host, we offer full service wealth management and investment planning. Uh, broad variety of investment options and portfolios from fixed rate guaranteed to as aggressive as you want to be in the market. Um and frankly our portfolio modeling is a little different than what you would have in the traditional retail investment side. So as I said earlier we are primarily a wealth management financial planning department. We host educational webinars as a service to our members. Uh we offer multiple webinars throughout the week with different presenters. So each of us hosts twice a month. Um, our team of fiduciaries at Aerys is focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and much more. So, if you haven’t, I encourage you to take a look at the resources on our website, uh, which is aalliancreditun.com. Uh, you can see a list of our weekly webinars, our podcast, Investsavvy, our blog, um, and other financial resources. You can find us directly on the Allian Credit Union website just under uh parent invest tab in the upper right hand corner. So, uh I try to host one webinar in the afternoon and one in the evening. So, my next webinar will be in the evening. That’s Tuesday at 6:00 p.m. Central, 700 p.m. Eastern. That’ll be June 30th. Uh we’ll be talking about Roth conversions as part of your long-term tax strategy. uh we’ll look at some of the tax impact on your RMD, your required minimum distribution, as well as the impact on your Irma, which are Medicare, and maybe some of your legacy planning. So, ideally, getting an early jump on this aspect of your retirement planning is best, but most everyone can benefit from this topic. My next webinar will be back in the afternoon, Wednesday, 2:00 Central time, 3 Eastern, and that will be middle July, July 15th. So, we’ll be talking about estate planning and trusts aren’t just for millionaires. So, we’ll take a look at maybe demystifying some of that estate planning misconceptions out there. Uh, a lot of people find that a pretty interesting topic and also we’ll talk about a little later. But now, but Aerys does actually offer um some of that, you know, traditional will trust services. Um, but I’ll talk I’ll briefly touch on that a little bit later. So, thank you for your patience. Uh, but this is what everybody came for. So, this topic usually runs a little longer than other webinars because there’s a lot of information to cover. Um, we’ll still have time at the end for questions and I’ll hang out a little bit longer if need be to answer some of those questions. So, not to date myself, but there was a movie back in 1977 called Smokeoky and the Bandit, and a song came out of that movie called Eastbound and Down by Jerry Reid. Um, so to quote a line from that song for those who may be old enough to remember it, we got a long way to go and a short time to get there. So, let’s jump right in. So um so the official official arbiter of recessions is a national bureau of economic research the NBER right. So most of us have heard that recessions are two consecutive quarters of mildly negative GDP growth or if in a recess uh depression for example the pullback would be more but that isn’t always the case and as you can see from this chart there are a number of data points to consider as well as the magnitude and the duration of of the impact on on those data points. So I always want to cut to the punchline early on this on this uh this topic, right? So we can focus on the context of things. I think it gives you a better understanding of how the economy works. Um and as you can see here, uh we’re almost all green. Job sentiment still a little weak and it has been for some time now. Uh part of this is AI, the Iran war, some of the impact on the elevated energy costs, some inflationary concerns. the Fed just met and announced today at one o’clock. Um but overall things are looking good until they don’t. Um so contextually, right? Um I’m always a fan of context for those of you who’ve been on webinars before. Uh so the question is something good or bad, right? And really um uh so there was a question on job sentiment. Basically, it’s like the future prospects of jobs and and the job market as a whole. Um, but I’m always a fan of context. So, something good or bad compared to what? Here’s a quick look at how some of those same metrics looked at past recessions. So, here you see a lot of red in those past recessions, right? A lot of red X’s, a few of the little caution, um, and then very little if any expansion in in that given metric. Now, obviously the outlier is 2020, right? There was still quite a bit of green in there and bam, we had a recession. So, for those of you who remember 2020, that was when COVID happened. So, it was a quick sharp decline, but a quick recovery by the end of the year. So, and we’ll talk a little bit about that later, but that’s really what most recessions look like when we’re when we’re talking about tipping points um and the metric. though. Oh, a look at oil. So, it’s a relevant question in today’s economy, right? Today, WTI, I don’t know where it was closing at, but when I was looking earlier today, it was about $76, and that’s West Texas Intermediary. Uh, still oil is about 76 bucks a barrel, and future expectations are heading down if we can truly wind down that Iran conflict. So, fingers crossed, some prayers said for that. Hopefully, that trend continues. um we are still below the line where it’s basically where they look at pricing year-over-year. Um and then that has been in the past an indication of a recession. We don’t really see that. Uh and the best way to describe that is that if energy prices stay elevated for a for an extended period of time, eventually that creeps into everything else, right? Goods and services. We’ll talk a little bit about I think there’s a slide on that somewhere later. Um right because because goods are carried so when you have fuel costs that are expensive right you have it cost it’s airlines are more expensive rail is more expensive truck is more expensive cargo ships are more expensive and just driving around is more expensive so so that does impact it eventually creeps down into the price of into the cost of goods so hopefully we’ll sort that but again it is trending the right direction and hopefully that trend continues Um, so this is what I would also say right so as far as don’t be so energy sensitive versus not today but at least how how it impacted things in the past right so when we look at like how it impacts personal consumption for every dollar like for example I mean this is not just a a business but individuals too right if I am paying oh what’s gas like 335 a gallon here in Houston we’re we’re kind generally less expensive than than the rest of the country. Um but you know when it creeps up to four and and other places five six $7 for every dollar I have to spend putting in the tank that is $1 that I don’t get to spend in other places right it isn’t necessarily a grocery store because that impacts too but hey you know whether I take that trip am I going to take my family to Disney World um or Disneyland or wherever so so extended matters um but this is what’s a little bit different though as far as as far as um vehicles go right so when you look back at 1980 where where that chart is kind of up there as far as a percentage on consumption. The fuel economy back then was like 19 miles per gallon, right? And it was kind of this transition where, you know, we’re starting to go into a little more fuel efficient cars. Um, but you know, you’re looking at hybrids now where our technology has gotten so much better and you’re looking at like 27 miles a gallon. And I’m here in Texas and we love our trucks here in Texas. But even now with the advanced technology, the trucks are still in the low 20s, right? They sh V8 engines shut down half of their their cylinders when they’re on the highway. Um, and even now they’ve gone to V6s and turbocharge them. So technology is better. You’re getting more bang for your buck. So you’re using less fuel for those same miles driven, but it still impacts it, right? So the tax tailwind, um, and I’ll refer to this when we talk about a tailwind versus a headwind. So tailwinds are something that helps, right? Just like a plane, a tailwind will help help the economy, um, help growth or a headwind is something that might

inhibit it, for lack of a better word. Um, so the one big beautiful bill that was signed into law about a year ago, July 4th, 2025. Um, and frankly, we we’re still sorting out the impact of the bill on the economy. The expectation is is a net stimulus to the economy if there have been so many other events in in these last 11 months, right? We had an extended Ukraine war that was supposed to be over, added Iran war, energy tariffs, um tariffs overall. So these can skew the impact, but the expectation is still a net positive to the economy. So this is a big one, right? So there’s a kind of general consensus out there that this year’s market run was if you look at the market S&P Dow etc it was mostly flat up until six 7 weeks ago and then it started moving. Um so we think most of this run is attributed to capex and those unfamiliar with that term is capital expenditures which is basically business spending money to expand the business and in this case it’s AI and the data center buildout right so this that shows up as profit kind of as a general so it shows up as profit as far as companies right the earnings are there um but they’re frontloading their investment um but this growth level you can is not sustainable. [snorts] So the future return on this is still a big unknown, right? So as companies invest in this, as investors own shares of those publicly traded companies, they want a return on that money. So what you’ll see is what we may or may not see is does this truly come to fruition? Um or will the market start making adjustments to the share price? um which could impact the market as a whole. Um but I would say we’re in it now. Stay tuned in the coming years and we will find out. But right now there’s a lot of growth because of that. So um so we talk about and the news talks about the tremendous amount of money that is invested in AI and it is a huge amount but compared to some of those historical investments right um it’s not as large when you look at some of the past tech innovations as far as the relative size to the GDP or the size of our country right our country is just so massive Now so you know auto electric motor tech railroads and we really don’t think about technology as like a railroad and the steam engine and things like that but that is it’s a huge technological advancement you know the the the light bulb I mean what a huge one right and then you know y’all obviously like with the internet and things like that but there there’s really a lot of innovation now I can tell you what one of the differences as far as technology goes is that technology permeates almost all sectors Right? So even if you look at mining, even if you look at um something like oil, right? Being able to frack, being able to directionally drill, that allowed that allowed access to reserves that, you know, 40, 50 years ago didn’t even exist. You just couldn’t get it. So now we have access, which opens up the supply, which could potentially lower our price. Um a new wave. So, so this is about technology, right? And that and that there there’s always these concerns about, hey, is technology going to eliminate jobs? And and candidly to some degree it does, right? It’s it’s it’s referred to as uh creative creative destruction, but but what also happens is it creates other jobs, right? So, if you look at how much more productive we are as as workers, especially when you compare us to the rest of the country, we are incredibly productive. Now, we also don’t take time off and things like that. We’re not exactly known for that. We work really long days and we’re kind of 24/7. Um, but at the end of the day, productivity per worker in the United States versus other places are still like head and shoulders above that. Um, so one of the things that we think is yes, the AI adoption may eliminate some jobs, right? And we’re kind of already seeing that to a smaller degree than probably given credit for. Um, but it also makes people far more productive in how they do their job. So again, stay tuned. We have benefited from each one of those technological uh innovations. And I’m going jokingly say for those who’ve seen Terminator until it doesn’t. So, uh, market outlook.

So, I and and I will say so, um, what they do is they look at like geopolitical events, right? You know, like wars. Uh, it’s usually pretty much wars, right? I think on this one. Yeah, it’s pretty much wars. So, you know, the question is whether you buy on the dip. Now if you’ll notice this this slide with data was as of the end of first quarter. So we have question marks in the 3 months and 6 months. Um but the RN conflict began in February 28th. Right. So that was right right during the Houston barbecue cookoff and right before the rodeo. But but we do know at least part of the answer. Right. So 3 months later the S&P was actually up 9%. So we will see where we are in August to see where we are in six months. So that is also still tracking right right after the conflict 3 months we’re generally up not every time. Um I mean obviously your obvious outlier would probably be the Russian invasion and then the Arab war I believe. Yeah. And then the Gulf War and that’s basically again that’s tied to oil right because oil just permeates everything that we do.

So closing the gap. So for all people who love that the MAG7 and I buy the S&P 500, you know, because it’s really broadly diversified, I would just I would say a note of caution. I mean, we use the index a lot too, but but at least understanding what that is, right? And maybe some of the expectations. So when you look at that right the S&P 500 for those unfamiliar with that index it is the largest 500 companies in the US um and they are weighted right so the bigger the company the bigger impact it has on the index movement whether up or down so it looks at like the earnings growth and the percentage of that right so what you can see is the the teal bars are the magnificent 7 the gray bar is the well the S&P 493 so right it’s the other companies that aren’t those those big seven there um and then you have the S&P 1000 which includes some mid and small cap companies um so what you can see right so what you’re seeing is is we had that peak somewhere around 2024 that mag 7 and we’re starting to see that come down now what’s actually happening on the earnings perspective right is that people put so much money in there we had talked about that a a little earlier that they’re like, “Hey, you know, is this becoming a little expensive for this buy? Maybe I need to look at other things.” And we’re also starting to see other things happen as far as with the other 493. So, kind of the expectation, you know, we’re is is that we’re starting to see those small and mid, the rest of the the 493 starting to catch up on the earnings, so they’re making a bigger play. So, if you’re in the individual stocks, things like that, it just looks at it just basically means there’s other opportunities out there. Um, now, not your father’s S&P 500. And this is an absolutely for sure. So, I would probably say less than 10 years ago. So, back in, you know, the S&P 500 as the largest 500 companies, but they’re weighted, if you recall. So, as these companies get bigger and bigger and bigger like Alphabet and Meta and the trillionaire Elon Musk, right? Um, what it’s starting to do is there’s a lot more technology um found in the S&P 500. Traditionally, it wasn’t that. It was usually a much much smaller position. the the the NASDAQ or if you’re looking at a trading symbol that was triple Q there. Um that was really where you found your technology. But really the S&P 500 is really it’s not as it’s not as different from the from the NASDAQ as it had been in in years past. And frankly, as those tech companies really kind of gain much more popularity, we’re not really sure if that is going to revert back to that mean. it’ll probably stay up there and still be a major part. Not something to necessarily be worried about, but it is something to be aware and how you allocate your portfolio.

So, this is something kind of cool, right? You hear on the news often that the market has hit a new high. And should this be a concern? Well, maybe, but usually not. So, markets don’t pull back just because they hit a new high, right? There’s so many other reasons um why a market will correct. It’s usually around a bubble. There’s not a whole lot of bubbles right now. Um and believe me, I get asked about this all the time by clients. So, with that, there are ways to position your portfolio to still participate in the market while mitigating some of that risk. You know, clients are like, “Hey, you know, maybe I need to be out of the market or I don’t want to go into the market because the market’s high.” And like, well, there’s different strategies on how you do that. So this is a quick summary for this second um second quarter um that it’s really looking at expansion and since we are at the end of second quarter we’re right um that ended up being true but we also expect that to continue on at this point um I would say the big rub as far as what goes on in the Middle East but but even then at this point it looks like it’s pretty

um so so at this point it still looks pretty positive. So, on to the next topic. So, we won’t spend too much time on fixed income or bonds as most people know them. So, few people, frankly, few people like talking about fixed income or bonds, right? Because they are so boring, not exciting. No one says, “Oh my god, you got to see this treasury I just bought. It’s so cool.” Um, but they’re really an important part of your portfolio. So, I wanted to talk about this because the impact on bond prices with interest rate movements. So, as you may or may not know, we have a new Fed chair, Walsh, right, who replaced Powell, who’s just the thorn in Trump’s side. Um, and the Fed met this week, right? So, they just made an announcement around 1:00 central time or like 1:20 somewhere around there. Um, so they did not move rates. anywhere. Uh, which was kind of expected. That was no surprise. And Borch, by the way, is not a fan of guidance where past Fed chairman, this goes all the way back to Greenspan, right? They’re really good on communicating the Fed’s intention or their thoughts. And the intention on that was to kind of smooth the market a little bit. Hey, this is kind of our thought. You know, you guys can kind of make that adjustment out there on Wall Street. Um, and he’s not a fan of dot plots, which is basically a chart that the Fed would put out on where they kind of see interest rates going, whether it’s up or down. In this case, it was kind of on the upside and then and then the down. But, um, I mean, that that going away wasn’t really too big of a surprise because frankly, the Fed was terrible on the dart the dot plot. It was it was usually so far off what Wall Street would forecast and then you would see as those got closer is that you would see them getting a lot closer to the Wall Street forecast. So, I’m not sure if if the world is any worse off without those. Um, but I can say this, right? So, the Fed chose not to hike rates um or cut rates. They did nothing. Um, but the the expectation prior to the Iran conflict was that there would probably be one maybe two rate cuts this year. So inflation’s proving to be a little stickier than expected and and frankly that was exacerbated by the energy costs creeping into some of the pricing goods or price of goods and services right now. Um we’re probably looking at maybe one rate hike toward the tail end of Q3 or the beginning of Q4. But you know again these situations are fluid so I would say stay tuned. Um, I think a lot of that impact is going to be what goes on with with Iran. Um, but you know, you’ll want to consider the impact on the current bond holders, right? If you’re on like a bond holder right now, like in your mutual funds, things like that. Um, and and I’ll explain what this chart is. So, what this says is not not so much I’ll give you the gist of it. The longer a bond is, it’s called convexity, but the longer a bond is, the more sensitive the price of the bond is to an interest rate movement. So whether it’s a hike or whether it’s a cut and the price goes opposite. So if the price if interest rates go up, the price of that bond gets beat up. If interest rates go down, the price of that bond goes up, right? because your bond now and I’m holding a 5% bond and now interest rates are now four because of rate cuts. My bond is more valuable than a new issue bond. So that’s kind of bonds 101 for those of you uh who had to take economics like forever ago. Um and basically what happens the longer your bond is the more sensitive to an interest rate movement is. So if you look at a US Treasury right that’s the most obvious one. So I like pointing that out. So, that 30-year Treasury, if interest rates came down 1%, the price of that bond would go up 22, almost 23%. Um, if interest rates went up by 1%, you would see that it comes down a little over 9%. Now, again, because there’s more of a chance of a rate hike, this is kind of significant, right? Because bonds are starting to finally do well over the last year, year and a half. Um, but if you were in bonds and you’ve held them for a while as part of your asset allocation, that 7030 or that 6040 or whatever that percentage is, like you can say your bond portfolio has gotten absolutely smashed. When you look at a five-year return on there, they’re like flat. Um, but you still you still hold them for a reason. Um, we’ll talk a little bit about that, but but you’re basically holding there to reduce your heartburn. So, um, now the expectation, so, so because interest rates were looking to come down, come down, then we’re like, okay, some of those bond portfolios are actually going to finally maybe recoup some of those some of those losses that I took from 2022. That might not be the case. That might you might have to wait a little bit longer. So, again, another thing that clients comment on, and I will say this all the time, [laughter] will this be our undoing? you know, our debt is so high and and you know, I mean, maybe but probably not today. So, and yes, our debt is high, 39 trillion with a T, but our economy is is also huge, right? We’re a really wealthy country when you look at our assets, both government, corporate, personal. So, so I would say this, right? Because even though 39 trillion is a lot of money and I don’t want to I don’t want you to think I’m dismissing this or being dismissive of that. But if someone owed a million dollars, right, is that a problem? Maybe, right? Context. Um maybe if they’re worth a hundred,000 and they owe a million, that might be a problem, but less so if they’re worth 5 million, right? Their debt ratio. Um with that, we definitely have some work to do as a country. And I’m going to jokingly say this, taxing the millionaires and the billionaires and now trillionaires thanks to Elon. That’s not going to solve the problem, right? Probably a combination of things, right? Maybe increase some taxes, cuts in some areas that overlap. Maybe Washington could be better stewards on how they spend our tax dollars. Um, but I’m sure that debate is going to go on for years and years and years, long after I am gone from this earth. Um, but we do know this, right? US debt treasuries are still very popular globally and that’s why the debt that we have is and it’s it’s at a a relatively low rate, right? Demand is still pretty high for that. And as you can see, you know, we’re still pretty high on the um as far as our debt to GDP ratio, but our rates are still considerably lower than some of the other developed countries out there. So here’s an example of why. Right? Here’s a comparison of the US dollar, the euro, Japanese yen, and the Chinese one. So we are still the preferred currency for reserves and and there’s a reason for that. So there was this debate um oh my god back in 2008. So I’ve been doing like 30 years. So, it’s just one long year for me sometimes. So, back in like 2008, 2009, oil um spiked up to about $147 a barrel and it was there for a bit. Um and there was this question that hey, maybe the dollar shouldn’t be this global trading currency anymore. You know, maybe we should look at other things like the Chinese want like and and and there and the reality is that is probably going to happen someday, right? So, so prior to that, you know, we had the Swiss Frank, we had the British pound, um, that were that were, you know, the global trading currency, but but what happens, what you need the the reality, there’s only like three currencies that could be the global currency. Um, and that’s the US dollar, uh, the euro, and the one. So the reason why those other two probably would not work at this point is that you need a few things, right? You need an economy large enough to be able to handle that scale, which all three of those work, right? The European Union, not one country in particular. Um, but you also need a unified currency that is transparent and that the devil is in the details and that’s what eliminates the other two, right? Um Europe for example so we have a unified monetary and fiscal policy right the EU with the euro although large enough does not have that right they have the unified monetary in the fact that everybody uses the euro but fiscally Greece can do what Greece wants to do Germany can do what Germany wants to do France can do what France wants to do or we fought a civil war for that right so that’s why we have the Fed um and we have Congress so that is an advantage. And as far as transparency goes, China isn’t exactly known for their transparency. So investing in this currency, you’re not really sure. And and yeah, I mean, they used to peg it, but now it’s they they float it, but it’s still a far cry far cry from from Transparent. So the US being

uh being ousted, that’s probably something for much further down the road. So we’re doing okay on time here. So let’s talk a little bit about risks. So [snorts] um some of the headwinds talking about jobs, employment, we see some of those numbers. Now the job numbers actually came out, the last one that came out was actually pretty good. Uh but but I would say as a general rule this time was different right because normally what happens is if you see like an unemployment rate that starts ticking up things like that right usually within a certain time period I think it’s like a year and a half or something like that you’ll see you’ll see recessions follow well this has not been the case so far right so for number reasons right So a lot of this we think is just companies are just becoming a lot more efficient in how they do things and they’re still making money on that. So So it is a different time when we talk about unemployment, when we talk about jobs, it is important but it doesn’t have the same impact like it had before. Uh and profits don’t look recessionary. So companies are still making money, right? And and part of that reason is is basically efficiency. Now, whether it’s AI or not, that that probably remains to be seen as far as how much of that goes. Um, but but they’re still making money and and obviously some of those profits are still under pressure, right? Because cost of energy, cost of tariffs, increase your cost of goods, which cuts into profits. So, we’re going to have to still and wait and see how that plays out. But right now, profits are still there. So I had mentioned this before a little bit of creative destruction um and and and really when you look at this right the these are about the jobs right so that gray is occupations that didn’t exist um versus did exist as of 1940 right so you’re really looking at like World War II at that point um so as you can see there are a lot more jobs that are created since the 1940s that simply didn’t exist prior to that. And frankly, most of that stuff is tech. Um, but as you can see, it permeates all sectors, right? Technology makes our job easier because, I don’t know, 20 years ago, we wouldn’t be hosting these, right? It would be somewhere where we would host for our members and we’d have sandwiches or snacks or something in some rented room or in one of our branches. But now I can talk to you in New York or Florida or Louisiana or Mexico or wherever you might be. So over time it does create it and and really I don’t want to sound flippant or dismissive because I do understand that some people’s jobs are going to be lost as a result of this and we are talking about real people. So yes, we’re talking about data but I have never lost sight of the fact that data is real people and real families. So let’s talk about market concentration, right? We talked a little bit about the S&P 500 with the bigs controlling most of it. So if you look at over time, right? So the last like 35 years since the ‘9s and that was kind of the boom for the technology side, right? You look at the largest 10 companies in the S&P and what percentage, right? As you can see, it started out somewhere around the 20s, somewhere around there, and we are up almost double that now. So as the as the as the tech industry becomes more prominent, you will probably see that number continue up. But we have had a little bit of pullback, right? We’ve had some profit taking on the tech side because people are questioning, hey, is it too expensive and looking at other opportunities. So again, we’ll see how that plays out. So along those same lines, right, trees don’t grow to the sky. So at some point as [snorts] these companies get larger and larger and larger and they represent a larger percentage what you’ll see is they end up reverting back to the mean where they become smaller not non-existent but smaller and smaller. So that just means there’s a lot more opportunity in the other 493 companies in that S&P 500. Or if you’re in that index, what you’ll see is it’ll start pulling back a little bit and as the other companies catch up.

So um what that also means too is that you’ll start seeing some opportunities outside of the US and that has really been the case over the last couple of years, right? We’ve seen some of the international plays if you’re holding international funds u those have actually run like a champ over the last couple of years uh we still see opportunity not as a broadbase but in in certain areas in certain parts of the world and even within countries there’s like you know if you look at Asia or if you look at South America there’s there’s other countries are a little bit here more or there uh that might be a little more favored so non US So obviously there is a home country bias. So we live here, we invest. We invest in what we’re familiar with, right? So when you look at the percentage of the global GDP, right, we’re we’re actually smaller than the rest of of the emerging markets. But when you look at like the the market cap, the the value of our companies, we are a big a big share of that, right? We go from a quarter of the global GDP but our market cap is you know like over 60%. And where our US portfolios 75% US which is pretty common we have better I don’t know we just are more comfortable with those companies and a lot of the innovation frankly has come out of the US and I think that is probably the biggest driver. Now will we stay that market leader? I don’t know. Um, you know, if you go back like to the ’90s, the ’90s was really obvious if if you’re old enough, and I’m assuming people on this are old enough to remember that, um, you know, Japan had this big push, uh, and they just kind of owned and dominated the innovation in a lot of the sectors and technology. But as things started changing, you know, 80s went to the US and then the ‘9s kind of the rise of Japan and then through the 2000s, we saw the rise the US taking back and a lot of that was our our large retail plays, a lot of the technology side. In 2010, you saw a little bit different, right, where you saw some of the oil companies, right? That was kind of your biggest push right there when you brought in the international plays. Um, and now where are we? We’re kind of back again to the US, but China is making quite the run on what they’re doing. So I, you know, the expectation is China will continue to probably grow. Uh, but they are, by the way, our largest economic threat is nothing. I mean, every I would tell you that every economist, this isn’t a political statement, that every economist pretty much knew that since 94. Um, but here we are. So it’s a global economy. we are better for it um in a free market. So here’s your cycles. Nothing huge. Basically what this tells you is that hey some cycles the US outperforms other cycles non US outperforms. Uh right now we’re still in the US. Over the last couple years though a case could be made for adding some international. So US dollar. So, um, so we talk about like cycles, right? It’s usually about 16 years is what they’re saying here. And then, and then we start seeing a little bit of of something getting beat up there. Um, are we there? We’re not really sure. U, right now, I would say the dollar is a little bit weaker, but it’s still strong. Um, so, so today the the dollar index is at 100 because it says a little question mark, but it’s actually a little bit higher than where that is showing. Uh, this was 330. So this is a couple months ago. So the dollar dollar is actually up from there. So this kind of gives you an idea, right? So weaker dollars, it helps the international play. Um and for the obvious reason is the dollar is softer than it was a few years ago, but it’s still very strong. So a weaker dollar helps US exports, right? Because like a stronger foreign currency can buy more US stuff where in the past a strong US dollar bought a lot of foreign stuff and usually it was like Chinese stuff. Um but but the reverse is true. So I mean this is something that frankly Trump wants to see more of, right? More US exports etc. So investor pitfalls. Let’s just talk a little bit about this because this is important. There is always a reason to stay out of the market. Uh you know whether in 2000 it’s the tech bubble burst, right? September 11th, Iraq war, maybe Hurricane Katrina, Ebola in 2014, which we’re having an issue right now. Um, you know, Brexit 2016, COVID in 2020, um, liberation day last year, right, with old tariffs. But but if you look all right what they do is they show your max draw downs during that period but they and then they show you hey you know if you had just held out where would you be today right in that cumulative return so to go back to that tech bubble burst that S&P draw down was 17 and I know it was painful because I was in the business back then but if you had sat tight you know you’re up 360%. So, and that’s as a whole, right? Because I know a lot of those dotcoms, if anybody’s going to say that, uh there is a uh there are a lot of those companies that simply don’t exist anymore. And so, so don’t fall victim to panic attacks. That’s basically what we’re saying here, right? So, don’t overreact. And let let me put a quick and early note uh about the homes category because I can already hear the outrage permeating through this webinar. So before anybody blows me up on the chat or in the Q&A, this is nationally, right? And if you’re looking at costs like not what you just buy and what you sell it for, you actually need to adjust the cost of your annual property tax, school tax, utility tax, insurance, any upkeep like your roof or foundation repair in Texas, you know, um, etc. So, yes, I understand real estate can be very lucrative, but kind of as a whole, it is not. But you need a place to live. So, and if you have rental, it spins off a dividend. So, there is something about that.

Um,

so I love this chart. So it goes back 42 years I think. No, longer than that. Yeah. Yeah. 42 years. And um, so in this so these gray bars, so let me explain this what this is briefly. So the gray bars are when the market is what the market ended December 31st, right? So the year end. So in 1983 the market was up like 20some percent. In 84 it was up I don’t know seven or eight% somewhere around there. And if it’s below that line it was down right. So 2008 the market was down about 39%. So if you look at that there’s 42 years the market was down seven times. So that means it was up 35 times. So that means most of the time you get a win 75 80% of the time. Um, but again the devil is in the details and we’ll give you context. So

we’ll give you some context. What those teal dots are is what the draw down was the decline for that given year. So even your winning 75 80% of the time every year you are having a draw down. So it is rough. It can be a rough path. That’s why we always say, hey, there’s a reason why we allocate. Um, you want to be mindful of that on how you invest because there’s a lot of heartburn along that path. So, can you time the market? Um, maybe in the short term, but historically, not so much in the long term. As you can see, just the buying and holding and then some of the buys and sells, right? You buy after a trough, you sell after a peak, you end up with considerably less money. Now, it’s a very long period of time, but even in the shorter long period, it still matters. So, what we say is don’t miss the best days of trading, right? Um, as you can see, being in the market, not trying to time the market. Um, you want to be in the market, but be mindful. And basically what this chart says, I’ll give you an idea. So, we’ll pick

we’ll pick something that let’s go to 1980 because 1980 is always really interesting or 19 Yeah, 1980. Um, so basically what it said over that decade the market was up the S&P was up 227%. Right. But if you miss the best 10 best trading days, and that’s not the 10 best trading days every year for that decade. That is the 10 best trading days over the entire decade. Your return was more than h less than half. And the reason for that is it’s it’s behavioral science, right? Um and and basically what happens is when the market gets smashed, people are like, “Oh my god, I got to get out of this. I’m going to sell my position and I’ll get back in.” And I’ve heard this many times. Can’t we sell and then get back in when the market gets better? I was like, “Yeah, sure we can.” But the question is, when is the market better, right? Especially when the market trades on future expectations. So, you usually don’t feel better until well after the market’s already recovered. And then you know you you sold low and then you bought high. And I am again don’t confuse this. I’m not saying sit in here throw hell high water. You don’t worry about it. You don’t need to worry about it. You just need to be mindful on how your positions are concentrated etc. But again, don’t try to time the market. It’s time in the market, right? It’s not timing of the market. Um, and I know a lot is made of who’s in the White House and there’s a lot of fingerpointing that goes on through the decades and it probably will continue. But the reality is presidents get they often get a lot of credit, sometimes too much credit for things that go well and when things don’t go well. Um, as you can see from from the earlier data, right, there’s just a lot more moving parts to the economy than the politicians care to admit because well then they might not be as important as as we think they are. Well, so at the end of the day, businesses do business and continue to show profit right throughout the different administrations. Time is on your side, but again, be mindful.

So, how can we help you navigate through some of those times of uncertainty such as this? Um, like I said, we are award planning as allocation modeling um is what we do. So, you know, whether we’re helping you plan some of those questions that are an, you know, that are unanswered, social security, pension, cash flow management, uh, if you haven’t done a financial plan, I encourage you to do that. It’s something we do as part of the service for our members here. Uh we have some estate planning coordination where we can actually coordinate you know some of the basic wills, trusts, uh hibbit uh letters, things like that. Um we have many no free products and retirement strategies. Uh looking at lifetime income, how you how you actually look at your planning there, some dividend portfolios, etc. And we do like the feebased structure, things like that. some of the lowcost passive portfolios as well. Look, I want to thank everybody for attending. Um, and if you have questions, this is the Q&A part. So, I’m going to put up a one question survey. So, it’s a two-part one part. So, type any questions that you have. And we have some questions already there and there’s some other talking points. So, we have, you know, five minutes, maybe seven minutes um as far as answering some of those questions. uh if you’d like to have a call for me also that QR code will take you directly to my calendar so you can go ahead and schedule some time if you want to talk about something on an individual basis on how we can help you. Um but I will also put up a poll uh if you want to be contacted by us. Obviously it’s no pressure but I do think if you haven’t worked with AIS before um you probably be pretty interesting on what we do and how we how we approach things. Uh let’s look at some of those questions while while we’re working on this. So you do to investing? How can my money be used to invest? So that is a great question. Um I would say this um it kind of depends on the individual and basically it really is a function of your goals. Uh that would be one of those things that go ahead and hit yes and we can look at specifically what you’re doing. Get an idea for your risk tolerance. What experience if any have you had in the past and say hey these are some of the the uh options that are available on how you could structure that. uh in the recession dashboard where you showed current versus prior recessions. How go back did you go in those prior recessions? You have to go to see mostly the green result like today. In other words, the 1991 recession. You have to go back to 88 to see all that. No. Um you don’t have to go back that far because those are actually separate. Um they’re actually separate periods of time. So basically when you look at recessions, so um the uh the economic bureau will will go back and and they’ll look at those and they’ll say, “Hey, this is when it started. This is when it ended.” And and they can usually determine that pretty quickly, but they usually determine it after the fact. Hopefully that answered the question. Unfortunately, you missed 15 minutes. Was this webinar recorded? Unfortunately, no, it isn’t. For compliance reasons, we cannot repost these. These are actually just made for like a live webinar, a live Q&A, etc. But I will tell you if you have any questions, one of the things we do on planning, if you have any questions, just go ahead and either hit the QR code, um, you can schedule some time or give me a call. Um, or just say, “Yeah, give me a call and we can kind of figure out how that applies to you.” Uh, let’s see any other questions.

So, a couple of points while we’re having people either ask questions or not because I do get these questions quite a bit. um when people talk about the 1990s right in that.com bust uh they’re like hey you know this AI feel and this tech run you know it kind of feels the same and I would say that yes there are some similarities to it but it’s really really different and basically your biggest difference is there’s money now right when we were doing the com those companies didn’t have any money they weren’t making any money people were just buying because they were buying because they’re do well right now like if you look at their earnings per shares like much much much much better now with those companies. Um and and the PE earnings the price earning those are much much lower too. So you have better earnings the PE is much lower. So it’s a much more stable environment than it was in the 1990s. Um how do we invest in today’s market? Um it’s a good question. It’s a complicated question but it’s a good question. So so what I would say is is one of the things that we do with our clients now is is we look at hedging, right? We look at taking profits because there’s a lot of volatility. So, we can look at kind of protecting some of your downside. And and the reason why we can do this is we we have access to institutional things that you really don’t have in a traditional retail environment, whether you’re in the Fidelity side or or Vanguard or Schwab or whomever. You just don’t cuz some of the things that we do where I came from, you had to be worth 10 million or more to do it. So, the credit union does not have that limit. They allow access. So you can just do things that you couldn’t do before. I guess the wealth I guess wealth, right? Um Oh, a debt question. That’s pretty good. Okay, so the question on on um so our debt because yes 39 trillion is a lot and China’s probably the biggest holder of our debt. So So there said and think it’s just more talking heads out there, right? you know, on on internet and stuff and they’re like, “Ah, China can just call our debt and then we’d be in trouble.” And two things. One, you can’t call that debt. That debt’s out there. What they could do is sell the debt, dump the market, but they would be absolutely crushing themselves if they did that because again, demand, you would have a problem, right? So now you’d have this huge supply, not as much demand. So that price would have to fall. So they’d get absolutely smashed on that. and they’re not really interested in tanking that that holding because it’s vast. Uh maybe one more. All right, good one on this one. So, private credit. So, we don’t talk about this much, but earlier in the year there were some potential defaults in the private credit market, right? where um and they’re like, “Oh, is this is this kind of like 2007 where the credit the credit market just got absolutely hammered and it it caused the stock market to fall and and subsequently cause the failure of Lehman Brothers and Bear Sterns etc. and and not really this is not really even close to the same and and simply because of this um the private credit market is only about 5%. It’s really a small percentage only about 5% of our country’s G GDP, right? But in 2007, those mortgage back securities, right? If we remember those, those mortgage back securities uh were over 30% of the GDP. So they had a really really big share. So they had a really big impact. And there were some problems in the government structure on how they were doing that. And thank God they they corrected. It wasn’t TARP that fixed it. It was basically the markettomarket. they finally changed a lot on how on how how those mortgage back securities were priced and magically we started to see a recovery. So with that I am Hey, we’re 4 minutes till three. Um or at least I think I am. It looks like it. Yes, we are. So it looks like we had all the questions. Thank you so much for the participation today. I really appreciate it. I hope you guys have a wonderful day uh today and be safe and I hope to see you on future webinars. Take care. Bye now.

July 5, 2026
06/17/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy IRA Planning for Boomers – Strategies to Help You Save Taxes and Get More Out of Your IRA

Welcome everybody to today’s presentation. Uh I apologize in advance. I usually have this all dialed in in advance and I’m usually on 5 minutes early so I can uh so I can chat with everybody and give everybody some time to get logged in. I do see a few people uh still getting logged in, but I’m going to try and start early or not start early, but I want to respect your time and start on time. So, uh hold on second. Let me get there. Okay. And then

I apologize. We had a little uh we had a little uh technical difficulty today. And uh just to let you know if there are um if we do have another glitch in our connectivity, feel free to um just be patient. I might have to relog in which is what I did last time. I may have to re reboot and find another internet source, but uh we should be good to go. Hopefully, we fixed everything and we can get to today’s presentation. So, uh one last thing here.

Okay. So, all right. Now, we got a few uh we got quite a few people just joining in. Welcome Amy, Chris, Christopher, Harvey, Ida, Jen, Jennifer, two Jennifers, uh, Joe, uh, Juan, Kenji, Lisa, Fisses, Melissa, R, Rose, Joe, Steve, Susan, Sheila, Tundre, and well, there’s a few people going clicking in here now, but we’re going to get started. started as I see they’re clicking in. Today’s presentation is all about um saving taxes out of your IRA. It’s it’s becoming one of our most popular webinars now because you spent all this time, you know, saving for retirement, saving for retirement. Well, now’s the time that you’re starting to take out of it. You want to do it from a tax efficient standpoint as well. So, that’s what we’re going to be tackling today. Um, before I get started with today’s presentation though, just want to get through for the newbies on the webinar here, just a few ways that we do things here. Um, my name is Bill Rido. Um, I’m a financial advisor here at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, otherwise known as ARIS. uh we are the uh we are the section of the credit union that is deals with longer term money. What do I mean by that? Anything beyond 18 months. 18 months because once you go beyond 18 months, you’re starting to compete with the effects of inflation. The price of gas, food, housing, as we’ve gotten a crash course in the last few years or so, they’re going up. So you need to make sure that your money goes up over time. And that’s what we do. We kind of help you maintain and plan for those, you know, events over time. Whereas Alliance got some great uh options when it comes to CDs and savings accounts and all that good stuff. But once you go beyond 18 months, that’s where you have to start dealing with risk. And that’s what we do. We help you plan and manage that risk. So, with that, um, I’m going to get through today’s presentation. We love questions here. Ask away, but I’m going to have, uh, there’s a way to do it. You’re going to notice that at the bottom of your screen, there’s a little menu. There’s going to be a uh, one of the menus is there’s a chat or a Q&A. Either one works. Click on that, type in your question, and then be patient because as soon as we I’m going to get through the presentation first, but I promise you I will not end this without without uh answering any and all your questions. So, that being said, let’s get to the next presentation. Uh well, the next slide is this is our disclaimer slide. Uh unfortunately we are in a very highly regulated industry. So we cannot and in the day of AI and all this stuff um you’re not allowed to record this you know you’re not allowed to record this presentation um for a couple reasons. one because everything we do it has to be we do have uh some YouTube videos that are these presentations but they’re already cleared through our compliance department and they’re pre-recorded but if it’s live we can’t um we’re not allowed to record it. Um so with that um please do not record if you are recording for notes or anything like that unrecorded. We’re not allowed to we’re not allowed to do that. And also we also don’t want you know someone taking our AI voice or whatever and creating something that we never intended. So that’s one of the reasons why we have to do it. So with that uh the coming attractions another one of my mo more uh popular webinars is uh social security that’s coming up on actually the date on this has changed uh no it has not it has changed to July 8th. So, it’s the week, it was originally supposed to be the week prior on uh July 1st, but because so many people are going to be away for the 4th of July, it’s going to be the following week, the Wednesday after the 4th of July at 6:00 p.m. I’m going to tell you everything you never knew you needed to know about Social Security, how it works, um how it’s funded, whether or not it’s a Ponzi scheme or it’s going to go bankrupt in a few years or not. I’m going to answer any of those questions and help you really figure out how to make the most out of your social security. So, that’s coming up then on July 8th. And because I did the last one, uh I made it a week later. So then the following week, normally it’s every two weeks I do this. In this case, it’s going to be the following week, Wednesday, July 15th. Uh we’re going to be going into long-term care protection strategies. Now, the purpose of this webinar is not to sell you long-term care insurance. That’s not what we’re we’re not here to sell anything except possibly a plan that uh truth be told, we don’t charge for. Um but you do need to be prepared for long-term care. um whether you buy a you know buying a long-term care policy may work for some people, not everybody. Um and you may not necessarily need it. Um but you do need to plan whether you get a policy or not. You do need to plan to pay for long-term care because 70% of people who are 65 are going to need long-term care at some point in your life. So you better plan for it. So that’s what we’re going to talk about on Wednesday, July 15th. Um, that being said, I’m going to make this a little bit faster because I know we’re running a couple minutes late. Any if Listen, there are 12 of us who work here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We all have different personalities. If you don’t like my jokes, I won’t be personally offended. If my times don’t work, I do this every other Wednesday uh alternating between 2 and 6 uh p.m. on on uh on the West Coast on Pacific time. mom in California. Um, so if those times don’t work for you or I don’t vibe with you, check out our um our website at aris.allioncreditun.com/events.

That’ll give you all the webinars for the next two weeks. Pick one that works for you. Um, and if none of those work for you, you can check out our podcasts that are available anytime as well. Um, and also our website is a great place to start with any questions you may have. All right. So, getting into today’s today’s subject, you know, when it comes to IAS and your other retirement accounts, um you probably have a lot of questions like, you know, several that are here. You know, how much are my withdrawals taxed? When I when I need to begin taking withdrawals, you know, when when do I have to start doing it? When can I when when do I have to? Um how much will I have to take? you know, when I have my RMDs at that point, what happens to my IRA when I die? And all these other questions that are listed here. We’re going to answer all these questions today. So, you know, years ago, life was so much simpler and you know, in a way, retirement was no different. many people, you know, went to work and then when they retired they collected a pension or this and and their social security benefits and you know maybe maybe we sucked a little bit away on the side. Um and that was great if you know to have a little bit extra spending money and for most people you know that’s all they really needed to do. However, in the 1980s, um, companies and a lot of other organizations abandoned a lot of pensions as the primary source of retirement savings and they’ve turned to 401ks and similar plans, shifting the risks from them to you, you know, back on the backs of employees and the family. Now, it’s a good thing and a bad thing because it allows you to, you know, with pensions, pensions are primarily in funded by annuity type and fixed income type investments. Well, what 401ks do, it allows you to invest in the market, which allows you to grow your money a lot more over time, which is a great thing, but it also puts more risk on you and more decisions that you have to make. So with that, um, one of the things that we’re doing is, you know, you have now you’ve been building this building this up for, you know, most of your working life. Now, what you need to do is you need to take it out. Use it. You can’t take it with you. Use it, but use it, you know, take it out wisely. And that’s what we’re going to do today is talk about how are ways that you can really get the most out of your 401k and your other retirement accounts. You know, um on top of that, you know, your retirement savings, you know, may have to last a lot longer than you originally may have thought. You know, it used to be, you know, over 40% of retirees underestimate their life expectancy by 5 years or more. So, here’s what I mean by that. Let’s take a look at this chart just to see what I mean. If if you’re a man and you’re 65, you have a pretty good chance of living till at least 85, right? And if you’re a woman and 65, you have a better you have a better chance of living past 85 than you have, you know, dying. You know, twothirds of you almost are going to live beyond 85. And if you are, you know, if you’re married, you know, that means that, you know, there’s a better than if you’re married, there’s almost a 2/3 chance that you’re going to be one of you is going to live until over 90 years old. So with that, you you need your retirement savings to last, you know, really if you’re retiring at 65, 25, 30 years. So you want to make sure that you’re taking it out in a taxefficient manner to really make the most out of it.

Now, with that in mind, one of the best things you can do as you approach retirement, if you’re not already there, is really beef up that retirement savings by contributing as much as you possibly can to tax favored retirement accounts. Um, you know, obviously we all say start younger. Well, that’s great in theory. Unfortunately, with, you know, mortgages and raising kids and, you know, all that stuff that life life gets in the way. Well, you know, you save what you can, you know, and but, you know, when you’re entering your your years, you know, your last, you know, last few exits before retirement, a lot of those responsibilities are gone. If the mortgage isn’t paid off, it’s getting closer to being paid off. The kids are hopefully most of them are grown by now or at least you have a good idea where they’re going to be in, you know, that you don’t you don’t have to worry about raising them anymore because they should be raised at this point. Um, so now now those expenses are going down. So now you can really supercharge, you know, your retirement accounts. So take advantage of it while you can. Um because you can really and and they’re also the government also gives you some higher, you know, once you turn 50, the government ups a lot of the limits on what you can contribute to your 401ks and retirement accounts and things like that. So really take advantage of it. Um I encourage everyone to sit down with me and you know make a plan where we can kind of see where you are, where you want to be. When we do a plan, what we do is we take your goals, we prioritize, we quantify them and prioritize them. And then we take a look at all of the ways you’re going to fund your goals. Now, obviously retirement is a big goal, but we take a look at everything. We take a look at, you know, when do you, you know, how often do you buy a car? Do you have any honeydew lists around the house where, you know, I want to redo the kitchen in a year or two or, you know, or whatever it is. We take those, we quantify them, we prioritize them, and we take all of the ways that you’re going to fund those goals and we come up with kind of a financial road map to see, okay, are you on track, a kind of a financial GPS to see, are you on track to getting there? And then what we’ll do is we’ll turn around and we’ll make sure that we adjust your plan to make sure that you are getting there on time or at least hold up a financial mirror and say, “Okay, this is where you are. This is what you need to do to get here to give you a more informed decision on how to how to do this. It doesn’t cost anything to do um except couple hours of your time tops. So with that, take advantage of it.” Um, now now that I got my commercial out of the way, which I’ll probably repeat myself by the end of the by the end of the presentation again. Um, so you know, there are different types of retirement accounts. So that’s what we’re going to go through today is, you know, uh, the first thing I’m going to do is explain what the different types of retirement accounts are. Now the first one and the most basic one is a traditional IRA. Um now what happens with the traditional IRA is money goes in it’s tax deferred meaning that the money goes in pre-tax. So great you take the deduction on on the way in while it’s in there it grows grows grows grows grows. When you pull it out it’s taxes ordinary income. The idea behind it is, well, while I’m working, I’m in a higher tax bracket, so I want that tax deferral. So, I want to lower my taxes while I while I’m working. While it’s in there, it grows. It grows. It grows. When you pull it out, okay, I’m taxes ordinary income. But, you know, at that point, I don’t really mind so much because then I’m retired and I’m on a fixed income. So, I’m not going to be hit as hard because my if I’m on a fixed income, it’s going to be a lower, you know, I’m going to be in a lower tax bracket. Well, if you’ve met one of us earlier and we’ve done some planning, hopefully you’re not going to be in a lower tax bracket when you’re retired because you have lots of money to live the life you want to live. So then you want to make sure that you take out of that efficiently. You want to drain that down efficiently in the way that makes most sense to you, gives you the most amount of money, and frankly gives the least amount to your uncle Sam. Now, I’m not saying, you know, I’m not saying evade taxes or anything like that. I’m not I’m you know there’s nothing illegal about what we’re doing. What we’re looking to do though is avoid taxes. I don’t want I don’t want to pay a penny more than I absolutely have to. Um I don’t mind paying taxes. I’m going to pay every penny I need to, but I don’t want to pay a penny more than I have to. So, okay, here are the just for traditional IRA contributions. The maximum contribution for 2026 is $7,500. However, if you are 50 or older, um by the end of the year though, you can they upped that by $1,000. So, it’s actually um or $1,100. It’s now um $8,600 is the is the limit um for for this year if you’re over the age of 50. Um, now you must have compensation. What does that mean? It means that you have to have earned income. You can’t use, you can’t be retired early and living off of, you know, rental income and things like that and contribute that to your IRA. That doesn’t work. It’s got to be 1099 income or money that you’ve gone out and earned. It’s salaries and things like that. Um there’s no w ages that what you can contribute to a traditional IRA. As long as you’re working, you can still contribute to a to a traditional IRA. Now, the tradition the IRA contributions are deductible unless you and your spouse are active participants in um a 401k or a 403b depending on whether or not the company you work for is a for-profit or nonprofit company. um and your income you know and your income does not exceed a certain certain threshold. So as long as you are down either one of those. So if now you can make tons of money and still contribute to a to an IRA or but you can’t do it with your you can’t contribute to your 401k and an IRA unless your income limits are a certain amount and it depends whether or not you’re you know it depends whether or not you’re married or single what those limits are and they change every year. Okay, this is one of the things that I’m getting so much more now is I’m getting questions all the time about Roth IAS and whether or not I should convert my traditional IRA and my 401k to a Roth IRA. So, the first thing is I’m going to explain what a Roth IRA is. Roth IRA is it’s so you don’t get the deduction up front. It’s after tax money going in, right? Okay. So, you pay your taxes and then put it into a Roth IRA. But once it’s in that Roth IRA, then it grows, grows, grows, grows, grows. But when you pull it out, it’s taxfree because you’ve already paid the taxes on it. So, uh you know, contributions. Now, as long there are some stipulations of, you know, when you can pull it out. Um, you know, if you’ve had a Roth IRA for more than 5 years and you are 59 a half, then all the withdrawals from your Roth is tax and penalty-free. Uh, and that’s what’s known as a qualified distribution. Um, if you need to take the withdrawal sooner, you can always take it out of your Roth IRA. um

you can take it out of your Roth IRA uh contributions tax and so you can only take out of your contributions before 59 1/2. After 59 1/2, everything’s available. But if you need to take out sooner than 59 12, you can, but it just can’t be more than your contributions.

So, okay, the IR the Roth IRA contributions are the same as pretty much the same as the the rules are pretty much the same as the traditional IAS. The maximum contribution is $7,500 86 $8,600 if you are 50 or older um by the end of the year. Um you must have compensation, you know, 1099 income. Um there is no age limit, all that good stuff. and your income cannot exceed certain levels. Um you know currently it’s for single filers it is um about 168,000. Uh for married um with a joint return you can contribute up to um you know up to $252,000.

So as long as your income is and it’s your income, it’s not your salary, it’s your earned income. So in other words, after your deductions and all that, as long as your income is less than that amount, you can contribute.

All right? Now, if you have a non-working spouse, they can also make a non uh a traditional or Roth IRA contribution using the working spouse’s compensation. So, if you have, you know, one of the spouses is doing the most important job, you know, taking care of the house and the kids and all that stuff, and you’re a single, you know, you’re a single income family, well, you can both contribute to your IRA as long as the uh working person has the income to take care of both and the and the amounts are the same. So, you may think, okay, can really $8,000 a year really make a difference? Well, the answer is over time, absolutely. And and here’s what I mean by that. Suppose you’re 55 years old now, right? And you plan to retire in 10 years at 65. Okay, the kids have flown the coupe. You finally have that chance to focus on saving for retirement. you know, oh my god, I’ve been raising kids. I’ve been doing all this and I got nothing. I’m starting with buckus and I’m 55 years old and I haven’t I haven’t I haven’t done a darn thing for retirement yet. Oh my god, I’m going to be working till 80. Not necessarily. If you save $8,000 a year in a Roth IRA, right, annually until you retire, so for the next 10 years, you’re you’re putting in 80, you know, altogether, you’re putting in $80,000, right? Well, by the time you retire, you should have over $100,000 at that point. But just remember, you need to plan for living until 90 95 or or possibly longer. So let’s say that you’re leave the account alone and it continues to earn, you know, conservatively 6% a year. By the time you reach 85, even if you never put in a dollar after 10 years, well, now you have more than $350,000 in that account, that can kind of take care of those expenses later on in life. So, there are ways that you can still, you know, think just if you just think $8,000 a year can make such a big difference, you know, that’s not chump change. Now, obviously, it makes, you know, and if you’re both doing it, double that money. You know, if you’re both doing it, that’s over $700,000 if you’re married. So, with that, the game isn’t over. The important thing is is that the best time to start investing is today.

Obviously, you want to take advantage of employer sponsors retirement as well because if you still work, you know, check to see what retirement plans your employer offers. You know, you can generally contribute um more you can most likely contribute a heck of a lot more in your company’s 401k or 403b than you’re ever going to do in a 401k. I mean in a in a IRA and a lot of companies now have the option to do the Roth or the traditional route. Um you know in 2026 you can contribute up up over $24,000 uh in of your salary. Now you take that plus your company match and if you’re 50 or older you get an additional $8,000 a year. So you’re looking at, you know, you’re looking at just with your contribution, not including your your employer’s contribution, that’s 80 that’s uh that’s 32,500 a year, right? If you’re contributing now, granted, not everybody can contribute all of that, but hey, you can do a heck of a lot more. Now, if you’re doing if you’re starting from zero at 55, that’s going to give you a lot higher where you can start even if you have started later and you have more income now because you don’t have the mortgage. You don’t have to save for your kids’ college anymore. You don’t have to, you know, you don’t have to, they’re not eating you out of the house and home. They’re eating themselves out of house and home, hopefully. Um, you know, you can then concentrate and really funnel money. you want to funnel as much money as you can because you want to get that up. Um there’s also um a new the secure act 2.0 also introduced a new special catchup limit for those between 60 and 63 where you can add an additional $11,000 and change. So catch up. So, you know, depending on your plan’s provisions, you might also be eligible for, you know, employer contributions as well as company match or profit sharing. So, check out what your options are and certainly sit down with one of us to um to come up with a plan. All right. So once you are done working or a lot of companies even have inforce rollovers. So if you have old most people work many many jobs and you might have old 401ks you know orphaned out there one here one there well and you just kind of left it alone right well when you leave when you’re about to retire or actually even before you retire if you have old 401ks you want to you may want to consolidate them into one IRA so that you can really maximize and really keep track of what it’s doing and make sure that it’s not it’s it’s in track or in line with what you where you should be invested because if you haven’t touched the 401k an old 401k when you were in your 30s it was probably very aggressively invested. Well, now as you’re retiring that may not be you might be taking more risk than you really in initially or should be intending to do right now. So you want to take a look at that and make sure that it’s you want to make sure that it’s uh you know properly invested. So there are a couple of rollover options for your plan you know for your 401ks. First thing is you leave your employer assets in your existing company retirement account. Some plans allow you to do that some sometimes they don’t. Um, you can also roll over your plan assets into a new, you know, just consolidate them all into your your new company retirement plan. You can roll over, and this is typically what I recommend, roll over your plans into your own IRA rather than your new company. Why? Because your company’s plan is limited. It’s it’s great. I’m not saying don’t invest in your 401k. It’s a fantastic, especially if you’re getting company matching and all that, it’s great. But it’s limited. You only have typically, I don’t know what, 10 to 15 different mutual fund options. That’s it. Whereas, if you put it into your own IRA, your your options are endless. You can invest in anything you want. And there are ways that you can get your investment growing while still protecting it as well. So, um, the other one is take a lump sum distribution of your plan balance. Be careful with that, though, because if you just take the money out, you’re going to get hit with you’re going to get hit with taxes as ordinary income. So, it’s if you went out and got a SA job, you’re going to be taxed on that whole amount. Um, this is probably the number one thing I get asked for these days is does it make sense to compl to convert my plan assets to a Roth IRA? Um, the other option is make an inplan Roth conversion to your plan assets which may make sense as well.

So okay the taxation of retirement accounts uh for non-roth okay these are the tax brackets of you know how much so if you look at it um you know getting your money into your retirement account is only the first half of the story. You know coming up with an efficient way of taking those funds out and avoiding those costly mistakes is the other half. So, let’s say that you have, you know, you’re married and have, you know, a half million dollars in a 401k. If you just take it all out, well, all right. If you’re in a if you’re in a 24% tax bracket, obviously you’re going to be taking you’re going to be taking a major hit on that. So, you may want to convert some of that into a Roth. So, there’s a couple strategies on how to do that. Now, who knows where, you know, taxes now, they go up, they go down. The one thing that I can promise you is that it’s going to change at some point the tax structure. So, one of the advantages of doing a Roth conversion is it sets your time. It sets your tax automatically at a certain point in time.

Now, here are the potential side effects of IRA distributions. Um, one, there are a couple things you really got to keep track of, especially if you’re doing 401 uh if you’re doing Roth Roth conversions. Um, if you exceed certain threshold, it could increase your exposure to the three uh 3.8% search charge on net investment income. Um, you know, it could phase out some of your deductions or tax credits if you’re if you’re getting them currently. Irma Irma’s a bad lady you never want to meet. Irma with two A’s. Not your nice neighbor down the street. Irma with two A’s. It’s a income related um monthly uh amount adjustment. What does that mean? It means Medicare. Um if you are 63 or older, you have and you want to do a conversion from a Roth IRA to a you got to pay attention to what Irma is. Why? because if you go over certain thresholds, you’re going to get at 65, you have um you know, you you’re going to have Medicare premiums, part B and part D. Well, if you go over certain income thresholds, those price, you know, those premiums go up sometimes dramatically. So, you got to watch out for that. And you say, well, why 63 if I don’t have to worry about Medicare when I’m 65? The reason is is because Medicare has a two-year look back. So, if you’re going to convert, do it before the age of 63 or you can still do it at age 63 and higher, but you just got to make sure you got to pay attention to the what those what those Irma thresholds are. Um, obviously it can increase the amount of taxable social security benefits as well. um it could reduce or eliminate financial aid if you know your kids’s in college and things like that and it could also uh reduce or eliminate um Roth IRA contribution eligibility as well. So you just want to make sure that you’re paying attention to these. All right. At some point in time, um, the only way to, you know, minimize the tax impact of retirement account withdrawals, well, is to avoid taking withdrawals altogether. The longer you leave it alone and don’t take it out, well, the more it grows tax deferred and taxfree and all that good stuff. Well, if it’s in a tax deferred account though, at some point the government says, “Hey, wait a second. We want our piece of the pie.” So, at um at age, it depends on what year you were born, but it’s either at age uh 73 or 75 um you are going to, you know, you at that point have a RMD or a required minimum distribution. Essentially what they do is they take your life expectancy they divide it it’s actuaries do actuaries do this um they have a table that they set up they find out what your life expectancy is they take your value as of the end of year so December 31st of last year and what they’ll do is they base your this year’s dist mandatory distribution on that number they divide by that and that’s how you get your minimum required distribution So, you know, hey, you can’t avoid it forever. However, there are ways that you can avoid RMDs. Um, so as I said, you know, now not taking an IRA, not taking an RMD and doing nothing about it. It used to be, it used to be a 50% penalty. It’s still a 25% penalty. So with that, I mean, it’s still that’s still a significant penalty. So with that, now granted, if you miss if you forgot an RMD, it’s not the end of the world, but it’s kind of like the government’s kind of like how I am with I have two daughters. Um, and I always say, you know, I always tell them when they were younger that, you know what, you make mistakes in life. We all make mistakes in life. It’s okay to make mistakes, but I promise you it’ll always be better for you if I hear about it from you rather than me finding out on my own and you didn’t tell me about it. The IRS works the same way. Whereas, if you forget, I’ve had plenty of clients that, you know, they were out of town, they left the country or whatever, and they or they just plain forgot. They were busy with Christmas holidays and stuff and I’ve been calling them to make their RMD and they forgot and oh my god they never took their RMD out. Well, first thing I say is make it automated so you don’t have to worry about it. But if you do, it’s not the end of the world. What you have to do though is you have to one take it out as soon as you know about it. Take out your RMD and then let the government know, let the IRS know that hey, you know what? I did this this and that and you know can ask for you know to to wave the penalty. I’ve never had it where they have not waved it. Um however if you don’t do anything and they come after you well then good luck. So there you go. Um calculating your RMD. I kind of already explained this earlier. They take your life expectancy and they take that number and divide whatever the value is at the year end balance and that’s how you get what your RMD is. Um obviously every year you live longer well that RMD is going to be a higher percentage of your account because you’re you’re not living as long you know your life expectancy is going to go down. So all right here are the three biggest RMD mistakes I see here. um one aggregating RMDs between two different types of retirement accounts. So if you have a traditional IRA and a 401k and you think, “Okay, it’s not that big of a deal. They’re both the same structure. I’ll just take it all out. You know what? My my my 401k is, you know, not doing as well as my regular IRA account, so I’m just going to take all my RMD out of my 401k.” No. They’ll they’ll that’s that’s a big penalty. Um they they you have to do it you have to do an RMD out of your 401k as well as your IRA. You have to do it out of both. Now I I it sounds silly to me because you can do a rollover from your 401k into your um from your 401k into your traditional IRA and problem solved. But if it’s if it’s a 401k and an and a if it’s 401k and an IRA, you got to do it from each one. Um if uh aggregating RMDs between spouses, you also can’t do it. Why? Well, there’s a couple reasons. One is because you have both both have different life expecties. So, you have to do it from each once. Um, and as I said, forgetting to do the RMD and doing nothing about it, which I just explained a few slides ago, big no no. Treat it like treat it like your parents. It’s always going to be better. Treat the government like your parent. Um, not necessarily your big brother, but your parent that you know, you’re always better off letting them know. Okay. Um Okay. Strategy number one, holding t taking off uh IRA distributions. Hold off taking them as long as you possibly can. The advantage is is that well um you know the advantage is okay you you you hold off let it grow as long as possible. Potential drawback is is that as your IRA grows well so does Uncle Sam’s share. So at 73 or 75, depending on what your age is, they’re going to want their money. So if you just hold off on it, it’s growing and growing and growing and being a bigger share. So you know, just be know about that. And future taxes may be higher. Who knows? I mean, if the way our debts going, it’s probably a good bet. Okay, strategy number two. This is probably the biggest question I get is Roth IRA conversions. What are they? How they and should I do it? Okay, so we have Jill here. She wants to convert $100,000 from her IRA to a Roth IRA. Um, now here’s how it works. Let’s say Jill is in a 22% tax bracket. Okay. Well, or 24% tax bracket because it’s an easier you’ll figure out why it’s easier to figure out in a second. Okay. So, if she takes out $100,000, she’s going to owe she’s in a 24% tax bracket. She’s going to owe $24,000. Well, gee, thanks, Bill. That’s great. You just increased my bill by $24,000. Thanks. What do you do for an encore? You know, kick my dog. Well, okay. But if she does, what are the advantages? Well, essentially what happens is now she’s just converted that 100,000 to she converted that 100,000 to um to from traditional to Roth, right? Okay. What’s the big deal? Okay. Let’s say every 7 to 10 years that money should double, right? So, rule of 72. I’ll talk about it another time if you if you want to know about it. Um but now 7 to 10 years that 100,000 is now 200,000. What’s the taxes you paid on it? 24 24,000 or 12%. Is the tax now if it you go another 7 to 10 years now it’s 400,000 and your taxable rate is 6%. That’s the lore of doing That’s the lore of doing a Roth conversion. Now, there’s a couple rules with Roth conversions. I kind of told about them earlier is that if you are over 59 and a half and have any Roth IRA for more than 5 years, then you know, all withdrawals from any of your Roths are, you know, tax and penalty-free for life. If you’re over 59 and a half but haven’t had a Roth IRA for at least five years, you can still take out any of your converted amount. But, you know, if you’re if you’re younger than 59 and a half, then obviously other rules apply as well. Bottom line is if you’re going to do the conversion, you want to wait 5 years anyway because you really want to give it enough time to make up for the taxes you’re paying. you really got to get leave it in for seven to 10 years anyway for it to really make sense. So, all right, who can do a Roth IRA conversion? Anyone really. Um, you know, there’s no age limits, no income limits, no requirement to be working. Anybody can do a Roth conversion anytime you want. Um, it can certainly reduce um, you know, it provides a hedge against future tax rates. Um, nobody knows where they’re going to be. And even if they don’t, they’re not going to go down that much. They’re not going to go from 24 to 6% in the next 20 years. I’m pretty much going to guarantee that. Uh, I know we’re not, we don’t live in a world of guarantees. I have to put on my disclaimer hat, but you know what? If they do, you come to see me, I’ll buy you lunch. I promise you. All right. Um, and they can also help manage costs tied to other income as well. So, um, you know, social security benefits included in income, um, Medicare Part B premiums, all that stuff. If you get it out and reduce it earlier, well, then that won’t contribute later to your income.

Um and also another benefit is Roth IAS don’t have a required minimum distribution either. So you can take it for your lifetime. Your account grows up t grows taxfree for life and then it also provides taxfree income to your heirs as well.

Um, now the the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, they had a big change in 2018. Um, you know, it’s enough time where if you rolled over a if you had a beneficiary IRA or if you if you did a rollover back then and you you wanted to change it, well, you could, you know, you can reconvert it. Um, now you can’t do that anymore. So if you’re stuck with the conversion. So you know just just make sure you plan for that. Um there’s three questions that you got to answer before converting is do you have have a rough idea of your conversion’s impact on your tax bill. You also have to know um you know you have to have the money to pay the resulting taxes. you don’t really want to take it out of your IRA or your, you know, your regular IRA because that’s going to kind of defeat the purpose of it. You really want to have the money set aside from a from a nonirra account because that’ll really allow you to take advantage of the tax deferral over time. Um, and do you have a reasonable expectation that the benefits of prepaying your taxes will make sense in your overall plan? Now, the answer to all three of these questions should be a yes if it makes sense for you. Um, a great way of figuring out whether a Roth IRA makes sense for you is, and typically what I say is whatever your income bracket is, convert it up to the next level. So, up to your next level where you say, “Okay, listen, I’m in a 22% tax bracket. I have 50,000 until I reach the next income bracket. I’m going to do it then. I’m going to put it up to, you know, I have 50,000, so I’m going to put 50,000 in to still stay in my tax bracket. You may even make a determination that, hey, you know what? I don’t even mind paying a little bit more on the cuz if you go into the 24% tax bracket, you’re not, you know, you’re not paying taxes on everything 24%. only on what you put into that. So, you know, anything that spills over into it, then you’re paying the extra 2% tax. It still may make sense if you, you know, if you say, “Hey, you know what? I’ll pay the 24% now on that portion. I’m only paying 22 on the amount that fills up this bucket.” But once you go beyond into into this one, okay, you’re paying an extra 2% on that. It still may make sense in the long run, but do a plan where we can determine what’s best for you based on, you know, your expenses, your living, your age, all that good stuff. What you want to do is the first thing you want to do is hunt for low income years. COVID was a great time to do Roth conversions because some pe especially business owners had unusually low sales or if you have unusually high expenses or if you had, you know, you got hit with a really high non-reoccurring medical bill, those are going to reduce your income. Those are great years to convert as much as you possibly can. or after retirement, but before you’re receiving your social security benefits, pensions, and you know, all that good stuff because your your income’s going to be lower. So, you want to try and take advantage of it certainly before certainly before you start. I mean, you can do it after you turn on Medicare, but you just got to be careful with Irma, you know, the Irma stuff. Um, obviously now I’m putting on my disclaimer hat. The potential limitations and risks of Roth IRA conversions. Obviously, there are no guarantees that it does, you know, that the market agrees with you and it does everything that it said. Now, there are ways to really mitigate your risk. Um, but you know, obviously there are no guarantees. So with that, you know, buyer beware, do your due diligence before you start doing it. Okay. Okay. Another idea is move retirement retirement money directly. There are two ways to move retirement money. You can do it indirectly which um an indirect rollover or directly which is a direct rollover or a trusteetoe transfer. What’s the difference? Well, an indirect rollover is when you’re essentially taking a you’re taking the money out yourself. Now, you take the money out yourself. What’s the advantage? The only advantage of doing it that way is if you need a 60-day short-term loan, it might make sense to do it that way because what happens is is you take out this you take out the money from a for an IRA. Now, if you’re doing it out of 401k, they’re going to take an automatic 20% mandatory withholding. Now, you’re going, as long as you roll it over into a qualified plan within 60 days, you’ll get that money back later, but it’s just not as clean. So, you can only do once a year, and you better get it in within 60 days. Roll it over into another, you know, new IRA account. because if you don’t, you’re paying the taxes on the whole thing right there and you don’t get to you don’t get to roll it over. A direct rollover is much much cleaner. It’s basically your 401k or your adviser will send it direct either directly to the new company or they’ll give you they might even give you a check, but the check won’t be made out to you. It’ll be made out to your IRA, you know, for the benefit, you know, whatever institution you’re rolling it over to. for the benefit of your IRA. So, that’s kind of how the check looks a lot of times. Um, okay. Coordinating your IRA planning. Um, you want to take a look and make sure that it makes sense with your overall retirement plan, your estate plan, your tax planning, your education planning, all that stuff. So, you know, we can help you with all these things. It’s not um another thing here is it’s not just what you own, but it’s where you own it. So,

let’s say you have a 100 thou you have $200,000$100,000 in an IRA 100,000 in a nonirra. You’re in a 24% tax bracket. you want to uh own $100,000 in investments that are paying 4% dividends, right? And then or uh sorry, investments paying a hypothetical 4% interest rate. So you’re getting CDs or bonds that are paying 4%. And then you have the other 400 uh the other 100,000 paying 4% in qualified dividends. Okay. All right. So option one, you figure what’s the difference, right? Well, option one, what happens is the hundred thou the $100,000 goes into an IRA paying the 4% dividends and generates four $4,000 of income a year. Your taxable your tax ordinary income rates. Okay. And then it’s 900 $960 in your tax bill. On the other side, okay, you get ordinary income in your bonds, paying 4%. It’s it’s the same amount. So, what’s the big deal? What’s the difference? Okay, let’s switch it. Now you have the $100,000 in your IRA in the bonds and the $100,000 of stocks that are paying the dividends in a non-retirement account. What would be the difference? Well, the non-retirement, those qualified dividends are taxed at they’re taxed at capital gains rates, which is a 15% tax tax rate. So, you’re saving, you know, $360, which, hey, you know what? It may not, you know, it may not make that much, but hey, it looks a hell of a lot better in your pocket than it does in Uncle Sam’s. Obviously, my disclaimers apply. No guarantees. The investments will perform as expected. Um, okay. Coordinating IRA planning with social security. Um, another thing you want to do is, you know, just make sure that when you’re taking out of your IRA that, you know, a lot of people retire, you know, claim their social security benefits earlier than they should. And it can really if you do so I’m not saying don’t claim your social security earlier but just coordinate it with your with your IRA withdrawals. Um because if you’re withdrawing from if you’re withdrawing from your IRA then try to delay your social security because social security is going to be the best it’s the best annuity you’re ever going to get because it it increases by 8% a year. So by withdrawing out of your IRA first then then what’s happening is you take your your IRA money first you contribute that outward. Now, if you have a longer lifetime, it’s going to make a lot more sense to do that. If you’re not going to have as long of a lifetime, then it may not make as much sense and take your social, you know, who knows? But if you know, listen, if everybody in your family lives to 108 years old and you know, and you’re fit and in great health, then you may want to wait on the social security and take out of for take out of your IRA first. If nobody in your family lives beyond 75 and you’ve already had two strokes of heart attack, well then it may make sense to, hey, you know what? I’m going to take my IRA later. I’m going to take my social security when I can and take my IRA later. Um, the biggest beneficiary of your IRA is going to be your beneficiaries most likely in that case. But doing planning kind of helps you kind of see what’s the best thing for you. Um, coordinating IRA planning with your estate planning. Well, um, IAS and retirement accounts generally pass via, you know, a beneficiary form. Um, but your will, your will does not generally control who gets your IRA. So it automat So one of the biggest mistakes people do especially if they make a trust a beneficiary they just name okay they they name the they name the trust the beneficiary of their IRA that is a big mistake on most cases. Why? Because an IRA stands for individual retirement account. A trust is not an individual. So, the only time that that makes sense to do is if you got a kid who’s a nerd do well drug addict or gambling addict or they’re just completely irresponsible with money and you want to make sure you control the money that they get. Okay, then it may make sense to make a trust the beneficiary of an IRA. But your biggest beneficiary of that is going to be the government because when you take out of the IRA into a trust, well, trust is not an individual. So, it’s going to be taxed all at once. Thanks for playing. And Uncle Sam is going to be your biggest beneficiary. Now, if you name a beneficiary, well, if your your spouse, they get to take it over their lifetime. your kids or friends or anyone else you name, they get to take it over the course of next 10 years. So, they get to take it out slowly. So, that’s why it makes a lot more sense to to have a beneficiary form and name your beneficiaries. If it’s a charity or you can name all that stuff in in on a beneficiary form. There are lots of different types of IRA beneficiaries. Um, I’ll go into this individually if you want cuz I know I’m running out of time here. I got a little acquacious today. Um, uh, these are the non, uh, I’ll I’ll go into these later if you want to know them. Um, but eligible designated beneficiaries, obviously, spouses, all these other people are, so they get special treatment. Spouses can basically stretch it out. Um uh however other people you know they get the stretch IRA they can take it out over the court but there’s very there’s very specific limitations to that um as I said trust is IRA beneficiaries I kind of went through this already the control versus the complexity and co cost. All right. Um, spouses have a specific decision to make. They can either do a spousal beneficiary um or and which is essentially they just do a spousal beneficiary is different as than rolling it over into their own IRA. If they roll it over into their own IRA, then it’s their IRA and they can take it over the course of their lifetime. If they roll it over into a beneficiary IRA, well then one, they don’t have to wait till 59 and a half to start taking the income out. They can take it out, you know, they can take it out immediately. Um, but there are some rules to that. Um, so here are the rules that if you do a spousal IRA, obviously it just rolls over into their, you know, Mrs. Smith’s IRA and it’s her IRA. So, if she’s over under 59 1/2, then same rules apply. Um, if she’s over 59 and a2, it doesn’t really matter. Um, but if you remain as a beneficiary, then obviously it’s as a IRA beneficiary and the the early withdrawal penalty does not apply as well.

Watch out for scams. There’s a lot of scams out there uh when it comes to uh when it comes to a lot of these IAS and things like that. Unfortunately, you know, when it comes to your mortgage, your house and IRA, those are the two biggest assets that most people have, which makes them ripe for scammers. So, just be careful when you’re out there. Talk to someone who knows about it. Um and we’re here we’re here to help. So with that, you know, as I said, we can do a plan. We can help you kind of figure out the ins and outs and what makes most sense for you. So with that, okay, so questions, shall we? Let’s get to the questions here. Um, first thing is, hey, um, if you want to I’m gonna answer I see a few questions here. Uh if you want to make an appointment with me, um you don’t have to it doesn’t cost anything to make an appointment with me. If you want to ask me questions, if you want to do a plan, anything like that, there are two ways to do it. You can either um just let me know, you know, put in the chat or the question and answer, just put email or phone. Lets me know how best you want me to get in touch with you. Or better yet, you can just scan this QR code right here. It takes you right to my calendar and you can pick a time that works for you. Book a pick a book a 30 minute appointment to start. Then we can figure out if you want to do a plan or not. You know, we’ll go from there and see if it makes sense for you. Uh again, there’s no cost to do that. It’s no cost to set an time with me as well. All right. So, questions. All right. Uh first question here is um can I do a wroth if I am married filing separately? The answer is yes you can but the limits on what you can contribute to it are well contributing to a Roth the the limits are different than being married filing jointly. So just be aware of that. If you want to know, get back in, you know, get back in touch with me, make an appointment. I’m happy to uh I’m happy to help you with that. Okay. Next question is, when moving money from a when moving money from a 401k to a Roth IRA, is that money counted towards your yearly max contribution amount or is it separate? Okay. If if you are converting it, it’s not because you’re not contributing to your not contributing to your Roth IRA. You’re converting. So, you’re paying the taxes on it. That money is going towards your, you know, going towards your income. So, it could if you do if you do enough, it could set you over the limit of how much you can contribute to a Roth IRA, if you can do it taxable or not. Um, but um you know, but other than that, no, it it is that’s not considered a contribution. It’s considered a conversion. Uh hopefully hopefully I asked answered your question, but you can do both. You can convert some of your money. Say you have Okay. Say you have, you know, um, you want to convert $50,000. Okay, you’re converting $50,000. You still have, you know, money before the the limit. You still have room in there. You want to contribute to your Roth IRA as well? Absolutely, you can.

Okay. Question number three. Shouldn’t another considerate Shouldn’t another consideration of a Roth IRA be to compare the NPV cost of prepaying the taxes compared to the tax deferral. Sure. Yeah. That is the net. Um yeah, that’s why it’s good to make that’s why it’s good to make a uh to make a plan. Here’s when a Wroth makes sense. A Wroth makes sense if you’re young. So, this was the rule that I always gave everybody when they, you know, um whether or not they should invest in a Roth or a traditional IRA. A Roth, you absolutely want to over time a Roth is always going to be taxfree is always gonna most of the time going to be better than tax deferred. Okay? So, when you’re young, like my daughters when they first started working, my my son who’s, you know, got his part-time job, he’s got his Roth, he’s contributing every year. They’re maxing it out. Fantastic. Okay. Well, because they’re not making anything. So, they’re not paying any taxes. They don’t mind paying the taxes upfront because they’re in they’re not making any they’re not making any enough money to pay taxes anyway. So, I say contribute as much as you can to it because they’re in a very very low tax bracket if they’re paying taxes at all. So, okay, great. Now, that money grows taxfree for the rest of their life. I have a parable that I I I run a uh a club in San Francisco called uh the Lincoln High School in San Francisco called the money club where I teach kids about entrepreneurship uh personal finance and and uh investing. And I use a parable to show the time value of money. If you have two brothers or sisters, doesn’t matter. Um, if you have two siblings, one of them it they both start working at 20 years old, one of them started saving, maxed out their IRA for 5 years and then never added another dime. The other one partied for the first five years and then they maxed out their IRA every year following.

The sibling that started five years earlier and stopped, he will never be caught by the sibling who started five years later and never stopped investing. How can that be? Cuz they’re contributing, they’re maxing it out every year. This person, the the one who started earlier has only contributed what? $7,000, you know, 30 $35,000. How is the other one never going to catch him? Because of the doubling compounding interest. In 7 to 10 years, that money is going to double. So by the time that first sibling is starting, by the time they get to their fifth year, well, now that other that other sibling has doubled their money and then it’s doubled again and doubled again. They’re never going to catch him. It’s the same thing. So if you have time, Roth is better. Um, you know, but it also depends on your situation. So with that, um, you know, it it makes sense to obviously the more time you have, the more time, the more it makes sense to convert it to a Roth. If you don’t have that much time, it may not make as much sense. But that’s why a conversation, have a conversation before you do anything. With that, I know we’re getting uh I I ran a little long here because I usually try and keep this to an hour. Um I’m gonna stay on for a few minutes longer if anybody has any questions, but I want to honor your time as well. Um there usually are questions that trickle in. Let’s see if we have any other uh questions trickling in. Oh. Uh, yes. One other question trickled in here about um this is about the difference between could you explain the difference again between a making your trust and naming a beneficiary directly? Yeah. Okay. When you name a trust as a beneficiary, a beneficiary is not an individual. So if you if you have a half million dollars in your IRA and that trust that trust will uh you know receive that money well then $10 million is taken out as ordinary income and so with that you the government’s going to receive whatever that amount is that’s going to probably put you in like a 35% tax bracket or something like that or 31 somewhere. somewhere around there. So, at least about a third of it’s going to Uncle Sam. Now, why would you want to do that? Most people don’t. The only reason why you would want to do that is if you want to control the assets and make sure that that’s, you know, the beneficiary doesn’t kill themselves and put it all in their veins or something like that. That’s that’s the only reason why it may make sense to do that. Otherwise, name your beneficiaries directly. Um, IAS do that. Uh, a lot of annuities will name actually any account nowadays just about. You can name beneficiaries directly too. So, if you want to know more about that, please feel free to give me a call. We’re here to help. Um whether it’s you know if you want to talk about investments to you know get more out of your money while protecting it. If you want to do some if you’ve had a major life change like, you know, you just bought a new house or you just got married or your kids just went to, you know, or you just had a child or or you just changed your home, you bought them, you know, whatever it may be. If you had a major, you just changed jobs, great time to do a plan. or if you’ve done your plan, your retirement’s set, and you want to take a look at your make sure your retirement and your uh your estate planning is in order, we’re here to help. So, with that,

make an appointment. We’re here to help. Uh again, I’m going to stick around for a few if if people have qu further questions. I’m going to stick around. If you want to say hello and whatnot, I’ll open up everybody’s mic as well. So, with that, have a great day, everybody.

If you do want to ask me a question, um, if you do want to ask me a question, what you need to do is, um, all you need to do is hit your microphone at the back, unmute it, and then, uh, ask away if if you got a question for me or you can still put it in the chat or the uh you can put in the chat or the or the uh Q&A.

Other than that, I’m gonna be on for a few minutes longer, so feel free.

Hey, Bill. Hey, Joe. How are you? Good. I was going to type in you a note, but it’s going to take too long. So, there you go. Feel free to ask away. How you been? I’ve been been well on you. I’ve been Can’t complain. Yeah, I’ve been I uh so in September, I will turn 73. Yep. And so, exactly how does it work? Do I have to take out the full whatever the full computer do for 2026 or is it prrated or start next year? How’s that that work? it. Well, it’s it it So, if you turn You turned 73 this year. Yes. Okay. Um, next time we have a review, I’ll go over it with you. Um, but typ what has to happen is you have to take it out by Well, you can either take it out by the end of the year or you could also delay it until because you’re in the second half of the year, you can delay it till April. Um, but it may may not it might not make sense to do that because if you delay it till April, you can delay it till April. But if you do, you’re going to you’re going to end up adding to what you’re going to have to pay next year cuz next year you got to take it by the end of the year. Okay. You know what I mean? Yeah. Okay. So, they give it to you for your first distribution. They do allow you to go until April to take it out, but I wouldn’t I’d take it out by the end of the year because otherwise otherwise you’re just adding to your essentially you’re adding to your RMD next year, which tax bracket it make it makes sense to pay as little as you can with going along. Yeah. Yeah. just, you know, by the time you add in like Irma, you know, if it would like trip the next Irma and and when I get say close to the RMD, would it make sense then to take out, you know, part of it this year and part of it next year? Well, we’ll I’ll tell you what, we’ll take a look. We’ll take a look at your plan. Okay. Um and we’ll, you know, next time we meet, if if I’ll tell you what, whence when’s the next time you’re in the uh Bay Area, we’ll we’ll make an appointment. I will be around tomorrow and again on Monday. Okay. Uh tomorrow I’m pretty booked solid. I’m I’m on the road on the in the peninsula. Uh but Monday I could probably do it. Uh morning or afternoon? See Monday I have an appointment at uh let’s call it two. So you know like um noonish would be good. Somewhere around there. All right. Hold on a second. Monday at noon. That is the 22nd at noon. Noon. Uh, no problem. Yeah, I I have you down. Okay. Um, you you want to you want to meet my office? You uh how how are you going to be down in the Bay Area? You want me you want to pick you up at the airport or I’ll be flying into the airport in San Carlos? I may I may be able to borrow a car there. I’ll let you know. Um, yeah, just give me a call if I because I can I can easily drop that because I’m going to be down. Um, yeah, it’s that’s not a big deal. That’s, you know, that’s 10-minute drive from me, maybe 15. Yeah, I got up and try to borrow a car because I got a couple other places I got to go after that. Okay, but I will I will let you know. You know me, I’m a full full service full service financial guy for you. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, we got no problem. I’ll see you on uh I’ll see you on I’ll see you on Monday. Just give me a call. Let me know. um in the morning uh you know let me know in the morning before and I’ll let you know whether or not I can you know cuz if right now I’m free before that but you know who knows you know the typically at the end of the week my next week fills up quite a bit so but I got you down for Monday at 12 that should be good I’m I’m I I would do a little earlier but I’m just hedging in case the weather Yeah precludes me getting in any earlier than that so okay all right Well, have a great weekend. I’ll see you on Monday. Okay, Bill. Thanks. You got it. All right. Bye-bye. Bye.

And that’s how easy it is to make an appointment with me if anybody’s still on.

All right,

we got uh Isabelle, Jason R, uh Susan Bertram, if you guys I don’t know if you guys are still on or not or um but if you uh if you have any questions or anything, feel free to ask. Well, hi Bill. This is Susan. I’m still on, but Hello, Susan. Hi. I was um gonna go ahead and um schedule something, I guess, you know, through your QR code. Um well, you got me. If you want to if you want to do it directly through me, either one works. Okay. Um if you want to check your calendar, you can do it with your Q QR code, too. Okay. Where are you located in um the P? I’m just north of the airport. So, I’m in South San Francisco. Do you um where are you at, Susan? Oh, I’m in San Bruno. So, that’s great. Oh, no. Come on. You’re you’re you’re half Actually, I know. Where at San Bruno are you? I’m um off of 280 and um San Bruno Avenue. I don’t know. Get out of here. I’m I’m uh I’m I’m on Park View Drive. Oh, wow. Just right next to the uh right next to the city park there. Oh my goodness. So, I am You can you can you can uh throw a rock and hit me. So, I won’t do that. I promise. Well, hopefully I won’t give you a reason to. Okay. Um, I’ll just schedule it with the QR code. Um, yeah, but my just to give you a heads up, my thing is um the whole Irma thing and you know um unfortunately I didn’t learn enough about it before. So, you know, now I’m dealing with it and it’s okay. You can still, you know, you can still navigate around it. I just want to make sure you don’t go in blindly and say, “Okay.” Cuz I’ve I’ve had some people who come to me after the fact and they say, “Oh my god, I I I thought it was a good thing before I retired and then they didn’t know about the Irma and it ended up killing them there.” Yeah. Oh, you you did it prior. I um well I I learned yeah I did it and um then I started you know getting a penalty and you know doing the appealing which you know I retired two years ago so I’m still doing the appealing but it’s not looking good because they get your money they don’t like to give it back. Yeah. And you know if you have the income you have the income. I don’t know how to um I know that sounds I guess there’s worse problems to have, right? But it’s like I mean I I hear you. It’s Listen, I don’t I always tell my wife um and my kids. I’m like cuz my wife always thinks, you know, I she gives me like I’m frugal when it comes to certain things and she you know, sometimes she she talks to me as if I’m Mr. cheapkate and I’m like because I drive like she’s got her Mercedes and all that and I’m like hey God bless you like your Mercedes. She’s got a comm she’s got a commute to Alamita every day. So she’s like I spend a lot of time in my car. I want to make sure I’m in I’m you know I spend a lot of time here just as much time as I do at home. So I want to be in my car and be comfortable. I’m like how it honey? Yeah. But I think she feels guilty because I’m a Subaru guy. Like I just I had a I had a Toyota for I had a Toyota for about 10 years and then I gave it to my daughter in college. I have a hard time paying a lot of money for a depreciating asset. Yeah. So So she comes to me and then I I just got a new car. I got a Subaru because I know they’re going to last forever. You know, Toyota Subarus, they last forever. But she kind of comes to and says, “Oh, you’re a cheapkate.” And I’m like, “No, I don’t mind spending money. I hate wasting it. I hate blowing it.” Yeah, that’s me, you know. Well, you guys probably make a good balance then. Yeah. You know, I mean, she’s we’re good. Listen, she you know, but we go we definitely have our times when she’s she’s definitely gotten me to splurge a little bit more on experiences and things like that. I’ve certainly gotten her to think about sometimes, okay, are you really getting value out of that uh, you know, out of the 50 pairs of shoes you have in your closet, right? Right. You know, you want to pair them down a few and, you know, but you know, then again, I will never come between a woman and her shoes cuz one of those shoes might be uh put in a place that I don’t want it to be. So, there you go. Sounds good. Yeah. No, knowledge is uh the key, I think, you know. So, anyway, I’ll I’ll schedule something with you and see if um Yeah. And it’s not too late. I mean, it’s never too late to make a plan. There are still ways that you can still convert, you know, and the good thing about, you know, I mean, listen, it sucks that you got hit with the, you know, with the premium penalties. Uhhuh. You know, you got hit with How much did you get hit? How much did it kill you? Um, I think it’s like 400 a month or something like that. Oh man, that sucks. I’m sorry. Who Who did you convert Who did you convert your your 401k? Who did you convert it with? No, I didn’t. It’s just um based on income, you know. So, you know. No, no, no. But did you have an adviser that helped you do that or you just did it on your own? Um, I didn’t convert um anything. You’re talking about the four the 401k just getting Okay. You mean that your income is already you’re already getting hit with Irma? Yeah. Yeah. Okay. So, um but you know I do want to talk about um if I should convert a little bit like where’s you know because it go you know I’m going to be hit no matter what. So um so yeah. Now that you’re already in it now, you don’t want to hit the next level, but you may want to convert because what you do is if you convert now, it’s going to help you later in later years of your conver, you know, of your income because now you’re converting your IAS to Roths. So, yes, it can help you in the future. Yeah. So, that’s what I wanted to talk about is just, you know, what little things I could do and Absolutely. Yeah, that’s one of the things that planning can really do. It can really help you kind of take a look at where you um you know it really helps you take a look at where you stand and where to go forward, you know, and I can give you some strategies on how to make you know, best make your money work for you. You know, whether you decide to have me manage your money or not, it doesn’t matter. We can still help, you know, that’s what we’re here to help you with. Yeah. No, I appreciate that. So, okay. Well, I will schedule something. Sounds good. I look forward to seeing you soon, neighbor. Thanks. Yeah. And I enjoyed the um webinar. That was great. Great. Thanks, I wish I I wish I had listened to it like three years ago. Well, what the good thing is you got it today. Yes. All right. You didn’t you didn’t hear it three years from now, right? Right. All right. Okay. Well, thank you. Look forward to um meeting up with you. You got it. Take care soon. Have a good day. Okay. Byebye.

You’re very welcome, Jason. Look forward to hearing from you soon. If you got a question you want to ask, feel free to uh unmute. You can you can ask me a further question if you want if you’re still on.

July 5, 2026
06/16/2026 – Alliant Webinar – The Home Stretch – Seven Things You Need to Do in the Decade Before You Retire

Hello and good evening. I’m just going to give it another minute or so uh just to make sure people have a chance to get logged in. I will be right back with you. Thank you. Well, good evening everybody. Thank you so much for joining me to talk about the home stretch, the seven things you need to do before you retire. Uh we’ll get into the presentation in just a moment. Um just so I can just make sure people are getting logged in here still. Um but uh but we’ll get going here. So I do have uh just a one announcement here that we are not able to record these presentations for compliance reasons and we’ve had some people try to record our presentations and uh that is also uh not allowed. We cannot uh have our any of our presentations recorded by anyone listening or by ourselves. So I do apologize if some people do ask if we are able to uh get recordings of these uh but uh sorry about that but we are not able to record. Planning on long-term care that presentation is coming up on Wednesday July 1st. That’ll be a 2 in the afternoon presentation on that day central time. And then after that I have estate planning. The basics of all those important documents that you might need whether it’s a will or a trust or the power of attorney for health care, power of attorney for financial uh and those important things on setting up uh for your estate. Uh you do also have access to our uh see what other webinars we have. We probably have an average probably maybe five or six uh webinars a week uh depending on uh varying parts of the country. We have people in LA, Denver, San Francisco, Houston. Uh we actually have someone in Utah that does these presentations. So scattered around the country that we do these. Um I do them myself every two weeks. And again, we have someone’s doing something pretty much every week. And you can see what other topics maybe you would like to listen in on. We have our invests podcast that you can listen to and you can check out our Aerys website and blog. Aerys meaning Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. That’s the team that I am on. My name is Joe Gaspari. I am one of the finan financial consultants here at Alliant. And uh I am a full services uh you know financial services person that I can work with people on saving for retirement, saving for maybe purchasing a home or education uh and working up that financial plan. That’s one of the biggest things that I do is financial planning. And that might be someone might say, “Joe, here’s what I have. Here’s what I want. Am I on the right path? Should I be saving more? Should I be investing more aggressively or even more conservatively? what should I be doing with assets? How can I invest uh to get where I’d like to be? And then how much can I spend in retirement? And we’re going to be talking about some of that here today. As I go through the presentation uh on the home stretch here, you do have access to the Q&A box, the question and answer box, or the chat box. Either one of those is sufficient. I have them both up that if you do have a question, you can a uh ask that question at any time. just type away and if you think of a question, go ahead and type it in and I will get to those questions at the end of the presentation. I’ll make sure I have a little uh enough time to get to these questions. But again, either the chat box or the Q&A box will get uh get us to those answers at the end of the presentation. So, with that, uh we’ll be jumping right in. Uh the seven things you need to do the decade before you retire. Determine when the time is right. Take aim at your retirement target. Maximizing your nest egg, getting a portfolio checkup, create a social security strategy. We’re going to touch on how social security works and building a retirement income stream. And then looking beyond the money. Uh so determining when the time is right. the godfather of retirement, Ado van Bismar, chancellor in Germany in the late 1800s came up with the concept of retirement uh and you know retirement income. Uh so he had come up with the strategy of uh starting a retirement income stream a government sponsored plan starting at the age of 70. That’s the good is that all right someone’s thinking about uh you know getting a guaranteed source of income for retirees. The bad is that life expectancy was only about a 43 and a half to 44 years old at that time. So a much lower life expectancy. But if you were around then you know income would start around that age 70. Today when we look at what uh how this is constructed is that we look at a retirement age for social security between the age of 66 and 67 based on your birth year of when you get your full social security income. And at least now we do have a longer life expectancy beyond what the uh average life expectancy uh beyond what the retirement age is. And when we look at men 7980, women 82 83 um and we’ll talk about that uh life expectancy a little bit later as well. So what age do you think to retire when we look at age 65 as maybe that one of those target numbers? What if it was as late as age 70 or what if it was as early as age 60? And what’s the average age? About 62 is the median retirement age. Why do people retire early? Sometimes it’s for personal health issues, caretaking for a family member, a job loss, downsizing, stress, burnout, early retirement, uh, buyouts. But when we look at 70% of retirees, it’s not their choice. So when people say, “Oh man, I wish I could retire at 62 like this average.” Sometimes it’s not a voluntary uh retirement. So um you know so where would that where would you be on your retirement age or your desired retirement age when I do a retirement plan for someone and this is again and I’m going to be asking u you to say yes to a survey at the end of the presentation when I put that up to say yeah I’d like to have a one-on-one conversation. What does that conversation look like? Basically we go through to see what’s important to you in your retirement. Are you on the verge of retirement? Are you retired already? Are you still 10, 15, 20 years away from that? And we can kind of work up a plan. So, for example, if I have someone that I’m looking at maybe retiring in the next 2 to 3 years, they might be saying, did I save enough? Did I do enough? What can I spend in retirement? And I work up a full comprehensive plan, complimentary. We do not charge for this plan. And we can dig into many different scenarios. What if you wanted to take social security earlier? What if you wanted to take it later? What does that look like for your retirement plan? Would you want to spend more? Would you want to spend less? We can figure out what a good spending amount is taking inflation into account and we’ll build this full retirement plan for you. Again, complimentary. And then maybe we can start to say, how do we invest? where we put these assets to get to this end result of this retirement plan. So nearly half of people retire in their uh early 60s. So 44% of people in that 61 to 65 range. You could see some much earlier and again some much later as well. So depending on what uh your strategy is, maybe we can help you figure out what your retirement age will be. couples planning for age differences. Now, when we look at sometimes you might have a couple with a 5year or 10year age difference. In this case, we’re looking at a modest two two-year difference. In this scenario, it’s assuming the husband is age 25 in this and the wife age 23 uh when they get married. And where does that come into? It’s not a big difference. But why is that important to even talk about when we get to the age of retirement age in that retirement era there and we look at age 65? The Medicare. So if someone says I want to retire at age 65 and I’m going to go on Medicare, but my spouse is only 63 at the time. Uh so how much is healthcare going to cost? you know, if you do it outside of that, if you don’t have that work plan anymore to cover both of you, yes, the 65year-old is eligible for Medicare, but what if there’s pre-existing conditions? What if there’s issues on the on the spouse in this case that is 63? How much is that going to cost? So, it’s an again, it’s an important thing to think about about retire retirement and the age differences. And then when we look at the later years of life expectancy when we when we talk about age 65 if you if someone reaches the age of 65 statistically a male might live till on an average to age 82. Uh it’s again on average some longer some shorter but an average of age 82. So that’s why we have 82 and 80 here. So assuming that what if the husband in this case passes away at age 82 and the spouse age 80. A a female a woman age 65 has a potential or actually a age 80 in this case you have that woman would have the potential to live another 9 years again alone not having the spouse here. What kind of income difference would that be? Instead of two sources of social security come in, there’s only one now. What does spending look like? What do the assets look like? Is there a home? Is it owned? We can work up a plan again just to see if one if both of you are here, what does that plan look like? What if it’s only one of you? What does that plan look like? And again, we can certainly work that up for you. But that age difference does come into play. and important ages for retirement. So, we’re going to cover from age 50 up until about age 75 here. And some target things that will happen starting at age 50, you can do what are called catch-up contributions, which means if you are contributing to a 401k or traditional or Roth IAS, at age 50, you can contribute a little bit more than if you are 49 and younger. So, starting at age 50, you can start to pad those a little bit more. If you’re able to save as much as you would like to, you can do a little bit more starting at age 50. At age 55, there’s ways to early retirement, setting up uh qualified employer plan, HSA catchup, uh at age 65. So, there’s ways to start income streams at age six at age 55 if you are retiring that early. age 59 and a half. If you are under the age of 59 and a half, traditionally you cannot withdraw from any retirement accounts like 401ks or traditional IAS or even Roth IAS to get the full benefit under age of 59. You have a 10% penalty in addition to any taxes that would be paid uh if you are under the age of 59 and a half. If that once you get that age, then you can take those out penalty-free. You’re still going to pay taxes on those traditional and 401k withdrawals, but you will not be paying that 10% penalty. Age 60, that’s the earliest that a widow or widowerower can start social security. If a spouse passes away, they’re uh you can normally it’s age 62. The next number that I’ll be talking I could would talk about is the earliest you can take social security is age 62. But if you are a widow or widowerower situation, then you can take it as early as 60. Age 65, that’s your plus or minus 3 months before usually typically a month or two, maybe even up to 3 months prior to your 65th birthday, you should be starting to apply. If you especially if you don’t have that work plan anymore, uh then you need to start applying for Medicare. That’s when it’s uh eligible. And that plus or minus three months, you can defer as late as three months without penalizing uh yourself. So uh you have that plus or minus three months. Age 67, that’s for many people the full social security age of getting your full benefit is either it’s between 66 and 67. The majority of people now based on where we are. Uh most people at that 66 range are getting into uh social security already. Age 70, that’s the maximum for social security. So 62 is the earliest you can take it. Age 70 is the latest you would take social security. If your full retirement age is 67 and you defer till 68 to take your social security, you’ll get an 8% increase if you defer it that year. If you wait a nut till age 69, you will get another 8% added on. And age 70, another 8% and it stops increasing. So there’s no reason to wait past age 70 to take your social security. And then finally, age 73 and 75. Those are the ages that you have to start taking out of retirement accounts. 401ks, traditional IAS, and the SE IAS, you have to start withdrawing. It’s called a required minimum distribution. Typically, when you are the age of currently at 73. If you are born 1960 or later, it’s age 75 will be that age. So, if you were 73 this year and let’s say you had a $100,000 IRA, you would have to take out roughly about 3,800. It’s about a little under 3.8% 8% is that first year, but that percentage that you have to take up take out goes up a little bit every year. So again, I’ll throw a little reminder that if you do have any questions, uh you can um you know, I’ll get to those at the end of the presentation. Uh taking aim at your retirement target. Rule of thumb number one, save enough to generate 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income. So if you’re making an income and you know some expenses might go away and maybe you can live on 70 to 90% of that, some of those costs that would potentially go down. Maybe your mortgage is paid off and you’re driving less because you’re not going back and forth to work. Maybe you’re buying less clothes and you’re not going out for lunches and things like that that you might have done when you were working. Uh so some of those costs that might go down, some of the costs that do go up, health care costs, uh travel, utilities, your home more, maybe using more heat, more air, more water. Uh so utilities could potentially go up and home maintenance. If you’re like myself, I’m sitting in my basement right now uh where I finished my own basement and I had a couple of contractors uh for for some help, but uh I’m a fix it guy around the house and I love to do those things and hopefully I’ll be continue to do that in retirement. Uh when I talk about health care, health care costs going up, uh some people are aware of what they’re really going to be paying for health care costs in retirement when we talk about Medicare. Traditionally, if you are a married filing joint couple and you are uh both on Medicare and maybe a supplemental insurance, what you’re going to be paying currently right now, it’s $22.90 each for your Medicare Part B. Your Medicare Part A you don’t have to pay for. That’s covered. A covers your hospital coverage. B is your doctor visits and you have to pay per for B. that comes out of your social security check or your social social security payment. And that so a little over $200 each if you have a supplemental plan each would be paying estimated about $200 for a supplemental plan. And then if you have prescript prescription drug coverage part D. So Medicare part D prescription coverage and that’s another 40 to 50 a month. So if we’re looking at Medicare part B at 200 each that’s 400 total. Your supplemental is another 400 total and then your so we’re we’re looking at about 800 and then your Medicare part uh part D is going to be another 100 total um you know for about 40 to 50 $40 to $50 each. We’re looking still at about a $900 healthc care coverage and that does not include medical I’m sorry it does include dental or eye coverage. So there might if there’s that need, there could be some a little bit more additional cost on there. So, but we’re still looking at, you know, kind of the minimum $900 a month for Medicare and supplemental coverage costs that will go away in retirement. You’re not paying into Social Security anymore if you don’t have a paycheck coming in. And retirement contributions um would be stopping. So, if you don’t have a paycheck, you’re not putting in a percentage of your salary into a 401k. So again, maybe you know with some of those costs going up, some going down or being eliminated, maybe you can live on 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income. Rule of thumb number two may save a multiple of your salary. Now some people will look at this and say maybe I’m way over that or maybe I’m not where I should be based on certain ages. You can see from 30 to 65 every 5 years. basically saying if you are this age based on a salary maybe you should have this much saved up right now. So if you’re 55 years old uh $100,000 salary you should have 600 to 800,000 saved. Now maybe you’re more than that maybe you’re less than that. Again that’s part of the planning that we do. Um it doesn’t mean that someone cannot retire. It depends on what you’re looking to accomplish. I’ve done many different retirement plans and some very wealthy and some getting by in uh in their working years. Some are paycheck to paycheck and can they still retire based on maybe what they’ve been able to save in a 401k or some other retirement accounts. So again, it’s a complimentary plan that I’ll be offering to you and uh so we’ll see what that what that means to uh some people. So again, here’s just some um rule of thumb numbers on here. So don’t read too um directly into those uh that depending on where you are. So rule of thumb number three, save enough to generate a 4% withdrawal rate. Statistically, it’s a very safe amount that you can start to draw from accounts and make sure that you don’t run out of money. So, what does that look like for 20 years? If someone wants to take out a 4% withdrawal rate and they want a desired income of 25,000 a year, if go back to the when we had very low interest rates, in this case, we’re looking at a 1.5% rate of return. someone very conservative go back when interest rates were much lower. They would have to fund $545,000 in something to earn that 1.5% on average to get 25,000 a year income. And this is also showing an increasing by a 2.5% a year for inflation. So this is increasing income. So but what if you got a 5% kind of where we are on some interest rates? I do have some interest rates available in some investment accounts that are earning a 5 plus% interest rates. So if based on that 545,000 that someone would need to save at 1.5% interest, if you earn more, you could fund less uh to get that same 25,000. Then you can see for generating 50,000 of income or even 100,000. So, this is something in addition to maybe social security or maybe some pension income that you could um you know get some higher income, but you would have to fund some type of an account to generate that income. So, sustainable withdrawal rates, how long will a portfolio last based on how much you withdraw? So, starting at the top is a 3% withdrawal rate and then four, five, six, seven, all the way up to 10. Obviously, the less you take out, the longer that will last. Uh, but this again is just looking at a stock and bond portfolio. It’s not a specific portfolio. This is just a hypothetical. Uh, so this is not it’s like a 60/40 stock, bond, cash uh, mix, but basically saying that if you take out little 3% that’ll last a good long time. If you want to take a much bigger percentage like 10% it could be gone within 10 years. And again why is that uh 10 years exactly? It’s around that range but again this is counting on increasing income as well at 2.5% a year for inflation. So, what you need to say for a 20 years of withdrawals based on a 3% rate of return to get 25,000 a year income, you would need 476,000 that will last for 20 years increasing by 2.5% a year for inflation. And oh, you would need 952,000 to fund 50,000. Uh 1.9 million to fund a 100,000. But what if you got much more return? you would be funding less. That 476 goes down to 370 or 365,000 to generate 25,000 a year plus 2 and 12% increases per year inflation. Uh so this is just an idea of how if you want to get income from your plan and this is one of the things when I do the retirement plan for example my wife and myself we have our desired income range. We know what we’re going to be getting as well estimated for social security at our desired ages and what I’m going to get, what my wife will get. What else would we like to do? We’re probably going to be doing a couple of months out of Illinois in the winter months uh to and we know that’ll be a little bit more expensive, but we’re built up a budget of what can we spend in retirement based on what we’ve saved, what income we have, social security and a very small pension, and what can we spend. So, we’ve worked up that plan for ourselves. Mass maximizing your nest egg. Take advantage of worksponsored plans. So, this we’re going to talk about a couple age 50 and one is an earnner of 150,000 a year and one is a volunteer with no uh earned income coming in. But what would they have the opportunity to save each year? Maybe they’re saying, “Okay, we’re age 50. We need to pump up our saving a little bit more. What’s their maximum that they could save in retirement accounts?” So when we look at like a 401k, let’s say that Mister in this case has a 401k and he can put in 24,500 a year typically. So we’re going to add that 24 thou,500 and he might get a company match of 4500. But if we go back to one of those screens earlier where it said how much can uh it’s called a catch-up contribution on one of those screens that we talked about and all those varying various ages of target uh ages that were on that page. Uh so in this case he is age 50 50 and over can put an additional 8,000 in a 401k. So he could put in his 24,500. He gets a company match of 4500 and he can put in an additional 8,000 to for that catch-up contribution. Then what if he wants to contribute to some type of an IRA, whether it’s a traditional IRA or a Roth IRA and we could see that his income here is 150,000, but the maximum for married income for a traditional IRA is 149,000. So, he’s not eligible to contribute to a traditional, but he can contribute to the Roth IRA because that income limit is 252,000. So, he can put 7500 plus the additional 1,100 for the ketchup contribution. Excuse me.

And what about the spouse? So, she’s not working. You have to have earned income to contribute to a 401k or a traditional IRA or a Roth IRA. You have to have earned income if you want to contribute to those. But she doesn’t have earned income, but she can because they’re married filing joint. She can use his income to make IRA contributions. So, she’s going to put in her 7500 plus an additional 1,100 because she is age 50. And what’s the grand total? 54,200 per year that they can do. So if they do that 54,200, bear with this screen one moment because it does say 51,000. This page did not get updated. This was previous numbers from previous year, but it’s updated to that 54,200. But the next page is going to be corrected again where if you could save 54,200 a year with growth at a 6% average rate of return. Again, not a specific investment. Just saying hypothetically, what if we had an investment that averaged 6% average rate of return for 15 years, about 1.3 million that they could save in that 15 years if they maxed out what they are able to do in retirement accounts. So, if you are in that age range and you’re thinking, man, I don’t know if we saved, you know, if we’re are we on pace, are we on the right track? uh there’s still room uh for uh to get some some of that money going. Getting a portfolio checkup. Again, if you do have questions, chat box, Q&A box, and type away, and I will get to those at the end of the presentation. I do know we have some questions there already. Uh getting a portfolio checkup. Uh how’s today’s job uh um jobs uh complicate retirement planning? The average worker, Wow, this is a big one. I don’t think I’m here at 12 times, but the average worker switches jobs 12 times. 63% of workers have access to defined contribution retirement plans. 401k, 403b, if you’re a government worker, 457. Um, and so there’s different types of plans that you can contribute to. 69% of plans have an automatic enrollment. What if you are a 6040 investor? Which what this means kind of a a moderate. You have stocks in your 401k, maybe some bond funds in your 401k. You’re not too aggressive but not too conservative. You’re that moderate 6040 mix. That’s maybe your goal to be that type of an investor. But what if you have some old 401ks out there and previous job one, you see it’s all blue. That’s basically that’s 100% stock. And then we have job two that is about 90% stock and the overall you might be way more aggressive than you think because your goal you’re only kind of paying attention to that current 401k. What if you have some other investments that you’re not keeping an eye on? Having a portfolio checkup is a huge thing that you should be doing. Making sure you know what you have. How are you invested? Are you too aggressive? too conservative and especially when it’s in an old 401k sometimes companies can make changes within the plan but you’re not working there anymore so maybe you’re not getting all the news on that 401k that maybe they’ve done some changes and that does happen within 401ks where they might remove funds maybe it’s something that you were invested in they remove it from the plan so if you don’t do anything it might just go through like a money market in that 401k and not earning as much. So again, getting a portfolio checkup. What do you do if you do have too much invested in stock? And so we’re going to look at a scenario here. So this is the person that has 900,000 saved for retirement. And their goal is to get to the million. And you got three years to go to retirement. You got three years, you’re almost there. And thinking that, okay, I’m at 900,000. If I just get an average of an 8% rate of return and that’s about 1.1 million, a little more. And so you’re saying, okay, that’s a doable thing. If I get 8% average rate of return, I hit my goal and then some. But in this case, we’re going to look at years 1999 and then 20201 and 2002. So we had three years in a row, if you remember that time period back then, uh where we had three years in a row of the stock market going down. It went down a total of about 50% on the S&P 500 over that three years. Quickly, what happened in that time period? The.com bust happened at the end of 99 going into 2000 or the internet bubble, however you want to term that, but basically tech stocks tanking, dragging the stock market down in 2000. And then 2001, we had 9/11 happened. So compounding on top of the.com bust and then 9/11 and the stock market. I remember the stock market was closed for about a week at that point. uh right very close to Wall Street and they shut the market down for a week and uh what a what a brutal time that was. And then at the end of uh 2001 going into 2002, if you remember a company called Enron going out of business, Enron, World uh um WorldCom, Tao, uh so there’s a few companies that there was corporate scandals going on. Arthur Anderson, the accounting firm, took a fall for some of these things, but uh you know, so we had the dotcom bust, 911, some corporate scandal things going on. Three years in a row, stock market going down. That portfolio in this case, 584,000 and uh and then you’re retiring. If you were more in a 50/50 portfolio, you would have had 871,000. And then when the markets did rebound, being a little bit uh you know more moderate, that 50/50 investor at that time rebounded faster than digging out of that big hole by being more aggressive. Think of when people start to get nervous about when the markets go down and we’ve had volatility even over the last months with the Iran uh uh war going on and many different things and people start to get nervous about the markets. Um, but uh this is in this case what you got three years to go. You got your 900,000 and you’re a 50/50 investor and now we’re looking at 2007208 where the we had the financial crisis going and the stock market tanking and this again is a 50/50 portfolio goes down to that 700,000 and then in this case this is the person that got too nervous and jumped out of the market and just went into safety. the tea bills here, but basically savings CD type of interest and so going back up. But then when the market did rebound, not fast, but quick enough that in this 50/50 portfolio, uh you would have rebounded by the time that retirement uh time period came for this person, that three-year time period. But if you were in T bills or savings CD type of investments and interest rates were pretty low for many many years and you still didn’t reach your goal because you got out of the market. So that’s one of those where are you invested? How should you be invested at your age, risk tolerance, time period that you’re looking to be investing and what is appropriate for you. part of that retirement plan or financial plan is something that you and I would work up together and see how should you be invested updating beneficiaries again very important you can see new spouse if there’s children or if you need a trust or or have a trust the new spouse situation I do know of a family that uh there was a husband wife three children husband wife get divorced husband at you know few years later, gets remarried. Fast forward about 15 to 20 years later, husband passed away. There was a $700,000 life insurance policy that the ex-wife was still named as the beneficiary. I believe it should have been the kids. Some are saying that it should have been the new wife. I don’t know. I know there was lawyers involved in that. However, that ended, but uh uh still had the ex-wife as the primary beneficiary. creating a social security strategy. So, we’ll dig into a little bit on social security, how what’s going on with that. We see this blue line in this green uh area in here. So, the blue line is below the green, meaning the money coming in was more than the money going out. That’s what was happening for years with social security. As baby boomers were getting into the workforce back then and getting into working, their funding, you know, their percent currently 6.2% of your paycheck goes into social security. If you work for a company, your company matches that 6.2%. So 12.4% of your income goes into social security. And that’s been going on for years that you’re you’re funding social security out of your paycheck and then money goes out. And then around 2020ish is that where that crossed over. There’s more money going out than there is coming in. As those baby boomers are retiring at record paces right now, there’s more people going out of the workforce than there is coming into the workforce. So, we’re starting to see this surplus, which is this big social security trust fund, couple trillion dollars in there, and it’s been building, building, building all these years. Now, it’s starting to decline a little bit. And it’s estimated by about 2033 2034 range that that could go to a zero balance. Now that doesn’t mean social security is done and gone but if nothing is done then people could take an estimated about a 20% cut in their social security that we it’s the assumption is that you know the paychecks in the future will cover about 80% of people on social security. So what are they going to do? Who knows what? I know it’s talked about all the time during uh elections, but doesn’t seem like much ever gets done. Uh one of the solutions is to raise the social security 6.2%. Increase that. Uh that would stretch it out much much much longer. Uh or tax higher income earners. Currently, if you make more than about 180,000, you stop putting into social security. So if you make 250,000 there’s about 70,000 of income for that person that is not taxed at the 6.2%. So are they going to raise that much higher 250 500 or all income? Uh that would assist in that too. So who knows what’s going to happen. Um the one of the things is they could take away this the cost of living increases in social security. Currently it’s you know average two two plus% on average per year increases. Are they going to take that away? Your full social security age is based on your year of birth. So right now we’re into that 1956. If you’re in there, you’re already reached a full retirement age. So 57, 58, 59, and age 60 or later is age 67. So you can see based on the birth year, there’s a couple of month difference on each of those years. Uh so depending where your birth year is, you can be determined if you have not done so already and you don’t know what you’re going to get in social security because if you and I do have that conversation on a retirement plan, that’s an important part of your retirement and we need to know what you’re going to be getting in Social Security. If you haven’t done so yet, ssa.gov will get you there. There’s a couple of things you’ll kind of navigate through, but that’ll get you started to see what is your benefit going to be for social security based on your full retirement age, based on these years of birth. If you want to take it as early as 62, you could find out what your number is. If you want to wait till age 67, you can find out what your number is. So, you can start to get a gauge of when do you want to take Social Security based on how much you’re going to get. These are the maximum benefits actually that we’re seeing on here. So currently at age 62, the most someone can earn at age 62 is 29.69 a month all the way to age 70 at 51.81 a month. And you can see all the ages in between here. Now the averages much less than that. So when we look at uh um you know the average is a little bit more than half of what the maximums are. So you might have some high income earners, you might say have lower income earners. Your social security income is based on your highest 35 years of working, not your last 3, your last 35 or the first 35, it’s your highest 35. And just for reference, if you took some years off, maybe you raised children, uh, or for whatever reason, you did not have earned income in some years. Let’s say you had 30 years of income. You have 30 numbers and you have five zeros. That bring your your your average down a little bit. Let’s say you work a 31st year, so 31 years of working and four zeros. So every year you work, you knock a zero off or potentially a lower number. Myself when I was 16, 17, 18, 19, you know, going through school, I was not making big income. So hopefully those are not part of my calculation. Um, so but every year I work and make a higher income than pre, you know, those old younger years, then uh my average kind of creeps up and I can see what my estimated uh income is going to be. income replaced by social security. So basically what this is saying is that if you are getting social security at an average amount and you want to get let’s say 50,000, you want to have 50,000 of income, your social security is covering about 50% of that. Where do you get the rest from? If you want to make 200,000 a year, social security is a much smaller percentage of that. So, um you need to come up with other investment or withdraw opportunities from other accounts or maybe you have a pension too. But again, social security based on the amount that you’re looking to spend each year, what type of income you’re looking for and how much social security you’re going to get, how much do you need to fund yourself? Building a retirement income stream. Uh so living off of income generating investments. So go back to when we had very low interest rates covid year right after 20 uh 2122 we had very low interest rates until the high inflation hit and then we had much higher interest rates but this is looking at what money markets and there were money markets I know some big banks pay actually currently less than this uh on this 22% and basically this is a $500,000 investment what type monthly income can someone get based on these very low interest rates? Not a whole lot of income. And if you’re looking for other interest rate things like bonds, things that pay interest, um if you put a little bit more risk on there, then you can get higher yields and higher income. sell 500,000 getting in a high yield bond getting 6.57% you’re looking at 2700 per month in income based on that 500,000 investment versus putting it in your mattress basically or in this money market getting $93 per month income. Uh so we’re get we’re not quite at the end here but we’re getting a little closer. So just again questions type away and I will get to those at the end of the presentation. Uh systematic withdrawals. What if you just have an investment account that you want to just draw from and this again is this is a let’s say a stock account. So you have a stock XYZ stock. This is just a generic thing. No no no specific investment. Uh, let’s say the share price is $5 a share and you have a h 100,000 shares for that $500,000 investment and you want to generate $1,500 a month income from your investment account. What do you have to do? You have to sell shares each month. So, in January, the price is at $6 a share. It went up. So, you need to sell 250 shares to get $1,500 based at $6 a share. What if that stock price goes down to $4 and now you have to sell more shares to get that same 1,500? So, are you looking for interest? Are you looking to sell some type of investment? Or where are you going to get your income from? So, if you have income producing bonds and things like that, you’re not taking from your savings, but you have fluctuations in the interest rates. Uh sometimes sometimes those interest rates could go up, they could go down, and it’s out of your control. If you’re doing just a systematic withdrawal, you have very consistent income, that $1,500 in that example per month income. The questionable part is you might be taking from your principal, your balance might be going down. Looking beyond the money. So as we look at uh retirement looking beyond the money basically a happiness curve when we’re younger when we’re more happier less responsibility as we get more and more responsibility with children and saving and doing things and the happiness curve goes down and then in the retirement years the happiness curve starts to go back up again. So where are you on your level of happiness? Uh when we look at health, friendship and your family, eeky guy, excuse me, Japanese term, something to live for, what you love, what the world needs, what you get paid for, and what are you good at? All combination of your eeky guy. Are you contributing to a cause, visiting family and friends, pursuing hobbies in retirement, traveling, starting a business, going back to school? I have a cousin that uh she is 67 and just graduated. She got her uh like a master’s uh uh degree and just in her 60s, went back to school. Never too late on some of these ages. Look at Peter Roier invented the thesaurus at age 73. Colonel Sanders KFC 65, triathlete at age 82. Uh look at started painting. Grandma Moses at age 76 and could you imagine climbing Mount Everest at age 80. I know that’s something that’s not on my bucket list. So retirement is wonderful if you have two essentials. Much much to live on and much to live for. Determine when the time is right. Take aim at your retirement target. Maximizing your nest egg. Getting a portfolio checkup. Again, part of that retirement plan that I can offer. And uh a portfolio checkup is a big part of that. Create a social security strategy. That’s another big part of the plan. When should you take your social security based on varying factors? Uh build a retirement income stream. And then again looking beyond the money. I would love to work with you on these types of things and hopefully you and I will have that. I’ll be putting up the survey here very shortly. Here’s some of the things that I do. Financial planning. The left side talks a lot about the uh the planning, estate planning, complete financial plan, retirement planning, and looking at all your different sources of income and savings that you have. And then on the right side, different types of investment products that I do offer and full financial services that uh that I do offer. Um whether you want to be very conservative or much more aggressive, we have wonderful products and services available for you that I would love to work with you on as I go through here. So you see my contact information up here. I’m going to be going through some questions and then uh I’m going to put up the survey here while I’m doing those questions. So you are able to um I’m going to put that up right now. And so if you would like to have a one-on-one conversation, please select yes on here and we can schedule a time to get together or Zoom where however we do that. Start even by phone if you wish. But hopefully you see that uh survey up on the screen right now. You also see on the screen the um make an appointment with Joe. You see the QR code. If you have your phone handy, you can put uh um you can just aim your camera on there and it’ll bring up just tap on the yellow thing that comes up and you’ll have access to my calendar and um you can just schedule it at your convenience, but that you can do that right now if you so choose. Okay, let me go through some questions here. Um so, what about pension? I think that came up during the varying ages. Some pensions can be as early as age 55. Um, I have a current one from I used to work for a grocery chain if you’re here in the Chicago area, Dominic’s way back when, and I was in the union long enough to get a small pension. Uh, I’m able to get my full pension on that at age 60. So now, typically age 55 is the earliest for for many of those types of pensions, but it could be dependent on your plan as well. So, what about pension plans as far as when can you take them? Uh, typically 55. Mine is age 60. Some companies might make you wait till age 65 to take that age, uh, 60 and still working. And no, um, uh, can I go 100% in the Roth 401k? Uh, yeah, you can. If you want to put 100% of your 401k in Roth or the regular traditional 401k or put 50/50 6040, you can mix and match it any way you want. But if you if it works in your um tax budget, I’ll call it. Uh many people do the regular 401k so they get the deduction so they don’t have to pay taxes, especially if you have someone has higher income. They’re trying to get their tax bracket as low as possible. that person would be contributing to the regular 401k to get their income down. If uh some people say well it’s okay we have our other deductions or however that might work and someone might want to just contribute or max out the all in a Roth 401k. Yes, you can. Uh I would like a comprehensive plan looking at two years to retirement. I got your info on there. Hopefully you did select yes already. Uh but absolutely we can uh have that discussion. Um, what happens to social security income amounts if I decide to work part-time after your full retirement age and already receiving social security? So, yeah, you can work. So, if you wait till your full retirement age um, and you want to continue to work, you can be on social security, you can work as and earn as much as you want as long as it’s after your full retirement age. And how does that affect your social security income? If you are currently on social security, currently working and you have higher income, if it knocks off a a lower income year, your potential, your income can increase. It won’t go down, but it can increase if you are knocking off lower income years. So, that’s certainly something that uh you know, if you want to work and maybe just work part-time, it might not increase your social security income. if it’s just part-time, lower income. But yes, you certainly can do that. If I retire at 57, but wait till 67 to take Social Security, will I get the full amount or uh uh that I would have gotten if I worked until 67? Uh maybe, maybe not. So, here’s what that is. Your full Social Security is uh generally finalized at your age 62. So, when you get your social security number at age 57 and you uh stop working, social security has the assumption that you’re going to work until 62. So, when you see your number, it’s possible that it could be lower because you did not work until age 62, unless you had 35 years of higher income. So, I’m not saying it will be lower, but it could be uh because your final number is calculated at 62. Uh when do you start adjusting a portfolio prior to retirement, 10 years or 5 years? Um always want to make sure based on what is your risk tolerance, what is the time period that you’re looking to invest? Uh and what’s the goal that you’re trying to accomplish. So, some people will say, uh yeah, I’m 65, but I’m still more aggressive. I have risk tolerance. I think if I lost a little bit of balance, I think I’m still okay. Some people will still have that tolerance. I have many people here at the credit union, we have many conservative people that if someone says, “Here Joe, I have 100,000 for you to please invest it.” But if this goes down to 99,999 or lower, I don’t sleep at night. So, I need something guaranteed. So, uh, riskreward, time period, what is your So, hopefully you’re a yes on there and we will have that conversation about how you should be invested. Okay, I think that was Let me see if anything else has popped up here and I don’t see any other questions. Um, that’s it. That’s all the questions that I have. I’m a couple minutes early. I’ll just wait just another minute or so just to see if anything else comes up. Again, I look forward to speaking with you one on- one. Thank you so much for your time and have a great rest of the evening. We’ll hopefully talk to you soon. Thank you. Bye-bye.

July 4, 2026
07/02/2026 – Content Growth Engine

Great barbecue there. Good stuff. Fun times. Hello, this is Kyle from Phoenix. What’s up, Kyle? Rob, North Carolina. Caprice, Maryland. Peter, hello. J Philly. Brian, Maryland. Uh, Maria, New York City. Steve, central California. Andrew, Indianapolis. Francisco, Chicago. Robert, Seattle, Washington. John, Minnesota. Uh, Angela, uh, Pennsylvania, Teresa, California, Erica, Los Angeles, Butch, upstate South Carolina, uh, Gary Malaysia. Nice. Good morning, Gary. Uh, Janice Latvia, Nathan from Chattanooga. Nice. Mikey Woodbury, uh, Minnesota. Very cool. All right, guys. How about this one? What is the number one reason that you are at this live training today? What’s the number one reason uh that you came to this live training today? Uh go ahead and comment that in the chat. And yeah, we’ve got uh South Sedan, Chicago, Orcondo, Ireland. Nice. California. Pla, not sure what that is. John, Philippines, nice. Heather, California. Maline, Florida. Uh, Chris from Puerto Rico. Sonia, Georgia, Northern Kentucky. Hadam Egypt. Eugene, Oregon, Australia. An Oregon man. Or or Sharon, Oregon woman. Uh, Australia. Brisbane, Australia. Nice. Good morning, Scott. Good morning, Praep. Awesome. Okay. Uh, Reno, Nevada. I used to live in Nevada for a long time. Actually, two different times in my life. I lived in Nevada. I lived in Crescent Valley, Nevada. Very, very small town. Close to Reno, too. Close to Reno’s. It It was close to that uh one city that has the Polar Bear um hotel. Is that Reno?

Too tired. Yeah, I’m too too tired to know. I’m going to be flying out to Japan here. Uh, it’s going to be a very long day for me.

Um, let’s see. Uh, yeah, I totally forgot. Yeah, I think it’s I think it’s Reno, actually. Yeah, the polar bear one. Okay. Anyways,

we’ve got I’m scrolling down to the the answers. Knowledge from David. Uh Valyria, take action with confidence. Awesome. Eric Stone, education. Steve, start a business. Kevin views. Karina, I want to use AI to expand my business. Nancy to learn. Sonia, autonomy. Hector, learn and earn. Alana, thank you. Christopher, knowledge. Francisco, education. Jennifer, leave my nineto-5 entrepreneur. Awesome. Dan Cronin, I’d like to learn how to make money on the internet. Frederick, generate revenue. Kevin, views. Victoria, you keep popping up on my calendar every day. How do you How do you do that? U you could always take yourself off of it if you don’t if you don’t want to. You just all you have to do is just delete yourself off the calendar. We we don’t we don’t uh redo it if you if you do that. But yeah, if you if you don’t delete it off there, we’ll we’ll keep popping up. Um it’s a it’s a every I think every um three 3 to 4 days uh Zoom thing. Um Chip, I’ve been using Chat GBT niche repository assistance for a week and it’s been huge help. So much that I have questions about renaming my channel, starting a new one or questions. Oh, nice. Awesome, Chip. Cool. Well, maybe we can help you with that today. Matt, to learn how to be successful on YouTube. Uh, Amy, been thinking about starting YouTube for a long time. Just have no clue how. Got you, Amy. Dra, San Miguel, Elinde, Mexico. Nice. Kyle, becoming a better and more successful content creator. Cindy, earn enough to retire. Christopher, I’ve tried several things on YouTube, but find it hard to find success. Want to leverage AI and find that? Awesome. Terry, learn how to start a YouTube channel from scratch, aka YouTube for dummies. Nice. George, making money with my YouTube channel. Pamela, want to retire early. Awesome. John, job loss. Andrew, uh, several hopefully niche ideas. I’d like to monetize and quit the day job. Provide revenue stream that lasts me for my daughter. Oh, that’s awesome, Andrew. Love to hear that. Um, well, uh, also guys, what is the number one problem that you’re having when it comes to YouTube as well? While I’m getting set up here, go ahead and comment that as well. Um,

awesome. Okay, Erica, I’m a burnt out um I’m a burnt out ICU nurse who wants more freedom. Got it, Erica. Totally understand. Totally understand. Nathan, taking my YouTube from zero to as big as I can get it. Um, awesome, Nathan. Janice, learn how to dot dot dot 4. Megan, excited to learn how to use Claude to build a channel. Awesome, Megan. Rob, learn how to generate revenue. Robert, education and potential review. Stephanie, Texas, Sonia, autonomy. Matt, also lost my job. I’m sorry to hear that, Matt. Um, sure. Sherolene, Phoenix, Arizona. Andrew, Port St. Lucy, Florida. Nice. Port St. Lucy. Nice. Okay. Uh, had him shift career. My goal is to hit 2K plus monthly for my family. As my family as I have times two kids, so I used to do some fast business, but not constant and stable like YouTube. So, I decided to move to it. Okay. Awesome. Hopefully we can uh help you uh get that started. Bill forced retirement looking for new challenges. Awesome. Debbie, my retirement savings were wiped out during co. Oh, I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry. The uh uh I was taking care of my sick dying parents trying to make it back to living comfortably off of my social security. Got it, Debbie. Teresa, to win back my son and stand up for father rights and expungement, help parents win in life. Oh, okay. Nice. Um, Solomon, learn something for the future, Bobby. Yeah. Yeah, it’s it’s it’s niches like that that are really underserved on YouTube, I’d say. Yeah, niches like that are super super underserved. Okay, awesome. Good stuff, guys. Uh, way too many answers. I appreciate you guys. Way too many answers for me to go over uh all of them uh this time, but I I appreciate all the uh answers. Let me go ahead and But we we always go over them afterwards, of course. And um always uh keep those in mind uh whenever um I don’t know why that’s there. Okay. Always keep that in mind uh whenever um uh uh whenever we uh uh make stuff in the future. Sometimes we use it to make videos as well. So if you guys have questions we can’t cover it, we’ll we’ll make a video on it. So okay, awesome. So, you should be seeing the screen right now. It should say how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow this one simple rule. So, why you’re here today, guys, um go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. Okay? So, um it should be on the bottom right of the screen. And the first one is going to be views. Do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about getting more views.

All right.

Okay. I’m seeing a good amount of thumbs up. Seeing a good amount of thumbs up, but I think my audience knows me pretty well. Um, how about this second one? Making money. Give the thumbs up if you’re excited about that. Okay. There we go. There we go. Awesome. Okay, so you guys have seen my videos before. Getting views is good, but it’s not the whole thing, right? You you really want to make money, right? That’s that’s the whole point of starting a YouTube business, right? Because you the views don’t really matter that much if you you could be getting millions of views and not making money. I’m actually going to show an example of that. Uh but how about this third one here, which is having an impact, right? Basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. Go ahead and do the thumbs up for that one.

All right. Yeah, that one I’d say probably got the most out of the three of them. So, good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. Yeah. So, basically, if you take care of this third one, if you have an impact, which basically is just educating people, solving people’s problems or helping them solve their problems, the views and the money are just going to take care of themselves, right? So, if you just give a lot of value, help people solve their problems, make educational content, the views and the money are going to take care of themselves. and and you guys are definitely the type of people I want to work with. So, good. I always ask this question just to gauge, you know, how much the audience kind of knows about my philosophies and stuff. But we will of course give get away uh get into the uh education versus entertainment stuff and all that. Okay. So, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. Uh at the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro, both the chatbt and the new Claude AI version. Of course, Claude just came out with uh their their newest one, which is Fable. Uh and it is pretty powerful. I like it. I really like it. Um so you’ll be able to use the Claude AI version with that. Um and uh this is the newest version yet. It’s a massive upgrade over anything that we’ve put out before. And you’ll also get $64,497 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, YouTube is building for families in Turkey and across uh the Middle East, uh new kid accounts, content settings by age, uh a whole safe setup for parents and their kids. Um now, think about why this matters, right? YouTube is um expanding into entire new regions, uh building out the platform for families for the long haul. And that’s what a platform does when it’s taking over the world, right? Every time YouTube moves into a new market, millions of brand new viewers come online and these are people who’ve never used it the way that we do. And now uh they’re on it every single day. And here’s what that means for you. The audience isn’t shrinking. It’s growing and it’s growing fast. More people watching means more people searching for answers and more people looking for someone to teach them, help them, and guide them. And that someone can be you. So YouTube is expanding internationally. They’re also expanding to local markets as well. So, they’re starting to serve local markets. Um, it used to be that if you had kind of like a local business, it was pretty hard to reach people on YouTube. And they are starting to cater to that. They’re starting to make it easier and easier to reach people, which is great. So, yeah, YouTube is expanding horizontally all over the world, but they’re also expanding in terms of serving their existing audience even better. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. Okay? They end up burnt out. They end up uh overthinking. They end up stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income. And then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. So if you’re here watching this now, you’re already ahead of the majority of people. Additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze and they get lost and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that are having uh that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel, right? the the gear doesn’t matter that much, right? And that’s the maze. That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. Just like this, right? I’ll I’ll kind of outline it a little bit. Zero mistakes, right? fastest way you can get from start to finish. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. You’re basically just going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route. The fastest way to get from point A to point B, we learned from a young age, is a straight line. So, what if I showed you a way to do just that? skip the maze completely and just go straight from start to finish, straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here really quickly, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely trying to give you bad advice. A lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that, right? Cuz there there’s honestly a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to almost anything else later on down the line. And that’s why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have this the straight line for you today so you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. And uh these are the newest stats that just came out. And before they said YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034, right? And then after uh they said it was uh it’s going to be worth about 1.6 trillion by 2034. This is about 6 months later they updated it. Right? So within a 6-month time span they updated it by almost 60% more than what they were saying. Um and that’s pretty pretty fast. And then by 2035 it’s growing at uh to two trillion. Right? So it’s really uh growing much faster than the experts even expected. It’s an unprecedented rate of growth. And just look at this going up and up and up while so many other things are going down, right? It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out tens of billions of dollars every single year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that’s keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. Seriously, we’ve helped online businesses, of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it, want to crush it even harder, people that own software companies or SASS, location specific uh entrepreneurs and and business owners, people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners and even people with disabilities do this, right? We’re going to talk about one of those later on. And this works for almost any niche and almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. So here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all, by the way. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income. He basically went on a podcast tour last year. He went around and and on a bunch of different podcasts, and he revealed that even though he has 4 million subscribers, he’s only making about $3,700 a month, which is about $44,000 a year, and it’s less than the average income for an American. So, he is one of the hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. um uh you know 4 million subscribers, right? He was promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money, right? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. I work with people who get a 100 to 200 views per video and they’re making millions of dollars a year on YouTube, right? But there’s also people who get a lot of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first. You need to be really good at editing or any of these types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living because an example of a total beginner is my own brother Zach. So he is uh basically you know he spent 30 years in the trades. He’s an HVAC. So that’s heating, ventilation, and air conditioning, right? Okay. So we’ve got uh it’s moving so fast here. It uh from Orlando, Justin, truck driver. Hadam software engineer. Bobby cyber security administrator. Awesome. Okay. Uh, Troy, youth pastor and missionary. Uh, Nammen, physician.

Tim, delivery driver, photographer. Dra, UX designer, pivoting into cyber security. Nice. Estoes, channel operations manager. Yeah, we’ve had a lot of successful people in cyber security, IT, a lot of different technical related careers, a lot of medical careers as well, business careers, um financial careers like, uh accountant, um uh finance, etc. Um awesome. Channel operations manager, race mechanics, truck driver, um retired engineer. Are you a YouTube channel operations manager, Dolores?

Um, okay. Daniel, retired engineer. Karina, we have a dumpster and Christmas light business. Awesome. Karina, sped teacher. Kyle, pastor. Abraham, notary public. Solomon, IT student. Clint, electrical engineer. Yeah, we’ve got a lot of engineers as well. Many engineers have joined. Uh, IT security analyst. Doug, security engineer. Dennis, union rep. Marie, 3D modeling modeling. Um, other Marie, realtor and wholesaler. We’ve had a lot of realtors join lately as well. That’s one of the examples of the local markets that’s working extremely well uh is the realtors. Um travel agent and IT manager. Debbie retired highle executive assistant. Awesome. Debbie. Oh yeah, you guys are the best. We love executive assistants. Gary retired former IT executive. Amy, I work in arts administration. Steve, financial services. Awesome. Director HRIS psychiatric nurse practitioner. Yeah. So, we’ve got a lot of business owners here. We’ve got a lot of highlevel professionals here. Um, and that’s yeah, those are the types of people we we typically attract um to to these these live trainings. So, let me let me talk about my brother. So, he’s an example of kind of a highlevel professional, right? He’s been in the trades for 30 years, HVAC business owner, small business owner. Um, just has like a couple employees basically. And first of all, for uh context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. Okay? Okay. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother in Seth, right? Because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? Like I said, and he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just do a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old. Um, all these excuses started popping in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up, got 800,000 views, and less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That’s a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And I just want to like pause here for a moment so just you you can understand the gravity of the situation here. Um I took I took a random 50-year-old in my family who’s not techsavvy, isn’t never made a video in his life, not particularly artistic, charismatic, no advantages, right? And I blew up his channel in less than one month. Okay? I went he went from zero, never making a dollar outside of his career uh to full-time income online in in less than a month. Right? That’s why I’m so confident in this system. I I know that it works really well. I’m very confident in the system because I, you know, I’m so confident that I just took a random 50-year-old in my family and and used it on them and it and it worked immediately, right? And update on Zach. Uh he had an $18,000 month to finish out his first year. This was just last month. uh 18 thou over $18,000 month. So that’s his record month. Um and uh yeah, he’s making a lot of money from affiliate marketing. So he’s not just making money from AdSense. And uh yeah, I mean, he finished out his first year. He’s crushing it. He’s loving it. He’s spending 4 hours a week or less on his channel. He he never spent more than 4 hours a week on his channel the entire year. You know, he’s pretty busy, right? He’s a business owner. He’s also a realtor as well, so he’s got his real estate license as well. Uh so he’s busy with that. and he’s got a pretty good social life. Um, and yeah, so he can only spend about four hours a week, but and he’s he’s actually planning on selling his business, too. So, um, his his HVAC business because, you know, he he kind of likes YouTube better. So, but that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There’s a lot of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a h 100red times more than what you make from AdSense. So, this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator, you want to use YouTube automation. So, an example of that is Whiz. Now, typically we don’t recommend that people do faceless content just because um you know, anonymous faceless content just because there’s so many advantages to having a personal brand, right? We’ll kind of talk about all those advantages a little bit later on, but I mean you when you become known as an authority in your niche, you just have an unfair advantage over everybody else. I mean, if you think about it, the only reason why, you know, clothing brands, for instance, are so like certain clothing brands can charge a h 100red times more than other clothing brands is because of their brand, right? Their personal brand or or or in their case, the brand. But most of the clothing brands, they’re named after the person who started it. So, it’s a personal brand. And that’s the reason why they can charge 100 times more. The material is exactly the same. They’re usually made in the same place. It’s just the brand. That’s it. Right? And so if you don’t see the advantage of having a personal brand, I don’t know what to tell you. With that being said, if you really want to do a faceless channel, you can do that. So, uh, the way you want to do it is kind of similar to Whiz of Ecom. You need to pick like a cartoon character that represents you. And um, you want to use your your real voice and pick a cartoon character. That’s exactly what Whiz did. Uh, he got to seven figures a year just doing content like this, right? Then later on, he kind of realized like, yeah, I should probably just do a personal brand. It’s way better. and he switched to a personal brand, right? So, uh, he revealed his face. This is his handsome face right there. And, uh, he’s doing even better now. Now he’s doing multiple seven figures a year, crushing it even harder. Okay. Um, but with that being said, he was able to scale an agency with Faceless Content to seven figures a year, which is pretty epic. Now, um, it’s, uh, uh, again, I I recommend just showing your face because there’s so many advantages. That’s why people go on YouTube is cuz they want to connect with other people. So, you might as well just show your face cuz that’s exactly what people want from YouTube. That’s the reason why they turn YouTube on and not like Netflix or TV is cuz they want to connect with other people, right? Um, this is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. An example of that would be Davis. So, Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he’s making 100K per month. So, basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies. He’s spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies. So just one YouTube channel and just one company. And that is obviously not sustainable. But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. And he has other people recording the videos. And now he spends zero hours a week on his channel. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he’s spending zero hours a week. So, if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you, and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. We help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of that, and this is this is the power of personal branding beyond just making money, right? So Josh basically started making really uh useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry and he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month on his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are part of f Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world. where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually people that do get in have to apply for years before they get accepted to these jobs. But the companies were literally reaching out to him because of his YouTube channel and his personal brand. So he got an offer from several different fang companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan. He was working a remote job, making multiple six figures a year, and just living his dream life. That was literally his dream job. But then the YouTube channel kept going. He got to 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, then 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled it all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. And I like his example because it goes over every single stage. just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month. Um, you know, even though he’s just working part-time, and then scaling his business all the way up to 186,000 in a single month using my strategies, right? So, it shows every single phase and how having a YouTube channel is basically a cheat code in all of those different phases. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s that easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people who try to start on YouTube absolutely do fail. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you need to show your face and have a fancy camera and have the best set and uh, you know, the best lenses and the best lighting and uh, the best editing, etc., etc. Number three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And number four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Helmus the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made well before we even got to a,000 subscribers as well. So, these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soon-to-be trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast.

First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-harmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. Um, I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. Just from absolute scratch, right? Not like businesses that were already crushing it, but from absolute scratch. I’ve helped countless businesses that were already uh either had a big YouTube channel or already crushing it uh get to 100K per month or more. and I’ve helped hundreds of people at this point uh make full-time incomes from YouTube. Okay. I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. So, uh here’s a company that I work with just as an example, Course Careers, and they like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because they gave that much value to the company and they were able to over 30x the amount the amount of money that they made, right? uh we were able to help them 30x the amount of money that they made from the first time that we started working with them. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one reason I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story here. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. Um I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. Um, this is the exact Salvation Army that I lived in in Lawrence, Kansas for about 6 months. And uh, I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I got a doctorate and I got a really good job, right? I became a pharmacist. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to do that. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt, which is all too common uh, in the modern day, right? And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have a lot of money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. So, I was, you know, terrified, right, going to work sometimes, right? So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how burnt out, how anxious I was uh in this situation. And on top of everything else, I was in literally in fear of my physical safety, too. So, this is one of the videos of us getting robbed right here. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money, right? Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, uh, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. Here’s one of them that I tried just as an example, the booty kit. It’s basically an atome workout thing so that you can work out your booty. And I pretty much failed at almost all of them. I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things. But, as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store or without anybody knowing that you exist. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, you know, at that time, I was living in a entrepreneur house with about seven guys to try to save money on rent. And one of the guys who moved in uh from Lebanon, his name was Sam. And he basically started a wedding photography business where he barely even knew English. And I watched him grow this business. And he started a YouTube channel where he was making about 10 to $20,000 a month with a very small YouTube channel of less than 10,000 subscribers. and he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And uh before this, you know, I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers who had a lot of followers and subscribers, but they weren’t making any money. And so I was like, Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a tiny channel? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like, right? He showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel like 10 to 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year, sometimes multiple seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can make uh you can get, you know, a couple hundred views and make like $10,000 from a video. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about. And so, basically, I started posting videos. Just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I know how to get views with the best of them. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video. And it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it made about $30,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. Um, every single month we have at least a few videos like that, right? Um, and there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. So, that’s kind of the secret, right? So, here’s one example. I I’ve used this one before, but the most useless degrees. This one got 4.3 million views over 6 years. Took 6 years to get there. Made about $31,000. Right? This one right here, top 10 richest YouTubers in the world, new number one reveal, got 8.8,000 views. Took about 6 months to get those 8.8,000 8,000 views and it made about $48,000 total. Right? So, the secret is it’s way easier for me to reproduce the video that only had to get 8,000 views to make $48,000 than for me to reproduce a video that had to get 4.3 million views to make $31,000 over a 6-year period. Right? So, this one by the time it gets to 6 years, it’ll probably have made at least double this amount. Right? because these videos sit there and they get more views and they and they get you more subscribers and they make you more money over time. We’ve gotten sales from videos that we posted over 5 years ago, which is pretty nuts. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made around two plus years ago, right? So, uh this was about three Septembers ago. I made about 283,000. So at this particular time I was I had a career business like a career certification type business where I would help people get into high demand jobs and I used YouTube to send people to that career certification business and you know that was a multiple seven figure a year business. It was a great business and we still run the business as well to this day. Um and yeah I got to multiple seven figures a year doing that. Then uh one year later uh this is uh and this was by by the way the reason I chose this time is because this is right before I started actually coaching other people how to do YouTube, teaching YouTube and and doing agency work for YouTube, right? Uh then about one year later I was about 3 325,000. So it didn’t go up that much, right? 325,000 one year later. But then one year after that I I made $1 million in a single month. Now I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube. But me, I actually start a successful YouTube channel that had nothing to do with YouTube and you and business, right, that was getting all of its leads from YouTube before I ever started teaching other people how to do it. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the frame uh famous crossing square. I’m actually flying out to Tokyo tonight, so I’ll be back there uh very soon. This is kind of like the the famous Tokyo cabs. They have a very distinct look. Uh this is a picture of me in Singapore. And this is me in the San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia whale watching. So, um, you know, I I just just to be very clear, uh, I, you know, I only have to work four hours a week. Now, I choose to work more than that sometimes because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people as well. So, I choose to work more than that, but I only have to work 4 hours a week. And in many cases, I’ve actually gone as much as 2 months at a time without working at all, spending zero hours on my business. So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want and my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me, right? Cuz I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and I would post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people, right? Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I’d do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought maybe it works for my me my niche uh but it wouldn’t work for other people’s niches, right? Uh, so I turned them down and I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day a good friend of mine who was also on YouTube messaged me saying that he was financially struggling. I was assuming that he was making more money uh cuz cuz he had a great YouTube channel but he was financially struggling and I was like, “All right, you know what? If I’m going to help my friend, I might as well help everyone else, right? Because it’s really not that hard to coach, you know, a group of people versus just coaching one person.” And so I decided to uh I so I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them. And it was a very diverse set of people. a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on. The point is, they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working for my YouTube channel. Same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different, right? They all have the same underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking here and there. And the crazy thing is, every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And the thing that made me feel so happy and that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel. There’s millions of niches and and tens of millions of subniches out there. Um, and I can only serve a couple like a few of them, right? Um, so I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And the best thing is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, we got about $24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views typically. Uh, so if I started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between, you know, like kind of a Mr. Beast style entertainment channel. I would have made somewhere with 24,000 views at $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. Somewhere between $24 to $73. Not that great, right? Let’s say I started a typical mass market education channel, right? So, kind of like a science pop quiz channel, just talking about random science topics or something like that or history or something like that. um that type of channel definitely better, right? About 10 times better, you know, 10 to 20 times better if you if you do the math there. So with 24,000 views times $20 per 1,000 views, it would have made about $484, right? So still like 10 to 20 times better. Um but still not really full-time income. But with my second channel, with niche educational content, uh, and monetizing properly, $24,000 views, $1,700 per 1,000 views, that channel made $42,000. And I think it’s really important to kind of note this because the truth is, guys, there’s only so many eyeballs in the world, right? There’s about 8 billion people in the world. 2 billion of them are already on YouTube watching it on a day-to-day basis. So, and almost everybody in first world countries are watching YouTube already. So, essentially like 90% of the population is already watching YouTube, especially high earners, people that actually have disposable income, they’re on YouTube already. And so, there’s only so many eyeballs you can get in the world. And so, instead of just trying to get more eyeballs and competing with Mr. Beast to try to get more views, it’s much smarter to just serve the views that you can already get on a deeper level and help them more. And because of that, you’ll make more money, right? That’s that’s the smarter play here. Uh that’s the smarter move to make. So with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making more money, but you know, there’s a different type of educational content that’s just way better, and that’s niche educational content where you’re properly monetizing your channel. So now you can do uh you know, one thing I’ll say is you can do mass market education channel and properly monetize your content. So, I’ll I’ll tell you right now, like on this channel, I started off niche on this channel right here that has 1.5 million subscribers. 100% I started off very niche on this channel, but I’m a bit ADHD. I’m a bit scatterbrained. I like to talk about a lot of different topics. And so, on this channel, it is a bit more of a mass market channel where I talk about a lot of different topics. I probably would do a lot better if I just stuck with one topic, but I I talk about whatever I want, you know, and that’s that’s just a personal decision. And on this channel, I’m still making about $400 per 1,000 views. So, it’s still about 20 times more than a typical education channel. So, it still makes a ton of money. Uh, but you can make way more money if you do niche education content and probably just stick with that. Um, but with that being said, if you want to pivot to something else in the future, you build your channel in a particular way, you can do that, right? So, I recommend most people start off with niche educational channel um, and just start off talking about a very niche subject at first and serving a very niche object uh, audience at first, right? And I’m going to get into that here in a moment. um uh how how you can pivot because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set up your channel with the hyper personal brand method um which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. So let let me give you an example of a niche education uh channel first, right? So this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 36 to $100,000 a month on his channel according to view stats and that is just from AdSense alone. So if he’s properly monetizing, he’s easily making far more than that. So, let’s be hyper conservative here and say he’s making $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. So, that’s even less than the $20, right? Uh, he’s probably at that amount making about 136 to 250,000 a month from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days, right? It says right here, 62 days. Uh, and he’s still making that much passively from this channel. So, this is truly passive income. He hasn’t uploaded a single video in over 2 months. And that is because he has been uploading these videos for a very long time. And each video he uploads is like a little soldier that’s only job is to go out, get him views, get him subscribers, and make him money. Uh it it never complains. It never sleeps. It never takes a day off. Um and it’s just works 24/7, right? And it’ll it’ll work for the next 10, 20 years, possibly even more. And by the way, upcoming video that I’m going to be talking about, a a lot of the AI models might be forced to pay YouTubers uh to use their information. So there’s a very good chance that YouTubers are going to start getting royalties automatically uh just from posting videos because the AI models a lot of the time they’re trained off of YouTube. So that that’ll be an update for the future. So there’s a good chance that people will end up literally getting royalties for their YouTube channels. So that’s generational wealth even past uh uh past the time that you pass away that your family can still keep collecting money which is pretty nuts. So here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he’s making content helping people save money on their cars right now. One thing that’s great about him, Scotty Kilmer is quite entertaining. So when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products. That’s his whole channel. And basically, this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing that I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well, right? This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on, okay? And he just did the same thing. He recorded it with a camera, and then he posted online. So, same thing he was already talking about on a day-to-day basis. He recorded with a camera, posted online, and now he’s making, you know, three like $250,000 a month passively. Now, this is one of the craziest stories. Physics swallow. He came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are. You know, blurred out face, etc. But it didn’t matter. He started making videos about these standardized tests in India. And these standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US, but probably quite a bit more important. And he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other subjects as well. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. Physics India only standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring people. Then he started making these videos. He kept going and from his YouTube channel he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Walla. Now he is probably richer than Mr. Beast because Mr. Beast says that he’s worth $5 billion. But the truth is he can’t sell his YouTube channel. It’s too dependent on his personal brand, right? Whereas Physics Walla, he actually has an app that is a sellable asset, right? So he is probably actually richer than Mr. Beast both literally and in terms of like how much he could actually pull out of his company. And that is the power of education content because you are solving people’s problems. You don’t have to get, you know, that many views. You don’t have to have 500 million subscribers uh to to make, you know, that that kind of money. Physics was able to make the same kind of money that Mr. Beast is making, maybe even more with about 13 million subscribers, right? So you that’s, you know, remember what I guys I told you guys before, you can make like 20 times more money, even 50 times more um if you’re monetizing correctly. Well, here’s a perfect example, right? He has probably one 30th the amount of subscribers as Mr. Beast and yet he’s making more money than him, right? So that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. Now, chances are most of you probably thought Mr. Beast is the richest YouTuber in the world. And most of you probably had no idea who Physics Walla is before you, you know, came to this call and before I I told you about him. Um, and yet Physics Walla is making more money than Mr. Beast. And there’s more people out there that are in the same same level as that. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all this. And there is a secret formula. These are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing you need is a niche hypothesis statement. Now, generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches, and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, uh there’s a lot of other niches outside of that, and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment what you think your niche is in the comment section. And I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So comment what you think your niche is, right? And uh let’s see here. Uh, I’m going to scroll down. Scroll down here and read the comments here. Relationships, health, all three. Exactly. Wealth, health, cyber security, and career pivoting. Just to be clear here, guys, health, wealth, and relationships are not a niche. That is a a massive category. That’s like a main niche. I want you to comment what your actual niche is that you’re you’re thinking of doing. Um, health food related writing published. Uh, airline ramp safety,

health and wellness, wealth. My my bad. I see a lot of you are confused by that. So, that that’s that’s my bad. Uh, health or relationships, health, wealth, education channel about education, mudjacking, uh, health for boomers, health. I uh, help healthcare leaders understand how AI is transforming care delivery. Nice. Health relationships. Is lifestyle a good one? Bible e uh Bible teaching, graphic design, script writing, sports media for high school sports teams, helping take care of elders, health artist, coaching, supervisor training, ALS, notary public, type 1 diabetes. Awesome. Okay, so I know that um a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers, which is exactly what happened when you commented your niche. Maybe three-word answers max. But that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what people would traditionally call a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that that market has. And you need to pick a specific problem, right? Because they might have 20 different problems, but you pick one problem that the market has. Okay? And then you find a specific solution for that problem, right? So imagine this. It’s X, Y, and Z. So the problem is X. You want to uh sorry, the problem, sorry, the market is X. Excuse me. you pick one specific problem inside of that market. So the specific problem that’s Y. Um and then a specific solution is Z. Okay? So X Y Z. So it’s going to look like this. I help X overcome Y by doing Z. Now the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. Okay? The specific solution. Um for the purposes of this call, it’s it’s not really important. And in fact, many people uh when they have their niche hypothesis statement, they they don’t even make the Z part public. That’s just something that’s known to them. Okay. So the Z is something that we can do later on. It’s it’s the least important part. But the important part is that you establish that there is a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you can help them solve that problem. Right? So markets are all about solving problems efficiently efficient uh efficiently, right? That is all that’s how the foundation of how markets work, right? They’re all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use uh the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accountants. So, I’m going to use the accounting market, right? And I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all of these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients, I’ve worked with them, or they’re busy business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube, right? So, at the very first level, and by the way, I’m going to show you five examples, but I could show you 50. I could show you 500. I could just keep going, right? Maybe 5,000 just in this one niche or one market alone of accounting. So, let’s talk about this at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, that is more of a mass market uh channel and it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts, students specifically. Um, so it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. So, this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year. They’ve been doing it for a long time and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now, let’s go to the second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So, they got an accounting degree and they are trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So, that would be like physics walla but for accounting, right? Because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics walla for accounting and in the US of course typically because you know you know not not in India in the US. So that’s the second one and I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay, third level helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. Now that’s another business owner that I know. Um they are making multiple seven figures a year as well. So, who’s in the market here? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That’s the market. So, that is different than all these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not necessarily want to get an accounting job. Okay? Totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Then you’ve got the fourth level, people who are already accountants and they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. So this is one of my clients as well. So he helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 a year and they want to move into very highlevel finance and accounting positions such as financial controller where you can make $200 or even $300,000 a year. So very specific typically helps people become financial controllers specifically, right? So extremely specific here, totally different type of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally, the fifth level, which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. And the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s the same niche, right? It’s all accounting technically because if I would have asked you uh if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would have said, oh, I’m in the accounting niche. Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche and they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching math or something like that. And that is why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It’s so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement and know who you’re serving and what problem that you’re helping them serve. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable and if you want the niche validator uh Claude skill and GPT that we’re giving out in a short while that will help you to dial in your niche if you already have one or uh choose a niche if you’re basically confused about that. Awesome. Love it. Love it. Yeah. And people in this market, by the way, uh would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants just as an example, right? Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you are already way better than most people. But you need more than that. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. So this is the thing that’s going to when I say make you invincible, I kind of mean that quite literally from a business standpoint. Okay? Um, because you know, you probably know what personal branding is, but when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with your niche hypothesis statement. I help X do Y. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way, uh where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So let me show you an example. Alex Heroszi, when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants, but he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. So, he started off being the king of a puddle, then the king of a of a small pond, then the king of a lake, then the king of a river, uh then the sea, and then the ocean, right? So, you got to start off being the king or queen of a pond first and then expand from there. Um, you got to start small. You have to start niche. Don’t make your but the key here is don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it later on, where you can’t evolve the channel later on. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because uh when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s also so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content uh and the topics as well as how you make your money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramosi opened up basically like an investment fund, right? He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that cost a few dollars a month, right? You can do memberships, you can do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is, all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution, people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel, because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me give you an example of that. Doug Demiro um basically launched his website called carsandbbits.com and then he sold it for $80 million, right? And the reason he was able to do that is because of the fact that they built their channel with the hybrid personal brand method. So, it’s cars.com. You can see it right here. Sold this website. It was an cars auction website for $80 million. But, of course, he launched it from his YouTube channel, which is a car review channel. Now, just to be uh very clear here, the YouTube channel is like the golden goose, right? You don’t want to sell the golden goose. You don’t want to get rid of the golden goose. The golden goose lays the golden eggs and then you can sell the eggs, right? You can you can you can monetize off of those, but you want to keep the golden goose. And this is the secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time, right? As we evolve, as the market evolves, as things happen in the world, uh, as different monetization opportunities pop up, like for instance, royalties, you can build a channel that can do that so that it has the ultimate advantage, which is that it can evolve and adapt to changing circumstances. And this is what makes you invincible as a content creator. Because if one thing doesn’t work, you just pivot to something else. It’s very easy. So, you set your channel up in such a way where it’s easy to evolve and pivot over time. And this is very different than most business models out there. In most business models, if something doesn’t work, like let’s just say you open a restaurant, right? If your restaurant doesn’t work out, you can’t just change it to something else. Like you’re you’re kind of you’re kind of just so, right? you’re kind you’re kind of just stuck and you and you have to take the L and start over from scratch. Whereas with YouTube, you don’t have to start over from scratch. You can just start talking about a different topic. And that’s the reason why if you use the hybrid personal brand uh method the way that we tell you to, that’s the reason why YouTube pretty much has a 100% success rate if as long as you don’t give up, right? As long as you keep posting and you don’t give up, it has 100% success rate. You just have to keep going. Um, and if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. Um, this work for Waqen. So, Waqen was 18 years old when he first started work when we first started working with him. And he was basically a freshman in college. And we typically work with older people, but once in a while we’ll work with someone that’s uh young as well. And he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. and he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major. Um, but he wasn’t making any money, right? And we basic we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that uh he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed. He had to literally tell people, “No, you cannot give me your money, right? He had to weight list uh a bunch of people, right? He had to stop making YouTube videos and weight list customers that are trying to buy his program, trying to give him money uh because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately.” And that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about, right? As a freshman, as a teenager. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with, right? He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company. Was basically working like 60, 80 hours a week. Had a new baby, had lots of investments, like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. just a super super busy guy and he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about two hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results. He’s super busy working like 80 plus hours a week, real estate properties, all kinds of stuff, right? And he could only work a couple hours a month and we still helped him get to 12,000 in a single month. Here’s another example. A guy, this one’s a really cool story as well. He’s actually disabled and his goal before we work uh he worked with us was just to make a couple extra,000 a month, right? One to two ext,000 extra dollars a month and he’s close to retirement, right? Um and uh he he wanted that would make a huge difference for him uh in his quality of life in retirement. Now he’s disabled and he has what’s known as tenitus which is constant ringing in the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it’s really debilitating. And so he made this channel where his goal was to just make a couple extra thousand a month, one to two extra thousand a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich, right? And he was able to get there very quickly. And he was able to do it by helping other people uh with the exact same problem that he had. So when life gave gave him lemons, he turned it into lemonade. Right? He got to $1,500 a month with 446 subscribers. Right? Right. So, this is a brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship worth uh $1,500 a month. And by the way, he has like, you know, 10,000 plus subscribers now. So, he’s crushing it even harder. He’s making a lot more than than 5,000 now or 1,500 a month now. But the point is, before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind 1,000 subscribers, he already had reached his goal. He was already making an extra $1,500 a month, right? And also on top of that, he was helping a ton of other people manage and treat tenitus as well, which is epic. That’s that’s awesome. So, one of the main things that he did, for instance, is hearing aid reviews on his channel and uh yeah, helping a bunch of other people and making a full-time income doing it, which is amazing. So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. You do not need a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. That’s a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video idea. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly, right? And I I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance and I applied it to YouTube, right? So, you would take these businesses, they were uh making a bunch of money despite being ran terribly, he would buy the business and then sell it for a lot like fix it and then sell it for a lot more money, right? So, I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that have a had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything they put out, right? So, they had a lot of views despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is in better focus than his face. His audio is really bad. He was drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees. And yet he still got 760,000 views even though it was an objectively bad video. So this was the thumbnail, by the way, right here. Just a still shot from the video. Um, and yeah, pretty bad. Then what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video, right? So the most worthless college majors, you could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. So that’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better video, and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. And I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. So, this is what I’ve been doing over the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it, right? There’s a bit more to it than that, but than that, then that’s the gist, right? This is the gist to it. So there’s other me other versions of the icon method. For instance, what we typically do is we uh do the icon method, but we do it with revenue. So we kind of have a way of guesstimating how much revenue a video is going to make from another channel and then we do the icon method with revenue instead of views, right? Um you can also do it with other platforms and there’s slightly different ways of doing that. So Instagram, you know, etc., etc. Um but yeah, there’s a bit more to it uh than that, but that is the gist. So once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, uh quite literally, your videos will do all the work for you. And you know what makes that really easy is the AI systems that we’re going to give you a taste of here in a moment. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. With no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, no being on camera if you don’t want to, no expensive euro software, no burnout or desk work, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, one day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving people that get this early access to and you’ll have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shm.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CG. By the way, guys, we’re going to go over all of these bonuses right here. Um, and uh you’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. First, we are going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches, the absolute best of the best with 100K subscriber plaques that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the foundations and the mindset section. So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you just technically know that you have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it. It sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposter syndrome and helps you take action fast. And this is actually what I ask people. These first two are usually their favorite modules, right? The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you’ll understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. It blew up. Uh went from zero to full-time income. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you’ll understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. Because if you think about it, a niche is just a collection of video ideas at the end of the day, right? So the video ideas are like the cell if the niche is the body, right? It’s just a niche is made up of video ideas. So the next is the holy trifecta where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system. And this is where we actually turn things into a system. And this makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. And in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week, cuz you can just have somebody else record the videos for you. Uh or just a couple hours a month if you want to still record the videos yourself, right? So, this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validated that I’m going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views you’re uh getting. Even if you’re not getting a lot of views, it’s very very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. So this is just a taste of what’s inside the community. You don’t just get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, Claude skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time and they’re loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chatbt or Claude, there’s a tool sitting there ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support uh with all of our coaches, multiple weekly uh weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. So, this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, and they grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Another one closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made $10,000 uh their first $10,000 from YouTube. And someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a in a single month, right? Another cost 5,000 subscribers. This person got $39,000 views in uh almost immediately, right? So, this isn’t a course that you just buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few of them. So, this is what the group looks like on any given day. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days uh of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually, there’s a shaded graph right under your video if you’re familiar with the YouTube analytics. Uh just as an example, this graph you see below is what you would usually see. Uh you’d see that there’s a shaded graph region right here. Now, I saw this one right here when I was looking in a client account and I saw that there was no uh shaded region, right? I’m like, “Whoa, what the heck’s going on? Where’s the shaded region?” And I realized there actually was, but it was just so close to the bottom line, this little x-axis here, uh, that you couldn’t even see it, right? And that’s because this client had been posting for over 5 years and never had a single video blow up on their channel. And this video right here blew up. their very first video with us blew up and got over 100,000 views, 180,000 plus views to be exact at the time of this picture. Uh so that’s we see stuff like that all the time. We we see stuff like that literally all the time. This person right here, first month working with us, 1,456% more views than usual. Uh got to $900 in a single month, 8,000 subscribers. Um and plus they’re monetizing on top of that and other methods. That’s just the AdSense money they’re making. This person right here is a category king. So we have a lot of category kings and category queens uh in very competitive niches as well. So this person right here is in a extremely competitive niche, one of the most competitive niches on YouTube and they are literally number one. They have a multiple 8 figureure business uh making over $20 million a year. And just from AdSense alone, they’re making over $50,000 a month. And they get almost all their traffic from YouTube. Right. This person right here uh booked five sales calls. they’d never taken sales calls before, booked five sales calls from their channel and closed four of them. That’s an 80% close rate. If you’ve ever done a sales call, you know that like when you first start, you’re probably closing like 5 or 10%. Uh of of people, right? And the reason he was able to go from 0 to 80% is because first of all, we told them how to do it. But second of all, um the leads that you get from YouTube are just better than any other types of leads. So you’re when you’re doing sales, it’s almost like you’re a cashier, right? It’s it’s not really sales. It’s just like people are already ready to buy. You just got to be a cashier and and take the order. In fact, you can even be picky about who you work with, which is exactly what we do. Um, so another one, Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs, and he’s now making over 30,000 plus per month uh at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he uh turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about 30,000 a month and he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the backend systems that actually drive revenue. Next is Cheryl. Oh, by the way, Sean is another category king. So he’s number one in his niche as well, which is Amazon KDP niche. Uh next is Cheryl. He helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching, and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views, and now she’s landing brand deals. This is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jyn here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner. no idea what to make. And she was in the exact same situation that you’re in right now, probably about two months ago, like a few months ago, right? She had no idea what to make, no experience. And in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube.” And now she has 22,000 subscribers in her channel, got 2.4 million views already. Two of her videos are already over 500,000 views that she just posted about a month ago, and she’s making a full-time income from YouTube already. Right? So, these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And by the way, this is just from AdSense. She’s not even selling anything yet, right? So, when she starts selling something, it’s she’s going to make a lot more money than that. Um, and she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So, if you’re a healthcare professional, this could be for you. And this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. And I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually, the highest paid people, the best of the best, work with big corporations.

And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. In many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract, right? So the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. And I have some friends that do this and uh basically, you know, they’re some of the very few people besides myself uh that really knows what they’re doing when it comes to YouTube, right? And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with, you know, seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first three to six months. They hire everybody out for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they usually charge about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are also extremely valuable and I learned a ton of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And $25,000 is more in the more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go.shane.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one grow your YouTube business uh faster call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. I talked about him earlier. Um, and that changed everything for me. That’s when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel uh to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily, but it’s only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. And the earlier you sign up, the higher the chance that you get it. So, if you’re watching this right now, you’re still super early. There’s still a really good chance you can get it. So, definitely sign up. Uh go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what the actual coaching looks like, right? And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Uh, go to go.inhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the YouTube idea generator. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you’re looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. It’s built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you can get it both ways. A chat GPT and a clawed AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you are covered. This is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching. com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like. Uh whether you use ChatBT or Claude, like I said, you can do it for both. And of course, there’s the new Claude just came out. Um so I’d highly recommend checking it out. Um cuz it is more powerful. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. Then it hands you five high-converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So, go to go.unas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the NoClick Script Writer Pro. This is worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attentiongrabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways, the chat GBT or Claude version, whatever you already use. So, if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re going to be you’re going to be paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shenhomes.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. Same tool running in both chatbt and glaude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script, which is a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel and your personality. So go to go.shenhumus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the Hummus Thumbnail System Deluxe. It’s worth $10,000. So your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming but not for educational content. So, there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. And this is my entire thumbnail system. The guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what’s inside. On the left, you’ll get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault, fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations, that is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting the templates, you’re learning the framework so you can build your own. So, go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the subscriber accelerator AI. This is worth $4,997 easily. Everyone wants to hit 1,000 subscribers. That’s the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized and that’s when it starts to feel real. But most people take months or even years to get there. Some never make it. This tool is designed to get you to 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. And we’re talking in days, not months. There are alternative ways of getting to 1,000 subscribers. Some of these ways are free, but they’re not what you typically hear about. Um, they are all within YouTube’s terms of service, but some of these ways are free. Um, some of them are paid. Uh, but there’s ways of paying directly on YouTube, right, to get you to 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. And there’s a wrong way to do it and a right way to do it. There’s a way of doing it that’ll [ __ ] your channel. And there’s a way of doing it that’ll actually speed things up a little bit, right? So, you get the Claude and Chatbt version for this. It builds you a strategy specific to your niche so that you’re not just posting random videos and praying. you’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time so that you can get to a thousand subscribers as fast as possible and get monetized and get over that initial hump that takes a long time to get over. So go to gosh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the donefor you YouTube funnel essentials via go high level. This is 30 days for free and it’s worth $10,000. Now this is the one that most creators don’t even think about. You can get all the views in the world, but if you don’t have a funnel turning those viewers into leads and customers, you are going to be leaving money on the table. So, if you hired someone to build a funnel from scratch, the copy, the design, the automations, you’re looking at $5 to $10,000 easily. And that’s before they even turn it on. We’re giving you ours. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. And these are the funnels uh that are professionally written and designed. Um, so we paid tens of thousands of dollars, for instance, for this one funnel alone. uh to be built for a professional copywriter, right? And then we spent a bunch of time working on the automations and making sure everything was just like perfectly connected, right? And uh this is just one example of a funnel that we made and we’re giving you a bunch of different ones. Uh landing pages, sales pages, application pages, all of it, like pages to get people’s emails, etc. Uh you’re this way, you’re not building from scratch. You’re just copying what already made us a bunch of money. And then we have an AI that you can just ask questions to and it’ll help, you know, take our funnel and take the words from our funnel and you can just put your own words in. Right? So we made it very easy to do that and you get all the automations as well, the email sequences, the follow-ups, the booking flows, everything runs on autopilot, right? So someone opts in, the system follows up, book the call, close the deal while you sleep. Uh, plus you get 30 days free on go high level so that you can launch it without paying a dime up front. So go to go.shun.com/coaching, /coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the YouTube niche profit engine, and this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So, you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both chatbt and claw version, whatever you already use. And here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. Okay, that’s it. You book a call, you show up, and you get it. So, go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, hummus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you book, you get instant access on the spot and whether you like chatur claude, you can use it either way. So, this isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine and it is yours for life. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90day YouTube Creators Advantage uh money back guarantee. Now, this one is priceless. You’ve got 90 days. you follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and uh if it does not work for you, you get your money back, right? So, we have a very low refund rate. Uh this last month, I think it was 1% or even less refund rate. Okay. Um we also sent out a survey of of our clients to our clients and 91% of respondents basically asking them if they got an ROI from the program, right? And 91% of respondents said that yes, we think we got an ROI from the program. Now, let’s compare this to the averages in the industry, right? Averages for kind of like information product type industry. Um, 10 to 15% refund rates, usually 7 to 15% for sure. Um, and also less than 10% of people even finish courses that they buy, right? These are all, you can look all this up. This is publicly available information. Those are the averages for the industry, right? And the reason, this is why we’re so confident to give you a money back guarantee because we know that we have the best program. We know that we have the best results. We know that we have the best testimonials in the industry. We know that we have the best system in the industry. A system that I’m so confident on that I took a random 50-year-old in my family and blew up his YouTube channel and his business, even though he’d never done anything outside of his career in the trades, right? So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So, go to go.chainhome.com/coaching. scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses total. Total value $64,497. Now, remember bonus one, the one-on-one session um with me personally, that is only for five of the first people who sign up today.

And uh if you’re watching this right now, you’re early, right? But once those spots are gone, they’re gone. Okay? It is randomized, but the earlier you sign up, the higher the chance that you will actually get one of those spots. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit engine. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. And after that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up real quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You are, excuse me, you are still locked in, right? You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to gosh.com/coaching or scan that QR code right now. Book your free strategy call and we’ll uh figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Um, most of the people that that apply do not uh we we don’t give them an offer, right? Only about 18% of people who apply we allow to to come into the program and that’s because we’re very picky about who we work with because we’re again we’re over over supplied. We have too many people wanting to work with us and we’re very picky about who we work with. We uh work with. We only work with people who we think we have a very high probability of getting success for, right? Um, and so yeah, with that being said, the call will be valuable whether or not we end up working together or not. So go to goshomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Um, awesome. Okay, so now I’m going to go ahead and take questions. And first question, yes. So um, let’s see here. First question is, uh, how much does it cost? Okay, so I’m totally transparent about the costs. So, um, we we serve different levels of clients. So, like I said, I work with big companies. We work with quite a few big companies. I’d say probably like a few percentage of the people in the chat right now are either people who own a big company or they work high up in a big company. They’re the the decision makers basically. And so, with big companies, typically what they want us to do is totally different than what like a beginner or a kind of a smaller company uh would want us to do, right? So for big companies um they typically want us to train their entire division. They might want us to make a customized strategy not just for one person but for the entire company. Just as an example, one company we worked with, we set up an entire affiliate strategy for people on YouTube to uh promote their products, right? And that was extremely successful. Um so that’s that’s uh kind of what what uh big companies do, right? Um so that’s going to be and all kinds of other stuff. They want us to hire people for them. They want us to train their team directly. Uh build out entire departments, build the SOPs, the the the processes, etc. for entire departments. So that’s going to be at least a six-f figureure contract if we work with a big company cuz you know it’s a lot of work. It’s a lot of hands-on work. It’s customiz extremely customized to each company, etc., etc. So, and and they want different things as well, right? So, the second tier of what we offer is usually what’s known as kind of like a usually it’s more of like a build and release type of thing. So, um, this is for smaller to mid-tier companies. So, usually it’s about, you know, multiple six figures all the way up to like eight figures a year. Um, and typically what these types of companies want is they want us to hire maybe a couple people for them, like a very small team, like a video editor, maybe a creative director, that kind of thing for them. And we can do that. We we do that for companies all the time. Uh, and then they want us to train them. A lot of the time we work directly with the founder or we work with the operations manager who’s kind of running things. Um, and so we work with the founder or we work with their team and uh we kind of oversee them and basically just make sure that the channel is running smoothly, right? So, and sometimes they just want us to do the work for them straight up, right? So, with that type of channel, typically it’s going to range anywhere from about, you know, sometimes they literally just want us to do the work like done for you agency work. That’s going to range anywhere from about $12,000 to $60,000 uh for for a six-month period, right? And then down from that is basically just somebody who just wants us to teach them. So the other two options were we’re fishing for you or we’re building the the the system that fishes for you. The third option is we teach you how to fish for yourself so you never have to rely on somebody else to fish in your entire lifetime. And that is the content growth engine option. That one is going to be $9,800. I would argue it’s probably the most valuable one for the price. Uh that one’s going to be about $9,800. or you can get it down to about $1,000 a month, even a little bit less than that with in-house payment plans. Right? So, that is the pricing. We’re totally transparent about the pricing. We’re not trying to hide anything or anything like that. It’s just there’s different pricing for different tiers of uh what we offer. Right? So, we had a guy, for instance, the other day there was he told us he’s surprised that we don’t charge $100,000 for what we offer. And we we get comments like that quite often. So, okay. Awesome. So that is uh that is the um uh that’s the answer to that. So I’ll go ahead and answer questions now. So go ahead and ask questions and I’ll go ahead and answer those. With that being said, make sure guys you do this email thing. So I see a ton of people already signed up. Our calendar is already almost full. So make sure you do this email thing. So, one of the most important things is that you guys follow directions, right? It’s very important that um you you have the ability to follow directions cuz if you don’t if you don’t listen to us, there’s just 0% chance we can get you results, right? Like if you don’t listen to what we tell you to do, then we can’t get you results, right? It’s just that simple. So, uh one thing that we always look for is people who can actually follow directions. And um so when you get on after you book the call, which we are almost full already. We might have to open more slots, but after you book the call, you’re going to see this page right here. And there’s a short video. You want to watch the video. You also might see another page. By the way, you might you might see this page or this page, right? So very similar uh pages. You’re going to watch watch the video either way, and you’re going to follow the instructions right under the video. Very important you do this, right? So, this one has a bit more instructions. What in the world? Zoom. I don’t know why zoom like I can’t see the thing cuz the zoom thing is dropping down. But either way, um you’re going to follow the instructions. You’re going to watch the video and then check out these as well. If you have any of these questions or concerns, watch this video. It’ll tell you exactly. Uh these are kind of like frequently asked questions, right? Um and then follow these instructions here. Do exactly what we say here. Doesn’t take that long. Just a few minutes uh max. and then check out all of these results that we’ve gotten for people because there’s going to be people on this list that you relate to. Whether it’s they’re similar to you, maybe they’re from the same country as you or the same part of the world as you or the same state um or they’re in a similar niche to yours or uh they’re selling a similar type of product to the product that you sell or they came from a similar background or they’re in a similar industry, etc., etc. There’s going to be people that you relate to uh when you watch this and you’re, you know, it’s it’s going to be really cool. There’s people on here that have millions of subscribers and are making money. There’s people on here that have 1,500 subscribers and they’re making money. Like Carla, for instance, she closed a six-figure contract from YouTube uh with a 1,400 subscriber channel, right? So, uh you can check out all of these, watch those videos, learn about their story, and relate to them. And and uh it it’ll be something where you probably learn a lot uh either way. So, you’ll see if someone there’s someone there that you can relate to. And um uh yeah, same thing on this page at the bottom. Watch all those and that’ll be uh that’ll be definitely good to go over that. And definitely follow the email advice. If you can’t see the email, if you booked a call, if you saw the calendar and you booked a call and you don’t see the email, um I promise you it is in there. You just have to look. So look in all mail, look in spam, looking trash and junk, and I promise you it is in there. Okay? And I just got word here. Let me see. Okay. Yeah, I just got word that we opened up a few more slots. So, we did run out of spot slots. We ran out today, but we did just open up a few more slots here. Um there and they are at different times. So, uh if you uh tried to sign up and you weren’t able to sign up, go ahead and try again. Uh because we did open up a few more slots. Awesome. Okay. So, answer that question. How how much is it? By the way, I will not answer that question again. That is the only time I’ll answer it. So, if you didn’t if you didn’t listen, um I won’t be answering you yet.

Okay.

All right. I see we got a few negative comments here. Yeah, I think I I’ve noticed a trend. When we have a video that pops up about jobs, we end up with a bunch of we end up with a bunch of negative comments on here. Doesn’t h happen often, but whenever we have a video that pops up that has to do with jobs, we end up with a bunch of negative comments. It it tends to attract uh that type of person, unfortunately. Um but, you know, the the majority of people are good. But this does happen once in a while. That’s okay. Um, I I I don’t understand the psychology of someone like me who’s an eight figureure business owner is taking time out of their day to teach you what actually works and then answer any of your questions completely free at the end and then you complain about that. I just I can’t understand that psych. It’s impossible for me to understand uh that psychology. But I think that this is why a lot of people need mindset help. They really do need mindset help. But it is what it is. All right. Um, awesome. Okay. Uh, yep. I already said the pricing. I think I need to scroll down a little bit. Um, the call is, yeah, it’s it’s partially to evaluate your niche ideas, Andrew. Um, so we we do evaluate that on the call and if we like your niche idea, there is a higher chance that we’ll give you an offer to join the program. Um, so we we do definitely evaluate that. I do recommend messing around with the niche validator, the cloud AI version or the um chat GBT version, whichever one you prefer. Um we do like the cloud AI version a little bit better. I do recommend uh messing around with that before your call. Okay, I get comment after comment of people that are like, I spent hours doing this. It’s so good. It’s awesome. You know, the people love the niche validators. So, I do recommend messing around with that before your call so you have a better idea of what your niche is. Um and yeah. Okay. Uh, no. The call is completely free, Michael. The call, you don’t have to pay money for the call. George, I already signed up.

You almost signed up for two different call slots. All good. All good. Yeah, don’t do that. Come on now. Dane, do you have any coaching for those that make under $1,000 a month? Absolutely. Free. I have free coaching, right? Look at my YouTube channel. It’s free. Look at like if you’re asking do I do I pay worldrenowned experts hundreds of thousands of dollars a month so that they can go and help people for free and spend their time help their very limited time helping people for free. No, I don’t do that. Of course. Right. Um of course I can’t do that. Right. We have over 20 people on the CGE side and these people are really really good at what they do. They’re the absolute best in the world at what they do. And of course they I have to pay them a lot of money to to make that happen. And so no, I can’t I can’t give you like something that costs me like $6,000 to deliver for free. I can’t do that obviously, right? So um yeah, no, I can’t do that. But if you’re asking, do is there information for free? Absolutely. There’s tons of free information on my YouTube channel. I I go over exactly how to do it. I give away lots of resources, completely free on my YouTube channel as well. Super valuable resources. Um, I do these live trainings for you guys. You can ask me any questions you want. Completely free uh with these live trainings. Um, and so yeah, and and also the live trainings themselves are super valuable. We change them up and and we do different stuff at different times, too. So, um, yeah, there you go. That that’s that’s that example. Um, but yeah, go.Um.com/coaching, guys. Um, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. We did open up more slots, okay? So, there’s more slots open. Go ahead and click those uh click the um uh the link to access those slots.

Uh the uh PowerPoint will be emailed out to you. Not not the PowerPoint, the uh video will be emailed out to you, Kyle. Andrew, I’ve uploaded the cloud skill. Uh the replay will be emailed out to you. Uh I saw the link. Is there one skill we’re uploading to this call or are there more? Uh this call, one skill. Um so you get the niche validator. Um, and then if you show up to the call, you can get the YouTube niche profit engine. Okay, Michael question. My best idea is a channel teaching and applying history to modern life, reflecting on guidance for young men on a history YouTube. What could uh what could your product be that you sell? History to modern life reflecting and guidance for young men. Interesting. Um,

I’d say uh life I I like strategic planning. Um, maybe like life planning/career planning based on historical principles, right? So, something like that. I think you could you could offer that as a product or a service. Michael, I I really like that niche, by the way. That I’m I’m kind of jealous that you’re doing that niche. That’s awesome niche. In terms of how to actually monetize it, there’s a lot of different ways you could do it, but I’d say something like that, like strategic planning based on uh historical principles. Also, if you just attract a higher tier of audience, and a great example of that, I think, is David Cra with his um founders podcast. That podcast doesn’t get that many views, but there’s literally like hundreds of billionaires that watch that podcast, the founders podcast, right? So it might only get a,000 views and a 200 out of the thousand are billionaires, right? So it, you know, he’s making an absurd amount of money with that podcast even though it doesn’t get that many views, right? So check out the founders podcast kind of as an example. Um, if you are kind of talking about like really high tier stuff like like history, which he talks about a lot about history on the founders podcast, um, that would be something to kind of look at. Tyler, the GPT freebie is just a one-s sentence prompt. No, it’s not a one sentence prompt. No. Uh Dne, do you have any coaching for those with low income under $1,000? Uh yeah, I already answered that question. Please don’t repost your uh questions, guys. U Wilson, what model can be followed in order to find a theme niche since oneself is the niche? Uh the niche validator that we dropped in the chat. So scroll up and scroll down for that. Um and then additionally, booking a call. Then we help you with your niche. We help you dial in the call. Uh dial in your niche on the call itself. Kristen, how much startup time is expected? 4 hours a week. Kristen, you can do it in 4 hours a week. Some people less. Some people want to spend a little bit more just cuz they enjoy it, but four hours a week. Victor, do you work with entertainment channels or only educational channels? Only educational channels. I don’t work with entertainment channels. So, just to be clear, you could do an entertainment topic. So, let me give you an example. We work with a guy who teaches chess, right? All right. So, he has a chess channel. Chess is a game, so it’s entertainment topic, but he teaches adult learners how to get better at chess. Um, and get to 2,000 rating specifically, which is a pretty high rating in chess. He’s teaching adult learners. And so, that is educational, even though it’s an entertainment topic. So, hopefully that makes sense. It can be an entertainment topic and still be educational, but it we only work with educational channels, channels that solve people’s problems. DNE, how do you sign up for the payment plan? Um, on the call, we’ll take care of that. We we have to see if you’re a good fit to work with those first. Dane George, for someone who already had a successful business, how do you decide whether to niche around your expertise, executive coaching, or around what has the largest YouTube demand? Great question, George. Um, well, first of all, when it comes to executive coaching, you pretty much have to niche down. Okay? So, um, there’s so many executive coaches out there, it’s a great niche, don’t get me wrong, but there’s so many executive coaches out there, you have to stand out in some way. You have to niche down in some way. So, one guy I was just on a call with the other night, Tom Kent, um, he is executive coach for military graduates. So people who graduated from military school, he’s an executive coach for them, right? And so that’s that’s a perfect example of niching down. So you really have to niche down uh and executive coaching. With that being said, when it comes to your audience on YouTube and your actual offer niche, so your audience niche and your offer niche are not always the same thing. Here’s an example. Um, and by the way, go dashinghumus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click link in the chat if you want to get more help on how to dial in your niche. Um, but but here’s the thing. Your audience niche and your offer niche are not always the the same thing. Here’s an example of that. If you look at um if you look at um Ryan Sirhot, his videos on YouTube, he’s a big real estate agent. He posts these videos where he goes over like hundred million dollar properties and he shows the property, right? it they get, you know, 10 million views. So, such a tiny percentage of those people are actually interested in the property itself, right? Like like they they can’t buy the property. Like only 0.00001% of those people uh could actually buy the property, right? And so most of his audience cannot afford the property, but his actual niche is selling properties to like big companies or billionaires, right? there’s only like 5,000 billionaires in the world or something. That’s his actual niche. Okay? And so that that is his niche and is selling these companies to billionaires. And 99.9% of people who watch his content are not billionaires. So I call this Trojan horsing. So there’s a strategy to this, okay? And that’s not always what you should do, but that’s why you need to work with a proper YouTube strategist, which is what we have. We we help you with stuff like that. It’s going to be different in every single niche. Um, George, thank you, Shane. Have a good holiday. Thank you so much, George. Appreciate you. You have a great holiday as well. Enjoy uh the fourth. Mike, okay, cool. Jal got great info tonight. Awesome. J, um Karen, my call was refused. I paid the $49 VIP price. Uh $49 VIP has nothing to do with you being able to be accepted to our program or not. The $49 VIP is Tuesday night at 6:00 p.m. You get an extra VIP session Tuesday night at 6 p.m. Um, so come back Tuesday night at 6 p.m. and that’ll be your VIP session. All of that was sent in the email. Um, again, check your all mail if you didn’t get the get the email. You you got to follow and then make sure you actually read them. Karina, I appreciate your presentation. Thank you. Kar, thank you as well, Karina. Appreciate you, too. Rodrigo, thanks for your time. Robert, most regular job seekers are totally selfish mental pitches. Hey, your word’s not mine. Your word’s not mine. Like, I I get it. The the economy is pretty bad right now. A lot of people are struggling when it comes to their jobs. I have a lot of empathy for that. Um, but it does seem like whenever we post job related videos, we get a bunch of those types of people, unfortunately. Um, but yeah, uh, people that are very negative, have a very negative mindset. And one thing I will say guys is if you have a negative mindset, you are doomed from the beginning. Like if you have a negative mindset, you you will not be be successful. It’s just it’s just that simple, right? You can be a rational person. I’m a very rational person. But the best way to be is to be a rational optimist, right? So that is the best way to live your life. Always be optimistic, but at the same time be rational. Okay? Don’t be like delusionally optimistic, right? Um, Debbie, hi Shane. I’m looking forward to my call on Sunday. I have a couple of ideas from my X expertise and solve the Y to get the Z. I really appreciate you and your team. Appreciate you as well, Debbie. Uh, looking forward to uh talking with you. Awesome. Henry, hi Shane. Thanks for all you do. Please, what’s the investment cost for I did already answer that, Henry. So, please watch the um replay uh if you if you need an answer for that. Um I I said that I’d I said that I’d answer it one time and I’m only answering it one time. So maybe you maybe you asked that question after I said it or something. Andrew, yes, thank you. Awesome. Billy, educational, informative. Thank you. Look forward to growing this. Awesome.

Joshua said, “Wait, I signed up earlier. Are we supposed to select a time?” Yes, you should be selecting a time in a calendar. Try signing up again. If that didn’t work, go to go.inhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. And if you tried signing up and you couldn’t select a time, um, uh, we we did run out of spots, okay? So, we we just opened up some new spots, so go ahead and and try to sign up again. Okay, Nancy Register, I appreciate you. Appreciate you as well, Nancy. Michael, thank you for your time. You got it, Michael. My pleasure. J, can you talk more about having a detailed niche? Having a detailed niche. Having a detailed niche. I have no clue what you mean by a detailed niche. Michael, I apologize, but I don’t know what you’re asking about. Um, guys, one thing I’ll say is, you know, some some of you are on are on your phone. You’re typing these answers out really quickly. I totally get it or these questions out. I totally get it. But the quality of your questions is going to determine the quality of the response. Okay? If you ask a question that just makes absolutely no sense, if you have no conscientiousness to the other person, just like giving them enough information to give you a good answer, you’re probably not going to get a good result, right? So, try to think about the questions you ask. I know that maybe you’re on your phone, you’re typing out the the questions or whatever. I totally get it, but just try to think about your questions a little bit before you ask them. Um, I don’t know what a detailed niche is. What is a detailed niche? I I I’m I’m not sure what you mean by that, uh, Jal. Um, so I think maybe you’re referring to like picking the niche and yes, check out the niche selection GPT, uh,/Cloudskill, uh, scroll up and scroll down if you want that. Highly recommend using that. Spend a couple hours doing that, uh, messing around with it. Additionally, um, check out, um, uh, book the call and then we can help you, uh, select your niche as well. Okay, Franco, thank you. Awesome, Franco. My pleasure, Chima. Uh, Shane, you’re amazing. Don’t allow any negativity to distract you. Okay. Oh, thank you so much, Shima. You’re I appreciate you. Yeah, I I don’t let it bother me. It’s just, you know, it’s just an observation. I I’ve just noticed that when certain videos uh do well on the channel, we we get negative people in. Um, usually, like most of these lives that I do, people realize like, I’m taking time out of my day. I’m doing this live. I’m helping a ton of people completely free without anyone having to pay. Um, and they appreciate that, right? That’s the normal human being response to appreciate someone taking so much time out of their day uh to answer questions completely free, right? And and give value. But, uh, there’s some people that don’t really see that. They feel entitled, uh, to, you know, my time. And, uh, I’ve just noticed that the job videos are, um, attracting those types of people, you know, but all good. Uh, Amy, thank you for the info. I look forward to the call. Appreciate you, Amy. Chip after working with the niche uh repositioning repositioning assistance in Chad GBT my niche um statement has changed considerably is better to start a new channel I have 4.6k 6K subscribers or rebrand uh rename my existing channel. Uh definitely keep the same channel, Chip. Definitely keep that same channel for sure. Yeah, because you already have people that know, like, and trust you, and if you talk about different topics, they’ll follow you to those other topics. So, definitely keep the same channel. And Twinette, is the YouTube niche profit engine bonus the same as the niche links to Chad P and Claude that was put at the end? No, no, no, no. The niche profit engine is how to monetize your niche. So, it focuses on how once you already have your niche, it focuses on the best ways to monetize your niche. So, there’s so many different ways you can monetize a niche, right? Um, but this is going to give you ideas for the best possible ways to do it. Bert Hall, uh, too bad you can’t just kick out those negative folks immediately. Yeah, I mean, it it’s all good. It’s all good. People defend me in the in the chat anyways. It adds a little little flavor to the chat. Sam, can you have success in the entertainment niche? I do retro content from the 80s and 90s. Yeah, you could have success. It’s just a lot harder and a lot more um competitive, right? So, you can definitely have success, but we don’t work with entertainment channels just because we found it’s a lot harder to get them results. It’s a lot harder more competitive. You need to be much more skilled as well. And it’s much harder to monetize, right? So, it’s harder to get views and it’s harder to monetize and it’s more competitive. So, it’s just like it’s just not worth it for us to to put that much effort into it when there’s much easier ways to monetize. And that’s what we teach. That’s why we have so many success stories. We don’t take just anybody who wants to join the program. We we only work with people who uh are are trying to do a particular type of content where it becomes very easy to monetize the content. Andrew Bitterman, I’ll be doing it. I’m a Cloud guy as well. Yes, I will. Awesome, Andrew. Yep. Claude is awesome. Robin, do you get the free bonuses if you don’t get accepted into the program? Uh, no. You don’t. You don’t get the free bonuses. No, those are only for people who get accepted into the program. You do get the YouTube niche profit engine. You get that for free. You get the niche uh accelerator for free. And then we do give light versions of a lot of these on the channel. So, if you watch some of my content that I’ve done lately, we give away light versions on the channel. Okay? Um, it’s not the full version, it’s a light version. It’s not personalized and that kind of thing, but you could, you know, you could do some damage with it. George, inferiority hurts and they want you to feel the hurt. Being public means you’ll be something of a punching bag just where we’re at in our evolution. Yeah. Yeah. I get it. I get it. And I I know that like, you know, it bothered me a little bit when I first started, but uh it doesn’t really bother me anymore. It’s it’s all good. Henry Chi, I’ve actually had people apologize to me cuz they’re like, “Oh, I was in a bad mood. You know, I I didn’t really mean to say that.” And you know, blah blah blah. Yeah, I’ve had people apologize to me for that. It’s like it’s all good. Henry, hi Shane. Thanks for all you do. Please, what’s the investment cost for the training program? Is it okay if you say here? Yeah, I I said it before, guys. Um, and I did say that. I don’t want to say it again. I I I went over in great detail all the different tiers. If you’re a beginner, it’s going to be $9,800 or about $1,000 a month. You can get it down to $1,000 a month or a little bit less than that if you’re a beginner. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. click the link in the chat. Um, we are running out of spots, guys. I I did open up some new spots, but we are running out. We We probably only have a few spots left. So, definitely sign up as soon as you can. Additionally, if you sign up, you’re still in a great position to get this onetoone uh call with me uh to grow your business uh where I do pre-work. We do a one-on-one call, then I do postwork on top of it. Uh you’re in a great position to do that. Uh and that’ll be great.

Okay, Sasha, I signed up already. Awesome. Sasha George, good stuff. Um, uh, Randy Cruz just signed up. Awesome, Randy. Love it. Yeah. Who else signed up? Who else signed up for a call? Uh, comment in the chat if you signed up for a call. Um, awesome. Just dropped it. Lori, thank you for the presentation. Looking forward to working with you and your team. Awesome, Lori. My pleasure. Josh Thomas, Joshua Thomas, my comment will probably get ignored, but that’s uh thanks for uh helping us out for free. Time is money and I know it’s really valuable. Thank you, Josh. I appreciate you appreciating me doing this. I definitely don’t have to do this, guys. I definitely don’t. I do this because I want to help you guys out. Um you know, there’s a lot of other ways. I we were doing just fine uh with with a totally automated process that doesn’t involve me, but I do this because I want to help you guys out. And I and I also want to, you know, attract the right people to the program, too. Make it very clear what kind of people we want. Wendy, thank you so much. Shane, this is my second live training with you. I did schedule the call the first time and I took the call. I’m not able to afford the program yet, but I’ve kept watching your videos in the situation. Do I book another call to get free offer uh for the tool? Should be the same tool, I believe, this time, Wendy. Um, but uh yeah, I totally understand, Wendy. Um Isaiah Harris, check his uh testimonial out on my channel. Was channel was in the exact same situation and he showed up to a bunch of these live trainings. Uh had a great time with the live trainings and um then he uh just followed the instructions, did exactly what we told him to do, and he was able to blow up his channel, get to like 20,000 a month. Then he had enough money to join the program. Got into the program, now he’s over six figures. He’s crushing it, right? He’s absolutely crushing it. So yeah, uh that’s that’s what I highly recommend you do, Katherine.

I love your straightforward answers. Trolls hate the truth and and strays. Uh yeah. Uh all good. Yeah. Thank Thank you, Catherine. Appreciate it. Joshua, thanks. Chima, I have signed up. Awesome. Chima. Amy. Uh wow.

Free real advice and guidance. Oh man. Okay. All right, Amy, you you have fun. Uh it’s amazing that people would sit through an entire presentation like this all the way to the end just to have nasty comments. Yeah, it’s it’s amazing. Um that I again I just don’t understand that psychology. If you don’t want to if you don’t want it, just just stop watching. Right, Michael? Consultants cannot work for free. Yes, exactly. I can’t. Um, I I send out multiple six figures a month to to just to pay people and I spend probably another multiple six figures on like software and other business expenses, right? So, yes, it it is quite expensive to run a an operation like this, but that’s how we get the best testimonials, that’s how we um attract the best people to get our clients results, etc., etc. Um, so it’s it’s uh it’s necessary to to do this. Um, okay, Debbie, I can’t get the Claude skill to open.

Um, make sure you’re logged into Claude Debbie and you’ll get it to open. Um, or ChatgBT if you’re trying to use the Chat GBT. Henry, hi Shane, thanks for all you do, please. What’s the investment cost? Uh, $9,800 or $1,000 a month. Kyle, okay, thanks. Awesome. Thank you for your time, Michelle. Thank you, Michelle. Robert, I’ve already learned a lot. Awesome. Robert, appreciate you. Andrew, got it. Thank you. Bert, thank you for all this info. Shane, appreciate you. Awesome. Berts, appreciate you as well. Ivy, already scheduled a call for tomorrow after signing up as a VIP yesterday. Do I need another call to get these bonuses? Uh, no. You’re good. You’re good, Ivy. And the VIP session will be Tuesday at 6:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. All the information will be in your email, all the resources, etc. So, if you do not see it, uh, type, uh, message [email protected]. Uh, and if for whatever reason, um, but but really it’ll probably just be in either your spam folder or your all mail folder. So, just look in those folders and it it guarantee it’ll be there. Um, but if for whatever reason it’s not there, message supportainhomeus.com. Richard Cooper. Shane, I just uh ran through Oh, yeah. Uh, go.Um.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Richard Cooper. Uh, Shane, I just ran through the Chachi niche validator and have tailored my niche. Will this be covered in my call tomorrow that I booked? I’m assuming uh from there that the conversation will be tailored to my niche, my budget, and go from there. Correct. Do you offer payment plans as I am also a student currently into the dissertation phase for my PhD and strategic media? Oh, that’s awesome. That’s a pretty cool uh thing to be studying. Love that. Richard, um I recognize the extreme value. However, curious if there is a financial flexibility at least to get started with your program. Yes, we do allow people to pay $1,000 a month or even a little bit less uh with the payment plans. uh we we have that as an option. Okay, you can pay like a thous0 a month or even a little bit less than that. So yes, there will be uh flexibility especially if we think that you have a good niche. Okay, especially if we think we have a good niche. And to answer your first part of the uh question, yes, we’ll go over your niche. Um we’ll talk about, you know, potentially how you can monetize your channel. Um see if that’s a good fit for what we teach and our program. See if you’re a good fit for what we teach. And not just on on your side, like we have a certain teach like a coaching style, right? We have a certain style that we we train people with and some people just don’t like that style and that’s fine, right? Uh we we want to be encouraging but at the same time we are going to hold you accountable and be blunt with you if if need be, right? And and some people don’t like that and that’s totally fine. You you know you don’t have to work with us, right? So yeah. Uh Zakarius, hopefully that answered your question, Richard. Zakarius, how do I use my 15 plus years of experience and uh fi uh finance to teach or coach and mentorship to be controllers and CFO? Great question. That’s something we can help you. We already helped somebody do it in the financial controller niche. So, totally something we can do. Uh Donald, my idea so far is teaching people the ins and outs of learning violin or cello and learning to choose an instrument. I love it. Yeah, that’s great, Donald. Yeah, that’s definitely the type of niche we can do. We can definitely help you with something like that. Um, of course, you’d want to niche down further because you you you can’t just like, oh, I teach an instrument. There’s a lot of people that do that. You have to niche down further than that. Yeah, that’s what we help people do is is dial it in. Uh, link to the niche validator. Scroll up, scroll down, you’ll see it. Um, Michael, thank you. Love the response. Thanks for answering my question, Shane. You got it, Michael. My pleasure. Debbie, thanks, Stephen. Awesome. Good job, Stephen. Joshua, I have question, too. What category would selling software fit in? I’ve been wondering this the whole time. Uh yeah, no, we’ve had software companies that we’ve worked with uh selling software. We also have another company we worked with that reviews software. Um so that’s all the channel does is just review software. So that’s another one too. And yeah, there’s there’s a lot of good niches that work there. Diana, I already utilize the niche validator. Great tool. Thank you.

Love to hear it, Diana. Good stuff. Uh, Victor Antonio, thank you for your time and responding to my question. You got it, Victor. My pleasure. Es Dolores, I currently do not have a YouTube channel, but I teach children every weekend. My proposed niche is Bible. Auntie D takes children on exciting Bible adventures that bring scripture to life by exploring the people, places, and lessons in the Bible. I love that idea, Dolores. Yeah, that could be great. Um, yeah, it’s the most owned book of all time, I believe. Right. and uh the most told story of all times. And yeah, uh I I love that idea, Dolores. Yeah, I think that could be great. Um that would be a children’s channel. There are some considerations when you’re making a children’s channel. Um you do need to be a little bit more strict with certain things to make a children’s uh channel uh with with certain rules. And I have seen a lot of children’s channels that break YouTube’s terms of service. And uh that’s not good. You don’t want to be breaking YouTube’s terms of service because when it comes to kids, you have to be very careful about the types of videos you make, right? Um, but yeah, really like it. Good stuff. Um, Donald Crosby, I have taught a lot of adults. What adult uh hasn’t wanted to learn to play cello? Yeah, love to hear it. Bruce, interested in the chess channel. What’s the name of this the site? Um, let me see. Uh, Nathan Rose. Nathan Rose is the name of the chess channel. You can check that out if you want. Um, let’s see. I’m almost 50. Have four K uh four kids. Uh, uh, two under three. Worked in it for the past 18 years. Have a full-time job. I just started two side businesses this year. Party rental company and a lawn care company. I also am in the band and run sound and lights on the weekends. Yeah, busy guy. I love it. I love to hear it. Uh, YouTube could be huge for you though cuz it really doesn’t take that much time. You can almost think of it like a video diary. Um, but yeah, go. Scan that QR code, click the links in the chat. Um, if you guys want an estimate for how much time it’s going to take you as well, then go ahead and book a call. That’s something we can help you with as well. Um, you know, different niches do take a little bit more time. Um, but yeah, that’s something we can help you with as well. By the way, guys, uh, just few more minutes. Honestly, um, I’m already past time to be honest with you. Few more minutes. Go. Scan that QR code. Uh, click the link in the chat. Um, and then I’m going to I’m going to have to jump off. Um, but uh, yeah, just a few more minutes. Uh, and then I’m going to have to jump off. So, this might be one of your last opportunities to uh, scan the QR code or click the link. Diana, niche validator is great. Thank you so much for presenting this. I’m very much looking forward to my one-on-one call. Awesome. Diana, looking forward to it as well.

Kyle, what is your thoughts on a relationship advice to a lifestyle type of channel? Relationship advice on a lifestyle type of channel. Yeah, I mean relationship is huge. That’s a huge niche. Uh, a lot of people need help with their relationship, both their romantic relationship as well as personal relationship, friends, family, etc. Um, a lot of people need help with that stuff. It’s it’s why it’s one of the three main niches. Um, interpersonal relationships are extremely important, right? Human beings were are designed to be social animals, right? They say no no man or woman is an island, right? We’re designed to be social animals. So, there’s lots of opportunities in the relationship uh spectrum. Joshua, I don’t want to repost my question, but I hope it gets seen. I answered the question. Yeah. Uh, I answered all the questions above. Ivy, thank Shane is helping medium and small business owners win time back using Claude, a good niche. Um, yeah, 100%. Absolutely. Yeah, that is a phenomenal niche, Ivy. Yeah, definitely any anything like that. 100%. Thank you for looking forward to tomorrow’s call. Awesome. Max, what time zone? Um, it should say in in your calendar. It’s it’s your time zone in in the calendar. Yeah, it’s like if you if you sign up, it it’ll automatically adjust to your time zone. Andrew, I’ll be there. Awesome. Andrew Bethany, we’ll be able to view this again. Yeah, we’ll be sending out a replay. Yep. Zipping, how much does it um cost for a business channel? um a business channel. It It depends on what your needs are. So, if you need for us to hire people for you and and like do done for you work, like where we’re just actually doing the work for you, that’s going to cost more. But, if you just want us to teach you how to do it, it’s $9,800 um or $1,000 a month. There’s also a little bit of a um an add-on where we find the video ideas for you. So, that that add-on is an extra I think $2,000 or something like that. It’s it’s not that much. $2,200, but we’ll just literally find the video ideas for you with that add-on.

Bill Meeks, I’ll be there. Awesome, Bill. Ryan, how big is your team and how hands-on are you with us uh that sign up? Um, it depends on which one you’re in, but the team is over 20 people now. We have over 20 total people working on it. Um, you know, I do I’m I’m in there. I’m in the community uh you know doing interacting with uh you know different people in the different chats. I’m in every single chat. Um of course I can’t respond to everybody but uh I’m I’m in there and and uh interacting with people and and making sure that uh uh people get rewarded for uh uh doing a good job. Andrew, two hours well spent. Thank you. Awesome. Andrew, my pleasure. Solomon, thank you. Awesome. Solomon. Teresa, I’m excited. Awesome. Teresa Ralph, I want to start a channel for the automotive detailing industry. Tips and tricks, technical issues, product dos and don’ts. I have 30 plus years. Thanks for this great opportunity for the content. Yeah, I mean, great. Um, you know, someone very similar to that obviously would be Scotty Kilmer. Not not quite the same, but you know, very similar to that. Um, and yeah, that’s uh that’s that’s great. Definitely could be a good one. Renee, I’m excited about meeting on Sunday at 11:30 a.m. Awesome. Um, by the way, just to be clear, it’s not me taking the call. I’m not going to be taking these calls, but but yeah, you’ll be meeting the team, which is awesome. These are these all are awesome people that uh um are the best of the best. And yeah, go.shane.com/coaching guy. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um I’m I I I’m not going to be able to stay for more than just a few more minutes. Katherine says, “Damn, just use the validator. Love it.” Yeah, screenshot that. That’s awesome. Um yeah, good stuff. Anyways guys, uh one last thing very very quickly again. Um I would recommend that you if you’re driving now or whatever, you can’t sign up, go ahead and screenshot this, you know, do it safely. Obviously, screenshot this so you have it for later. Um you can copy and paste uh the link in the chat as well. I’ll go ahead and um I’ll go ahead and uh copy and paste uh Pyro 101. I’ll copy and paste it myself so you guys can see that it’s coming from me. You can copy and paste this exact link right here. Save it for later and then uh sign up later. Um or or screenshot it. Um additionally, make sure you check your confirmation email, right? Make sure you do all this. If you sign up for a call, very very important that you check your email. Usually, if it’s Google, like Gmail, it’s going to be in all mail. Um, there’s other ones, you know, on different websites. It’s called promotions or whatever, but all mail or spam is usually the place that’s going to be if if you don’t see it right away. Very important that you do that. Um, and then additionally, um, make sure you go over this confirmation, like save this page. In fact, we’re going to go ahead and and, uh, send you the thank you page. Okay? So, I’m going to put the thank you page in the chat. We’re going to go ahead and send you that thank you page um as well. Okay. So, we’re we’re posting a thank you page in the chat. I’ll send it to you. Okay. And we’re going to send you that thank you page and like si go ahead and save those so that um you know um uh uh so that you have it for later because I get it you maybe you’re busy right now. You can’t go over it. But make sure you go over this before your call. It’s very important you do this right. It doesn’t take that long. You know, this one right here is only a 28 second video. This one’s a little bit longer, right? The the 10-minute one, right? Um but then there’s other ones here. If you have any questions, we can just answer your questions before the call, right? Um it gives you instructions on exactly how to add to your calendar and and and make sure that uh you confirm that you’re going to show up to the call, right? And then it gives you a bunch of examples of people that are crushing it. And uh you can see people from all kinds of different backgrounds. So this person right here for instance, Tiffany, she sells physical products, right? So if you want to sell physical products, watch Tiffany’s thing, right? Um there’s just so many different examples. Like uh Isaiah, he’s a vocal coach. So if you’re somebody who does like uh instruments or vocal coaching or artistic things, maybe that’s a good one for you to watch, etc., etc., right? So you have all kinds of different people from all kinds of different backgrounds on here. uh physical business owners, vocal coaches, uh more professional like higher tier uh eight figureure business owners, multi-figure business owners, uh even one nine figure business owner is on this on this uh testimonial page uh as well. Um so yeah, check those out. You’re going to see somebody that you relate to, okay, on on this testimonial page. So definitely check those out before the call. And uh with that being said, I’m going to have to jump off now. So thank you so much, guys, one last time. Go. /coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. I’m going to have to jump off now. Thank you so much, guys. It’s been a pleasure. Um, I’m going to uh fly off to Japan here in a bit after I get a little bit more work done. Getting a little bit last moment work done before uh a quick vacation, but it’s kind of like work as well. Um, but it’s semi vacation. I I’ll definitely have some fun. Um, but uh yeah, thank you so much, guys. Have a good one. Tinty, thank you. Zibbing, Bobby, Henry, Steven, Justine, uh, Kelly, Amy, Matt, Nancy, Paige, uh, Chima, Diana, uh, Ernestine, uh, Sabi, Karina, Bobby. Thank you so much, guys. Cheers. Have a good one. Thank you so much. Take care. Bye for now.

July 4, 2026
Build API Powered Dashboards – MongoDB, Discord and Mail API

Hello everyone here on the free co camp channel. Today I’m going to be showing you how to build every tool that a startup needs thanks to this amazing low code approach. We are going to be using this low code approach to build a marketing dashboard in which you can view all your users on a certain page and then on another page you can choose which users which are associated with different marketing lists should be emailed or sent messages to on discord. We will also have the option of adding new customers directly from this dashboard, editing them as well as deleting them as well as adding new marketing lists too. Okay, so a lot to cover in this tutorial. We will be using MongoDB. We will also be using the SMTP API as well as the Discord web hook. So, a lot to cover. For those of you who don’t know me, my name is Anna Kuba and I’m a software developer as well as content creator online. You can find me on my channel or just here on free code camp. Now before we get going, low code solutions are not to be confused with no code solutions in which no coding is required. We will be using this platform right here, AppSmith, in order to drag and drop UI components have been pre-made for us and all we’re going to be doing is hooking up the back end. Okay, so as you can see here, a basic understanding of HTTP requests such as get, post, put, delete are required as well as some basic JavaScript too. This course is made possible thanks to a grant from AppSmith, the low code solution platform. Okay, so first things first, I’m just going to head over to the AppSmith platform, which we will be using to build our low code app. So if you sign in, this is what your dashboard should look like. As you can see here, I already have some previous projects that I have built using this platform. We of course are just going to create a new one. So I’m just going to go ahead and click the new button like so. And this will generate this new landing page for me. Now I’m just going to rename this so that we can keep track of this on our dashboard. I’m going to call this communications dashboard just like so and click off it. So that is saved and once we have finished that we will have the option to build with drag and drop or generate from a data table. So I’m going to choose to build from drag and drop. So just go ahead and select that option so that we can start completely from scratch on a blank canvas just like so. Once we are here, the first thing I’m going to do is just get the UI for our dashboard down. So, our dashboard is actually going to have two pages. Let’s start off with creating our first page. This is going to be called customer data. And it’s going to, you guessed it, hold our customer data because we’re going to want to have our customer data on one page and then options to send messages to our customers based on the mailing list they are on on the second page. So let’s go ahead and call this customer data. So our page is now called customer data. And like I said, let’s get to building the UI first. So to build the UI, we have some widgets to our disposal that are pre-built and pre-made, styled up, ready for our use. So if we click on the widgets here, and all I’m going to do is just simply search for a container widget and just drag and drop it. We can use the outline on this widget to essentially resize it just like so. And if we click on it, we can drag it around. So there we go. There’s our first widget that we have used. We can also customize it thanks to the tab on the right. So here are the options for personalization on this particular widget. And I’m simply going to choose to change the color on this. So, I’m going to change the background color to this lovely green like so. And we can do other things such as change the border radius as well. Okay. So, there we go. That is now a customized container. We can actually also rename these widgets. So, I can choose to name this header if I wish. This is useful especially when it comes to picking them out later when we add functionality to some of these widgets. Okay. So that is what you can do. It is optional. You don’t have to. So once that is done, I’m just going to show you how to add text to this header. So we’re simply going to search for text in the widgets and drag and drop some text. So once again, if we now click on this, you will see all the options for customization on this particular widget. So let’s change the text in this to be customer communications portal. So all I’ve done is just change the text in here. Okay. And then once that is done, we can also of course resize it by grabbing the border like so. The other things we can do are change the color of the text. So I’m simply going to select from the options here. And then we can also change the text size. So we have some standard ones here. I’m going to choose to use the heading one for this particular text. Okay. So great, this is looking good. And of course I can just center it by using the dragging functionality on the widget like so. Wonderful. So that is done. And the last thing I’m going to do is just put in an image. So once again, let’s go to our widgets and I’m just going to drag in a image widget like so. This is a little bit too big. So once again, we can resize it using the borders and then just drag it to where we need so that it clicks in place. Now once here, we can simply just use an image that is hosted on the internet. So this is a great library that I use or I’m going to use for this project that has loads of free icons for us to use. This particular one is just going to be a folder like so. So there we go. That is the URL that I’m going to need. You can of course use any URL you wish. And wonderful. So our header is looking good. I’m just going to resize this a tiny bit and move on. The next thing I’m going to do is actually use a another container because in this container I’m going to store our table of all our customers. So once again, let’s just drag in a container. I’m just going to drag it over here and give it the border radius again of 30. So there we go. That translates to 30 pixels. And once that is done, I’m going to now put some text in here so that our user knows what this container is for. And this is of course going to be for our customer data like I said. So let’s go ahead and change that text to customer data and select this to be a heading two so that it’s a little bit smaller than our main heading. So that was super easy. The next thing I want to do is just add in two inputs that will let us order the table that we’re going to input in later by whatever column we wish and then by ascending or descending order. And to do this, I’m going to use the text. So, I’m going to put in some text to say order by like so. So, just drag in the text and just change this to be order by. And the next thing I’m going to do is use the select widget. So let’s go back to our widgets and find the select widget and once again just drop it where we need just like so. So the select widget simply looks like this. If you click on it, it will show you all the options we have. All the options are represented by the options on the right with a label and a value. Okay, as well as a little search bar. So that’s what it looks like. We will come back to this later when we get to putting in the values that we essentially want because we don’t want blue, green, red. We want to order by the table columns. Okay, so this is looking good. Let’s just stretch this out so we can add a few more things. And I’m just going to move this around like so. So that we can put in essentially another select and another text widget. While we are here, however, I’m just going to rename this as this is something that I will probably want to pick out later. So, I’m going to rename this to key select just like so. And wonderful. Now, in AppSmith, an easy way to essentially duplicate what we have just done is to literally copy and paste the widget. So, that’s what I’ve done here. And now I can just use the same widget with the same sizing, the same inputs and everything and just move it along to here. And of course we need to rename this because as default this has been renamed to whatever the previous widget was with the word copy. I want this to be the order select. Okay, so there we go. We’ve got the two selects. Let’s now carry on before we get to changing these inputs later. Now, finally, for our table. So, to do this, I’m just going to actually go to our widgets, search for a table, drag it in here, just like what we’ve been doing, and a table will be generated for us with some dummy data. However, we don’t want this dummy data. We want data from an actual database. And this is going to be a MongoDB database. So, this is definitely something I’m going to want to pick out later when we get to writing queries and writing some JavaScript. So, let’s rename this. Let’s rename this to data table. Again, we don’t have to do this. You can, of course, pick it out by the existing name. This is just for readability more than anything for this tutorial. So, just keep that in mind. Okay. So, I’ve just renamed this to data table. And this means that instead of having all of this generic data that has been added for us by AppSmith, I want to get some real data from my database. So to do this, let’s connect to MongoDB. So all I’m going to do is head over to our data sources and then once here, well, we actually need to make our database first. So let’s head over to MongoDB and just sign up for free. Let’s go to MongoDB Atlas. And I’m just simply going to sign up. Now, I’ve already done the sign up process for this. If you haven’t, please pause here and do the sign up process as if you, you know, have never used this before if that is the case or just sign in if you have already used MongoDB. I’m going to choose to log in with my account that I use for MongoDB tutorials. And amazing. So this is what my dashboard looks like. As you can see, there are a few projects that I have previously done. But we are going to have to create a new project. So what should we call this project? I’m just going to call it communications as that is the app that we are working on. It’s a communications dashboard. And once we have named this whatever we wish, I’m just going to go ahead and click here. And this will take me to the next step in which we add members and set permissions. Well, this is easy. I’m just going to add myself really. So, let’s go ahead and create our project. Okay. And wonderful. Now, let’s build a database. We are of course going to use the free option for this. Of course, you don’t have to. This is just for the sake of tutorial. So, I’m going to click on the shared option right here. And now let’s go ahead and select some of these options. So the shared option, well this means that we can only use some of these. I’m going to go ahead and stick with the one they are suggested for me and create a cluster. Once this cluster has started to make, let’s just fill out these security quick start questions. Let’s give our database a username and password. I’m just going to go ahead and make my username and your kubo. And the password I’m going to use is 1 2 3. And I’m just going to create my user. Of course, please choose something more secure. Again, this is just for tutorial purposes, so I’m fine with that. And wonderful. Let’s also add my current IP address. This just means that I will only be able to access this from my current IP address. Okay? So, that will be the same for you. If you try to access your database from another IP address, it won’t work thanks to this. And let’s finish this out. And wonderful. So now our cluster is being created. Once that has done, you should see something that looks like this. Okay. And now we are ready to start our first collection. So let’s just click on cluster zero right here. And on the collections, let’s create our first collection. Let’s add my own data and call our database something. I’m just going to call it data for now. And our collection name. Well, we’re going to have a few things in here. We’re going to have a customers collection in which we’re going to store all our customer data. Okay. So, let’s just go ahead and call this customers and click create. So now you will see that we have data and then a collection called customers. And if we want to add another collection, just go ahead and click the plus sign right here. And checking that you’re under the database name data, just go ahead and add a collection name of mailing list in which we’re going to store all our mailing lists for our app. And just click confirm again. And once again, our third collection. I’m going to have three collections for this project. It’s going to be a marketing list. So once that is done, just go ahead and click create. And wonderful. So there we have our three collections in the database called data. Now I’m going to just add some customers in here manually to get started. Okay. We are going to be able to add customers from the dashboard itself, but just to get going, we’re going to create some and add them in manually just so we have something to work with. So to do this, I’m going to insert this first customer into the customer collection. As you can see, an ID has already been generated for me thanks to MongoDB. And I’m just going to choose this JSON option just because I prefer working this way. You can choose the other option but for me this is slightly easier as it will allow us to copy and paste and just really kind of you know create these customers quickly as we are going to create 10. So don’t forget the comma and what is our customer object going to look like? Well, we are going to have a user do not disturb and this just means that the user has chosen to not be disturbed. Okay, so that is an option that we’re going to have for our app. The next thing we’re going to have is a customer email ID, which is simply just going to be an email address for that customer. So, let’s go ahead and do that. Now, email ID and just fill it out. Again, this is all just random data. Of course, these emails, you know, I don’t know if they exist, maybe they do, but they are just dummy data. The next thing I’m going to do is just have a customer ID that is separate to the document ID above. This is a customer ID that I have chosen for the customer. Let’s start off with one 01. And then we’re also going to have a customer name. And this is what the name of the customer is that the customer has chosen to be represented by. Okay. So there we go. This is our essential customer object. Now I’m going to copy this so that we can use it to create way more customers. And I’m just going to insert this into the collection just like so. So there we go. There we have our first customer. Let’s create some more. So I’m simply just going to insert a new document. Click on the JSON option. Put in the comma. Paste away. And then I’m just going to format this a little bit. Change the customer ID. change the email ID. So, I’m just going to make something up once again. Just like so. Change the customer name. So, once again, I am just making this up and click insert. So, there is a few of these to go. I’m just going to do one more and then I’m just going to fast forward them for you because, you know, you should probably get the gist by now and there should be 10. So, once again, I’m just going to insert into the collection. choose the JSON option. Format this a little bit better. And then I’m just going to change the customer ID and of course the customer name to once again something that I am making up and click insert.

Okay, so there we go. Like I said, I’m not going to put you through all of this. So I’m just going to fast forward and cut this bit out until we have 10 customers in our database.

And wonderful. So there we have 10 customers in our database right now. There are 10 in here. So there we go. And now we can use this in order to populate the table in our app. So great. So first off, we’re going to have to get the URL that we’re going to need to connect to our database. So to do this I’m actually going to go to the overview of this cluster zero and just click on the connect. Once here we are going to choose the connect our application option and let’s go ahead and just get this whole connection string right here. So, just go ahead and copy all of this. Take it and we’re going to go back into our AppSmith portal. And then under the data sources, I’m going to create a new data source. And we already have MongoDB configured in here to make our lives a lot easier. So, select the MongoDB database option. And then right under here, let’s go ahead and choose the connection string option and then paste our connection string in here. Making sure to remove my first database and change it to data. And then also change the password to 1 2 3 or whatever you chose to save as your password. Okay, great. Now, we also have to whitelist these IP addresses. So, just where we added our own IP address, we can add these two right here. So, let’s go back to MongoDB now and just close this. And under network access, I’m going to add an IP address. So, all I’m going to do is just paste in one of the IP addresses from the AppSmith page and click confirm. And let’s now go back to AppSmith, grab the other one, and then once again go back into MongoDB and add that IP address. And I’m simply going to paste it once again and click confirm. So super easy. That is currently pending. But once that is done, we can go back to AppSmith and we can of course test the connection. So let’s go back in there now. And then of the three buttons, just select the third button. And great, this data source is valid. Let’s go ahead and rename that once again just for readability. I’m going to choose to call this communications data just so that we know what we need to find and it’s just a lot more easier for us to work with. So great. So once that is saved, let’s carry on. So now let’s go back to our customer data page and click on the table just like so and get rid of all this dummy data and instead we are going to write a query. So let’s go ahead and click on the queries.js right here on the left and create new. or we’re going to select the communications data option that we just made as a data source. So let’s scroll down and find that one right here. And then you should see this page pop up. So now we are writing our first query. Okay. So to recap, what we first did is created a data source and now we’re writing a query. Okay, that will use that data source. So our query, let’s go ahead and call this something. I’m going to choose to call this find query because we are going to find all the customers. Okay. And just return them. So making sure that is connected to the communications data. I am now going to choose the command find documents and look in the collection customers. Okay, because that is what collection we want from our database called data. And you’re just going to click run. And there we go. You will see all the customers that we created in the previous step when we manually added them on MongoDB. Easy, right? Okay, great. So, this is looking good. Now, let’s go back to our customer cumulations portal and once again just get rid of all the dummy data. Once we’ve selected the table data widget and then I’m going to use these two curly braces. So these two curly braces are an appsmith thing. It will just allow us to use the queries and not confuse the app by thinking it’s text. You can use JavaScript inside any widget to control things like its data source behavior and formatting. Just wrap the JavaScript in double brackets to separate it from regular text. Similar to mustache or handlebar syntax. This allows you to link widgets to APIs, queries, and JavaScript functions and is known as binding the widget. So, I’m just going to use find query. data. And tada, that has brought back all our customers. It has arranged it in columns for us. It’s got all the data. Is very intuitive. This is wonderful. Okay, so this is looking good. The next thing I’m going to do is just customize this table a little bit more. So, what I can do is make some of these columns not visible as we don’t need some of this information visible to the user using the app. One of these things is not making the ID visible. And the other thing is just making a new column called a delete column. So, to make a new column, I’m just going to go ahead and add a new column. And let’s just change this to say delete just like so. And instead of having text in this delete column, I actually want to have an icon. Okay. So, I’m going to show you how to do that now. So, to do this, just go ahead and click on the little cog and it will show you all the options that we can have for this column. So, the column type, well, we don’t want plain text, we want an icon. So let’s just go ahead and select icon from this dropdown right here. And great, an icon button has been generated for us. Now we can customize this further. For example, I want the icon to be a trash can. So let’s go ahead and select trash. And great. Now because this is more severe, I also want to change the color. So let’s go ahead and change the color of this trash can. So, I’m simply going to change the button color to be this red, like so. And great. And then let’s just round it off a little bit, too. So, of course, this has no functioning anality at the moment, but I really wanted to show you what it’s like to not have text in the columns. You can have icons, you can have buttons, you can have whatever you wish. We will be hooking this up later, so just bear with me for now. So now that we have that, I’m just going to actually add a modal that will pop up when the delete button is clicked. So again, we are just doing the UI for now. We will do the delete query a little bit later. So to do this, I’m just going to go back into the widgets

and just search for the modal widget and just simply drag it over and place it under here like so. So once we have the modal here, I’m just going to change the text. I’m going to change the text to say delete row as that is what the model is going to be for. We’re going to confirm that we definitely want to delete this line. So once that has been changed, we can also do some other personalization. Let’s also rename this to delete modal. Okay. So, for example, I’m going to add some more text in here. So, let’s go back to the widget and search for the text widget and just paste it in here like so. And then we’re going to have a warning message that says, “Are you sure that you want to delete this item?” Because I want to make sure that people are definitely sure that they want to delete it. And we’re just not deleting the line if someone clicks on it by mistake. So, great. The next thing I want to do is just change the text of these buttons. So let’s go ahead and change this from close to cancel because you can change the text of these buttons quite simply like this. And by default this already has an event. The event is to close the modal that we have renamed delete modal. Okay. So that is in there by default. And next, I’m just going to change this to be a primary button. And I’m just going to change the color of the second button to be this red. Just like so. And on this click, when we confirm we want to delete the row, we’re actually going to execute a query. Okay, we’re going to execute. So, this is where we get to writing the delete query. We want to execute the delete query. So let’s on the on click event select well this time I’m actually not going to choose to just execute a query I’m going to chain some queries together which is why I am going to just choose the JavaScript option so I can write my own JavaScript in here. So to do this just click on the JS button until it’s turned blank and we are going to run the query delete query which as I said we are yet to write. So we would do delete query run and then this function. So we’re essentially chaining functions in here. So once with the delete query runs, we’re going to run the find query. The find query is the one that will bring back all the customers again once the customer has been deleted. So essentially refreshing our data to truly represent what is in there. Okay. And then we are also going to close the modal. So we’re going to write close modal. And the modal we want to close is the delete modal that we have just created. So that is how you would do that. Chaining all of these things together so that they happen in the right order. Okay, great. So of course delete query does have some little red squiggies under it because we don’t have that query yet. So AppSmith is telling us that this is the case and this will be an error. So why don’t we get to writing that query? Okay, now we’re going to actually hook up the button to open the modal so that we can open it. So I’m just going to do that now quickly just on click event and change that. While I’m here, I’m also going to delete this icon. We’ve done it. This is looking so so good. So, all I’m going to do is just under here, go to add query, create new, making sure to select the communications data. And this query is going to be a delete query. So, let’s just name this delete query for readability. And the collection we want to work with is the customer collection. And the command we want to do is delete document. And how we going to delete the document? where we’re going to search for it by the ID. Okay, the object ID. So let’s go ahead and choose the object ID that we are deleting. So this is the syntax for working with MongoDB. We’re going to have the ID and then we are going to get the object ID of the table data of the data table. So essentially the table we called data table on our dashboard and then we’re going to get the triggered row ID. Okay. So that is how we know that we’re going to delete the correct row. We’re going to select it from the table of the triggered row and then pass it through into here so that it gets sent off to MongoDB and deletes the correct one by the object ID. Okay. So hopefully that makes sense. Just to make sure this is working, let’s click run that. And now let’s check if it works. So let’s go ahead and choose one of these. I’m going to choose the first one and click on the delete icon. Click confirm. And then tada, that has now been deleted from our database. So that has worked. Okay, the delete functionality of this app is now working. So, let’s move on. So, this is all great. And of course, this table does actually come with some cool stuff that will allow us to search for things with the search bar. It will also allow us to filter. So, for example, we can filter by any one of these columns. Okay? Like this. And we can do, you know, users do not disturb is exactly zero, for example, which of course will bring back all of them because I believe they are all zero at the moment. But it’s just going to show all the options that you have available to you just by using this table widget like this. Okay, wonderful. So now that we have that done, I actually also want to do my own custom ordering. So let’s go ahead and use these inputs, these select dropdowns that I have made. The first thing I’m going to do is just delete all of this. Actually, we can just use this as a template. And let’s change out the labels and the values. So, I want to be able to sort by three things, I believe. I want to be able to sort by the users do not disturb. So, let’s just make the value the same like so. And then let’s also set And then let’s also order by the customer name. In fact, there is one more thing we can choose to order by and that is the customer ID. So let’s just go ahead and put the label as customer ID and the value as customer ID 2. Great. And let’s also have a default value. And I’m going to choose for this to be customer ID. Okay. So this is looking good. Uh as the visible here, I’m just going to actually put in some JS. And that is just going to say that only make this visible if the find query data length is bigger than zero.

Okay. Otherwise I don’t want this to be visible. Wonderful. Now do we need any actions? Well yes on change. So on change, I actually want to run the find query uh query again because I want to essentially just bring back certain values in a correct order in this table. So we’re actually going to have to go back to our find query uh and add some stuff in there for this to work. But just for now on the onchange event or action, we’re going to run the find query uh query again. Okay. So, at the moment, this won’t do much. Uh, but we will be fixing that a little bit later. For now, let’s do the ascending or descending option, too. So, let’s go ahead and select this second dropdown. And once again, let’s change the label to be as c for ascending. And I’m going to get this value of one and the label to be dc for descending. And change the value of this to minus one. and delete the other options because I only want two options here. And just like before, visible is only going to be visible if the find query data length is bigger than zero. So essentially saying there’s, you know, more data in there than zero when we run the find query. And then I’m also going to change the default value to be one. So we’re getting the value to be one, but the label for that is ascending. Great. So this is looking wonderful. And on this we’re also going to have to change the onchange action. And that is just going to be to run the query find query again. Okay, great. So, like I said, this won’t do anything now because we have still a bunch of stuff to do. And that is be able to run a query based on the two selects that I have written, which is why we actually chose to rename these selects as key selects and order select. So, let’s go back into our find query. And as the query up here, I just want to be able to sort the data. So under the sort once again the syntax for MongoDB used to have these two curly braces and then I’m going to use the appsmith two curly braces so that the platform essentially recognizes that this is not text and get the key select selected option value. Okay. and then also the order select selected option value so that things are sorted by the option and whether it’s ascended or descending thanks to the order select dropdown. Okay, great. So this is looking good and of course if we run this it will bring back the data in the correct order. And now if we go back into our app, let’s test it out.

Okay, so let’s go back in here. I’m just going to select the table. And actually on page change, I’m also going to execute the find query uh query. Okay. And also on the search text change, I’m also going to run it just as a backup. I just want to make sure that this query is being run. if we change anything in here so that we’re always going to get the correct data coming back. I’m just going to refresh this page to make sure. Amazing. So, this is now working. This is looking good. Let’s go ahead and switch some of these out again. So, great. This is all being sorted by ascending and descending order. Okay, wonderful. So, another part done. We have now finished making this table sort by our customized sort functions. Let’s carry on. Now the next thing I want to do, so we’ve deleted stuff from the table. We’ve got all the data from the table. The next thing I want to do is actually add customers directly from the platform to this table. So to do this, I am going to choose another widget. It’s going to be a button. So, let’s go to the widgets right here and just search for the button widget. I’m just going to drag over so that we can essentially connect it to a another modal. So, for now, I’m just going to rename whatever the label is for this button to be new customer. And we can actually add icons as well to these buttons. So, if we scroll down to all the options for a button, you will see the option to add an icon. I’m just going to put in a plus sign like so. And you can align it to the left or right, but I’m going to keep it here. I quite like that. Now that we have that done, let’s go ahead and find another modal in our widgets. So, once again, let’s search for the modal and then let’s just drag it down here, wherever. It doesn’t really matter. And there we have our modal. So this modal, well, I’m going to rename this like we did before. I’m going to call this insert modal as that’s what it’s for. We’re going to use it to insert a new customer to our database. Okay. So there we go. And now let’s go ahead and connect this button so that if we click on the button, so let’s get the on click event. I’m going to use it to open a modal. So just select the open modal option and then the model we want to open is the insert modal. Great. So now if I click on the button, it opens up the insert modal. This is looking wonderful. It’s exactly what I wanted. So first things off, let’s just change the text of this just like we did before to insert row. And now that we have that, I’m actually going to put in some inputs here. As to create a customer, we’re going to have to have a lot of inputs, right? So, let’s go ahead back to the widgets and search for the input widget. And let’s change the name of this to insert call input one. Again, just for readability, so that we know what we need to pick out when the time comes to it. So, in here, let’s get this some default text. At the moment, I’m just going to put in this uh hardcoded customer number, but we actually want to generate this randomly. I’m going to show you how to do that in a bit. And the label for this is going to be customer ID. So, this is looking good. And now, let’s just space that out a little bit, too. And great. So, there we have our first input. That’s what it looks like. And we’ve hardcoded a number in here. This is not a placeholder. It is a hardcoded number. And I’m just going to make this a little bit longer just so that it looks like this. Now, while we are here, I’m also going to make this feel required. We don’t need this visible toggle on. And great, this is looking good. One last thing I’m going do is just make this bold. Now, with the same technique we used before, I’m actually going to copy and paste this input again. So, let’s just copy and paste it and then just drag it underneath like so. And I’m actually going to do this a third time, too, so that we have three inputs just stacked over each other. And just move some things around so that it looks a little bit neater and better. So, I’m just going to move these buttons. I’m going to move them down here and space them out equally at the bottom of our modal. Great.

Okay. So, now that that has been copied, I’m just going to rename some of these. So, we don’t need this copy here. Let’s go ahead and change this to insert column input 2. And I’m simply going to change the label as well to customer email ID. Okay. And the default text for this, well, we the default text, we don’t actually want any default text. We just want a placeholder this time. So, I’m just going to put in a placeholder. [email protected]. Okay. And same for the third one. I’m just going to rename this to insert column input three. And the placeholder text is just going to be Jane do. And we’re of course going to change the label too to be customer name. Okay. And let’s just rejiggle this a little bit better so that it looks nicer. And wonderful. Now, as promised, the default text, well, I want to randomly generate a customer ID. So let’s keep it the same format that we have been giving. So with a little C and then a number which I’m going to generate randomly. Okay. So we’re going to use the JavaScript uh object math floor to round down a random number. Okay. From essentially anywhere up to 10,000. So math random multiply by 10,000 will do that for us. So if you use this and again using the kali braces so that appsmith knows not to treat it like text. Tada. We will get a random number. In this case it is 1,720. Amazing. Now of course this isn’t foolproof. There is a chance that someone going to have the same customer ID but this is just for tutorial purposes. So I’m going to say that it’s fine for now. Now let’s move on. I am going to now use a switch so that we can switch if the user wants to be disturbed or not. So, let’s go back to the widgets and I’m just going to search for the switch widget and just pop it in right here and then change the label to be do not disturb. Okay, so there we go. We have the do not disturb label and okay, so now what do we want to happen? Well, on the close, nothing needs to change on this. We’re just going to close the modal. And on the confirm button, let’s go ahead and change this to insert button cuz we might want to pick this out later. And I just want to make sure that we are picking out the correct button, which is why I’ve called this insert button. And now on the confirm button, well, what do I want to happen? Well, I want a few things to happen. I actually want to run a query that will insert this user. which way yet to write. Uh but let’s go ahead and do that because we want a few things. And again, we want to chain them. So on the on click, just choose the JavaScript option. So we can write our own JavaScript. And let’s get up our two curly braces. And I’m just going to write insert query run. Again, we have not written this yet. And inside I am going to put a callback function that will run the find query after we’ve inserted our new user. So after the insert query runs, we then want to run the find query. So it’ll find all our customers again. And then we want to close the modal. So once again, we’re going to use close modal. And we are going to close the insert modal. Okay. So while I’m here, I’m just going to rename this button to reset button. And let’s carry on. So now let’s get to writing our insert query. Once again, I’m just going to click on the add query.js, create new, new communications data, and call this insert query. Now, what does our insert query look like? Well, we are going to want to, of course, the command we’re going to use for this is not going to be find documents. It’s going to be insert documents. The collection we’re going to work with is our customers collection. And the syntax we’re going to use, well, this is MongoDB syntax. We’re going to insert the object essentially into our customer collection. So for this, we’re going to get our curly braces out to create an object and we’re going to get the customer ID. Now as the value we are going to go into okay we’re going to go into the input which we called insert column input one and we’re going to get the text whatever’s in there. Okay, so that’s what we have done. And then the next thing we’re going to do is get the c let’s call this customer email ID just like we did in MongoDP. And once again as the value we’re going to get our two curly braces up so it knows not to treat this as text. I’m going to go into the insert column input two and get the text. Okay, just make sure that this is all spelled correctly just like we did in the collection. Okay. So, maybe it’s safer just to copy this and just paste it like so to prevent any spelling mistakes. And then again, let’s get our curly braces up and get the insert column input three text. Okay, so there we go. And now we also need the users do not disturb. So, let’s go ahead and get that one. And wonderful. And of course, we need the curly braces. And this time we’re going to get the switch one. And then we’re going to get the is switched on and if it is we’re going to return a one and if it’s not we’re going to return a zero. Cool. So that is how we are going to control if a label is switched on or not. Okay. So if it is it will assign the value uh one and if it’s not it’s going to assign the value of zero. Great. So I believe that is it. Let’s just have a quick check to see if this is working. So, let’s go back. Of course, don’t forget to run this first and let’s go back to here. Let’s click on the new customer. Okay. And then a random ID has been generated for us. Let’s put in a customer email. I’m just going to put test.com. The customer name, of course, uh let’s again just put in something in here. I’m going to put in test user and do not disturb. I’m just going to keep that as it is and click submit. And now if we search in here. Amazing. Our test user has been added. This is looking so good. Everything is working. Our insert query is working and we have successfully added a new user to our database from the dashboard itself. Great. So now let’s carry on. The last thing I want to do, so once again, we’ve got all the data. We’ve learned how to delete a customer from our database. We’ve learned to add a new customer from our database. I now want to edit a new customer in our database. So I’m just going to do this to the right of what we have built so far. So I’m going to get a container. So once again, let’s search for container. Let’s make this a little bit smaller so that it fits. And then I’m just going to drag that in here. Once again, I’m just going to customize this a little bit thanks to the options that we have. And I’m just going to give this a border radius of 30. Okay, so that’s what it will look like. And now I’m just going to drag in some text. So under the widgets, I’m going to find the text widget. And I’m simply just going to drag it in here like so. And call this update selected row. Okay. So, I’m just changing the text just so that it represents what we want to say. And then, of course, I can, you know, customize this further. I can give this a heading, too, just to make it a little bit bigger. And great. Now, once we have that, the next thing I’m going to do is just put in some inputs because we are going to want to change some of the inputs that we have. So, to do that, we’re going to populate the input with the selected row that we have chosen. And then we also have the option to change it. So again, under the widgets, let’s just go ahead and find well actually I’m just going to put in some Yeah, let’s put in the input. So let’s just drag in the input like so. This input I’m going to name this update column one. And the default text, well, it’s going to be the data table selected row customer ID. Okay. So, I’m just going to use whatever row we selected on the left to essentially populate this uh this uh input right here. Valid I’m going to keep as true. And the label for this is going to be the customer ID. Okay. And I can choose to make the customer ID bold, the label bold if we just click this button right here. And wonderful. So there we have it. Of course, I need more of these. So let’s use the same technique we did before and copy and paste this widget to create some more widgets. So once again, let’s rename this to update column 2. This time make the default text the selected row customer email ID. And of course, this means we need to change the label to customer email ID as well. Okay. And once again, I’m just going to copy the third one. Change this to update column 3. Change the default text to be the customer name. And then just change the label to be the customer name as well. Great. So now let’s check if this works. Let’s select a different row. And amazing. So that is changing. Everything is looking good. Now, of course, we also need the switch. So, let’s search in the widgets. And I’m just going to search for the switch widget. And I’m going to paste it in here. And then, of course, change the label of this. I’m going to change it to users do not disturb. And then we can change the alignment, but I’m going to keep it as it is. Okay. So, this is looking good. And as the default selected, well, once again, we’re going to get up our two curly braces, go into the data table, get the selected row, and get the users do not disturb. And if it equals one, this is going to be true. Okay, so as none of these really apart from I think one equal one, that should be false. The switch should not be clicked. And actually, let’s just go ahead and change alignment. Why not? And great. So amazing. This is looking good. I am liking this so far. Now, of course, we need a button to confirm that these are the changes we want to make to the selected row. So, let’s go ahead and go back to the widgets. Search for a button widget and just drag it in here. I’m just going to rename this to update button so that we know what we are working with. The label of this uh I’m going to change it from submit to update so that it’s makes more sense. And then on click we’re going to execute a query. This is going to be a new query, one that we haven’t written yet called update query. So let’s go ahead and rename this to be update query. And this time we’re going to update a document. We’re going to do this in the customer collection. So let’s just change that to say customer. And we’re going to just kind of like we did before. So the query we need for this. Well, we’re going to go and look for the object ID. So ID and that’s going to be the object ID of our data table selected row ID. So just to make sure that we are actually updating the correct document and then what are we going to update? Well, we’re actually just going to have to write the same object again with the new values. So we’re going to update we’re going to get up our curly braces. We’re going to get the customer ID and then of course we are going to well in fact we can actually copy this from the insert query as it’s just the same. So let’s go back to our insert query and I’m just going to copy all of this and on the update query just paste it. However, we are going to change the widget that this is reading from. Right? So instead of insert column, I’m going to change this to update column one just like this. And of course update column 2 as that is the column that we want to read from or that is the input sorry that we want to read from. and update column three as well as well as switch two. Okay, so just make sure to change those out as well or change them out to whatever you called your own widgets. Great. So let’s click run and let’s test this out. So if I go ahead and just make sure you’re selected on one of the rows. If I go ahead and just change some of this. So first off, let’s just make sure that the button is actually going to run the query. So on click update query run and then on success once again I’m going to find run the query find query. Okay. And also on error I’m just going to show the alert so that we know that an errors has happened and the alert is going to say error while updating resource. Okay. So this essentially is going to show up if there is an error in our uh update query running. Okay, great. So cool. Shall we check this out? First off, actually, let’s just make sure that we can read this. So to make sure that the label appears on top, all you have to do is just stretch out this widget just like so. I’m just reformatting it so that we can see things a little bit better and just in general making sure that it looks a little bit nicer for us. Okay, so we are now officially done with this page. Everything’s working. We have essentially we have essentially learned how to get data from our database, delete data from our portal, add a new customer from our portal, and update an existing customer from our portal, too. Now, the next thing we want to do is be able to send messages to these customers based on their options and what mailing list they are associated with. So, to do this, let’s just go ahead and create a new page. So to do this, let’s just go over here to the left and all I’m going to do is just press on the plus button next to pages and a new page will be created for me. Once again, we have the two options. I’m going to choose to build with drag and drop. And let’s rename the page while we are here. I’m going to choose to call this the send messages page so that we know what is happening on this page. And now let’s get to selecting our first widget. In fact, we can actually copy how the customer data page looks like. I’m just going to select the header and just paste it in here like so, which makes our life a lot easier. And let’s rename this to be the marketing portal. Okay, just like so. Just so that it’s very clear that this is separate to the other page. And let’s go ahead and change this image too. So once again, this is one I found on the internet before. So you can use it as well or you can use your own. It is completely up to you. Okay. So it’s a loudspeaker here as I feel that kind of symbolizes what this page is going to be about. So next up, I’m just going to start, you know, creating what the layout of this page should look like. So I’m going to go into my widgets. I’m going to search for the container. Okay. And then I am simply going to drag in a container just like this. And then I want to put some text into this container. This text is going to be here. And it’s just going to show us essentially how many customers we have to work with. So let’s change the label of this to total customers. So go ahead and change the text widget like so. And we can also change the text color. Now, if I don’t like any of these colors, I can choose my own. So, I’m simply going to change the hex value of this. Just like that, so that it’s a lighter gray. Once that is done, I’m just going to drag in another text. This time, the text of this is going to I’m just going to hardcode it to be 0 0 for now. We are going to change this later. This will be dynamic based on our database and the amount of customers we have in there. But for now, just leave it as this. Okay. And I’m just going to change this to be a heading one. Actually, let’s make it a heading one. Wonderful. So, once we are happy with what this looks like, I’m just going to shift these things around a little bit. Okay. Just like so. And I’m just going to put in an icon. So, I’m going to search for the widgets once again. And I’m going to put in a icon button. So, just paste that in here like this. And this is just going to symbolize visually what this section is all about. So I’m going to search for people. So there we have our people icon. And I can also change this to be a secondary button just like this. And we can also make it more of a uh rounded square if we want. I’m not going to give this any functionality. I just wanted to kind of show what this section is all about. Okay, great. And let’s also give a border radius to the container itself. So make sure you’re actually on the container when you do this. Wonderful. Now again, we want to show a lot of other statistics too, not just how many customers we have. So I’m going to copy this whole container and everything in it using the copy face functionality. And I’m just going to drag in wherever I want these other containers. So there we go. I do want four. This is going to store our major analytics if you will. So let’s change the name of this. The first one I want to say reachable customers as this is going to hold the statistics for our reachable customers which is essentially all the ones with do not disturb not on. And let’s also change the icon for this. So I’m going to make this an icon that symbolizes reachable customers just like so. So, I’m going to choose this one right here. Now, let’s move on to the third analytic provider. This is going to say do not disturb customers. Okay, so essentially we want to show how many customers have the do not disturb on. And let’s change the icon of this to symbolize that too with the blocked person icon. And finally, on the third one, we’re just going to have mailing list count. And this will just be how many mailing lists we have on our dashboard. And of course, let’s change this to be some kind of list, too. Great. So, this is looking good. Now, let’s get to displaying the mailing list we have and adding the option to add a new mailing list if we wish, as well as show exactly who’s on these mailing lists and then add the option to message these people as well. So, let’s do it. So once again, let’s go into our widgets and I’m going to choose the container. Just drag it in here like so. And then I’m also going to choose a second one too. So once again, let’s give the container the border radius this time of 15. And just do the same for the other one as well. Okay. So on the left, we’re going to have our marketing list. And on the right, we’re going to have all the people that are associated with that marketing list. So to do this, well, let’s actually just put in some text to visually show what these two sections are about. So let’s just drag in some text. And I’m just going to rename this to marketing lists. Okay, just like so. And make sure this is a heading, too, just so that it’s a little bit bigger and we can read it. Great. And once again, for the other side, just drag in some text. And this time let’s give it the text of please select a marketing list to view the users. Okay. And once again let’s make this a heading too. Just make sure that it kind of fits in a nice way. Now we are going to use a cool widget and this is going to be a list widget which allows to map on different things from our database directly onto a list. So if I search for list and then I just drag it in here like so. Okay, there we go. At the moment it just has some default values from the default values on the right. We want to replace this with our data from our database. Okay. But to do this, of course, we’re going to have to put in that data. So, we will do this in a bit. I’m just going to finish off styling this section first because we want to also add a button to actually create a new marketing list as well. So, in the widgets, let’s search for button. And let’s just drag in the button. And on the label, I’m just going to select new because we want to be able to add a new marketing list. And of course, we also want an icon to, you know, symbolize that we’re adding a new list as well. Great. So now I think I’m ready to start using our data source, which is the communications data to write another query. So first off however let’s go back to MongoDB because we need to add some dummy data for us to start working with. So back in MongoDB under the marketing lists I am going to insert our first marketing list. So go ahead and just make sure marketing list is selected as a collection and insert document. And once again I prefer to work with the JSON. So just go ahead and select that JSON option.

So once again, don’t forget that comma. And what is going to make up our marketing list? Well, each marketing list is going to have a Discord web hook because we are going to want to direct anyone from this marketing list to a channel on our Discord. So as an option, you can have So let’s go ahead and put Discord web hook right here. And now I’m going to leave this blank because I will be showing you how to do this later when we start working with the Discord uh web hooks. So just leave that blank for now. I will come back to it in a bit. The next thing we want to do is also add a creation date. So the creation date uh well I’m just going to put in a creation date that I have pre-written for you in the ISO format. Okay. So this is the format that we are going to use for the creation date. Okay. So there we go. And the next thing I’m going to do is put a mailing list. And this mailing list is essentially just going to be the name of the mailing list itself. So on this occasion, it’s going to be bugs because we have a mailing list about people who want to know about bugs. Okay. The next thing we’re going to do is just have the mailing list ID, which once again is different from the document ID. So, let’s go ahead and put in a random mailing list ID like so. And finally, we’re also going to have an icon. Okay, so once again, this is just an icon that I have taken off the internet of a lock. You feel free to use this for tutorial purposes or please feel free to use your own. And finally, we’re going to have the users associated with this marketing list. Okay, so here we are. Here is the users associated with this marketing list. This is going to be an array of users based on their user ID that we have written. So I’m just going to put in some users in here. Again, this is like kind of random. It doesn’t really matter which ones you want to use. Please feel free to use whichever ones you wish. Okay, so I believe we only have up to 10. So I think this is fine for now. Let’s just have these three. Wonderful. So there is our first marketing list. I’m just going to copy all of this to make our lives easier when it comes to making the next one and insert this one into our marketing list collection. Great. So this is now done. Let’s go ahead and create a new one. Once again, don’t forget the comma. And I’m just going to paste this in here, right? So, and reformat it a little bit. And I’m just going to change the uh a few things. Let’s just change the creation date. Let’s change the mailing list name. This time it’s going to be products. Let’s change the ID as well. Let’s change the icon, too. So, once again, this is one I found on the internet earlier. This is uh one of a loudspeaker which we used before as well. So, I’m just going to use the same one for this. And the users associated with it. Well, I’m just going to add a few in here. In fact, perhaps maybe let’s add all of them. Let’s just pretend that everyone wants to know about the product updates. Everyone wants to be on the product mailing list. Great. So, there we have it. I’m just going to do a few more. So, let’s go ahead and insert another document. Don’t forget the comma format. Change the creation date name. Change this mailing list name to be something else. So this time it’s going to be feedback. Change the ID as well. And I’m also going to change the icon. This time it’s going to just be a heart. So let’s just go ahead and change that. Once again, you don’t have to use this one. Please feel free to use whatever you wish. And sure, let’s just change some of these users around and insert. Okay. So just one final one now to insert. I’m just going to again use the comma, reformat, change the creation date, change the mailing list uh to be all about

the welcome mailing list. Change the ID and I’m going to change this again. So once again, just change the icon. Just changing these few digits around and just adding a cake. Okay, so again, I’m not making this up. This is one that exists and is hosted on the internet. And the users, well, we should probably have all the users. As you know, everyone should be on the welcome list, mailing list. So, I’m just going to add all my users in here like so. And just click insert. Great. So, wonderful. Now that we have our mailing list, what we can do is of course go back to writing our query. So, I’m going to use the communications data once again. And the query we’re going to write is get marketing lists. Okay. And we’re going to find documents. And then of course the collection this time is not going to be the customer collection. It’s going to be the marketing list collection that we just added some documents to. So if we click run, you will see exactly that. You’ll see all the objects that we made that will represent our mailing lists. Wonderful. So there we have it. So now if I click on the lists, I’m going to just get rid of this data and we’re going to use our query that we have just written. So the get marketing list query and get the data from it. Okay, so it really is that easy. And now we’re going to use that data to essentially map out things onto our widgets in here. So if I click on the image and get the current items icon, it will replace it with a icon from the object that we wrote. Okay, so the current item is a list item thing that will use the data that is coming back to us and then it will just use whatever we call this uh we call the icon with a capital I. So that’s what we need to get. And we can also just edit this text right here. So if I select this text and this time let’s get the mailing list itself. So I’m just going to copy that and change this to be current item mailing list. It will change it to the title of the mailing list. How good and how easy is that? So now I’m just going to delete this second text. I’m just going to reshuffle some things just to make this a little bit nicer and just so that we can perhaps see more of these on the marketing list first page. And there we go. That is immediately looking better. I can see three at least. And this is looking wonderful. It’s doing its job. We are seeing all the marketing lists to our disposal. Wonderful. So, now that we’ve done that, let’s actually get to adding a mailing list from the platform itself. similar like we did on the customer data page. So to do this, we’re of course going to need a, you guessed it, a modal. So let’s go back to our widgets and I’m just going to search for a modal. So once the modal has been added, again, you could just drop it anywhere. We’re of course going to just change the text in here. I’m going to change this to create new mailing list. And I’m actually just going to make this a whole lot bigger as we’re going to need a few things in here. So, what do we need in here?

Well, the first thing we’re going to need is a input. We’re going to need a few inputs because we’re going to have to essentially replicate the objects that we just made from the dashboard. So, let’s drag in our first input. And this input uh well let’s change the name of this to list ID as that is what it’s going to show. And the default text for this again we’re going to randomly generate a uh list ID for this using an M to start with and then the curly braces so that it knows not to treat these JavaScript as text. We’re going to use math floor to round down the random number that is generated thanks to the math JavaScript object and random method when it’s multiplied by 10,000. Okay. And valid. Well, we’re going to only make this valid if the list ID text length is larger than zero. Great. So, that is how we do that. And then the label itself is going to just say list ID so that it’s very clear to the user that the list ID goes here. And let’s just make that bold as well. Okay. So once that is done, I’m simply going to copy this. Okay, copy that whole widget. Let’s change this. I don’t want any default text. And I’m going to change the label to be icon URL so that people can put the icon in here from the internet too. And let’s just rename this to icon. Okay. So there we go. And I’m just going to put that up here. And then just maybe make it a little bit longer as well cuz URLs tend to be quite long. Great. So now let’s go ahead and copy this once more and drag it up here. And this time I’m going to name this list name. And the default text I’m going to delete as well. And the label is just going to say well list name cuz this is where we’re going to store the name of our new mailing list. Great. So this is looking good. Of course we are not yet done. There’s still a lot of things to do. Now once again we need another input. This time for the web hook. So, let’s just go ahead and I’m just going to remove this valid and change the label of this to say Discord web hook URL just like so. And of course, rename this to say web hook. Okay, so there we go. Now, I’m just going to move these buttons down. We can actually select both of them at the same time. So, that’s what I’m going to do. And I’m just going to move them down here. Okay. So, there we go. I’ve moved them down to the bottom. And now I’m just going to use a divider just to space things out a little bit. So that is another widget that you can use. And of course just make sure that it looks exactly how you want thanks to the drag and drop functionality that AppSmith gives us. Great. Now I am also going to add an image so that we can essentially preview the image URL that we want to use. So for this I’m just using the image widget that I am resizing and that will essentially show the image URL that we put in the icon URL input. Great. So we can do this by simply selecting the image and on the image I’m going to get the icon as that is what we call the icon input text. Okay, so that should now work. And the last thing we want to do is just select which customers from our customer database we want to put into this new mailing list we are creating. So to do this, I’m going to select the table widget. I’m just going to grab the table widget and just paste it in like so by dragging it down. And of course, we are going to get rid of all the generic data that we have here. And we are going to essentially use a query in order to get all of our customers again. So I’m going to call this something different. I’m going to call it get all mailing list customers. Okay. Uh and this just means that we need to write a new query based on the communications data. So I’m just going to paste that in here like so. And I’m going to find the documents. And what I’m going to do is look in the customers collection. just click run to essentially get all our customers back. Okay. So again, it’s the same query we wrote in the first page we’ve just written again and called it something else. So now let’s just get the modal up again. I’m just going to do so this time by just selecting the modal. So just here. Okay. So there’s our modal again and just click on the table. And I’m just going to make sure to get the data from this query. And I’m also going to filter out each customer by the customer user do not disturb equals zero. Okay. So that is what I have done right here. And I am also now wanting to add a way to select multiple customers. Right? So before we do this, I’m actually going to make the user do not disturb not visible as well as the ID. And down here on the options, I’m going to enable multi row selection. So there we have it. Now we can select multiple rows essentially. I’m also going to just make sure that sortable is not true and enable client side search is also not true as we don’t need this. Great. So this is looking good. I’m selecting loads of different rows. And on the close button, I’m just making sure that the event to close does actually close the modal modal one. So, this is looking good. And on the second button, let’s actually rename this to form button one. I’m actually going to add a label. And the label is actually going to show us how many customers we want to add to our uh mailing list. So, I’m going to use the word add. And then I’m going to use our curly braces to go into table one selected row length. Okay. So if we selected three from table one, it will show me the number three. And then I’m going to use the words user to list. And I’m just going to show the list name that we have chosen to call this mailing list. At the moment, of course, it’s just nothing because we haven’t chose a list name to put in the list name input. Great. So, this is looking wonderful. And now on click, we of course want to execute a query. And this is going to be a new query. And this query is essentially going to let us add a new list to our mailing list. So, add new list. Uh we want to insert a document. The collection of this is going to be the marketing list and the document. Well, we can actually go ahead and copy all of this because that is what we want our object to look like. So, just go ahead and make sure to format this correctly. So, I’m just getting rid of all the spaces. And of course, the web hook, we’re going to leave this as blank for now. And we need to add the double quotes in all the right places, too. So, I’m just formatting this all a little bit just like so. For now, I’m just going to keep all of this hardcoded until we finish formatting because I’m going to have to replace some of these a little bit. So, now that we have all of that formatted, well, the Discord web hook, we want to get the value from the web hook input or the input that we called web hook and we want to get the text. So, making sure that’s in curly braces so that the platform knows that this is not text. Okay. And again, we’re going to do so for the creation date. This time, we’re actually just going to use today’s date. And we’re going to use moment for this. Moment is a dependency, an npm dependency that we can use that has been already put into AppSmith for us. And to get the correct date, we are just going to format it correctly like so. So saying that we want the year, the month, the day and the format that we used in when we were adding the documents manually in MongoDB. Okay, so there we go. And the mailing list name, well, this is just going to be the list name text. Again, we are grabbing the input which we have called list name and getting the text that we put in that input. And same for the mailing list ID. Once again, we’re getting the list ID and its text just like we did before. And finally, we’re going to get the icon. And this is simply going to be from the input that we called icon. And we’re going to grab its text. And great. So now, let’s check if this works. Let’s go ahead and just select the modal. So up here, because we haven’t actually connected the button to the model yet. And we also need to add the users. And the users is essentially going to be an array of the users from the table that we have selected. So let’s go ahead and do that. I’m going to call this users and I’m going to go into table one. I’m going to get the selected row. I’m going to map for each element the customer ID. So we’re just going to return back the customer ID from each of the objects. Okay. So great. So now let’s test it out. I’m going to go and find my modal because we haven’t hooked up the modal quite yet. We’re going to have to find it to get it up. And let’s put in a list name at the moment. I’m just going to put test. Let’s find a test icon that we can use and just whack it in here like so. So, the preview is working. That is good. And let’s just select some of these. So add three items to the list test list and just click the button. Now on click what do we want to happen? Well on click we want to essentially run the query add new list run and on success we’re just going to close the modal and the modal is called modal one. Perhaps we can change that later but for now I’m happy with that being modal one. So let’s run this and check if that has worked.

And great. So there we have it. We can now see our new list, our new marketing list. This is all looking great. Okay. So now that we have managed to get our marketing list and add a new marketing list from the platform itself, let’s get to actually displaying the users associated with that marketing list when we click on it. So to do this, this is relatively simple. We’re just going to grab the table widget. So let’s go into our widgets and find the table widget and drop it in here like so. And we know what to do now. We of course need to get the correct data shown up here. So to do this, I’m going to write a new query. So just go ahead and click on the queries on the left. and we’re going to use our communications data. So let’s just click on that and let’s call this get customer list. Okay, so the get customer list well we’re going to find documents and we’re going to look in the customers collection and the query we’re going to write for this well we’re going to have to look if the customer ID is essentially in the marketing list we have chosen. So we can do so with this MongoDB syntax. Let’s get up our curly braces. Let’s get the customer ID and using the dollar sign and in we’re going to look and check if the list we selected. So the list widget selected item users. Okay. And if that exists then we’re going to return back the customer associated with that ID. First of all, of course, we do have to select one. So, select one from the list one and click run. Now, we aren’t getting anything back. However, let’s just try sort by customer ID. So, just put in this right here and just try click run again. And that has not worked. So, we’ve encountered our first issue. We need to debug. So, a quick way that I would do this is just simply look in MongoDB and check why the customer ID is not matching the marketing list ID. And you will quickly see it’s because we used a capital C on the customer ID and we used a small C on the marketing list. So, let’s go ahead and quickly change that. I’m just going to change these to small C’s right here as that will be the easier option. So I’m just changing all of these to small C’s just like so. So there is tend to update. I’m just going to quickly go ahead and do that. But that is how it would quickly debug if some data issues are happening. I’d always go to the source. I’d always go to MongoDB to check what that data is looking at. Perhaps it’s a string or and you’ve said that it should be a number. It could be a variety of different things. On this occasion, it’s quite a simple fix. So I’m just making sure that the ID is exactly the same as what we wrote in our marketing list. Great. So now if you run this, tada, we will get the data coming back to us. Okay. So these are all the users associated with the marketing list I selected on the dashboard itself. So that was the bugs. And if I now connect this, so instead of using this data for the table, I’m going to get rid of this. I’m going to get up our curly braces. I’m going to use the get customers list data. And tada. So now if I click on a marketing list, it will show me all the users associated with that marketing list. This is looking so good. How easy was that? Now, another cool thing we can do is actually change the text in here to show exactly what list we are looking at. So, if I select this text, I’m going to say that I want it to say I’m just going to cut all that because we’re going to use that later. Get up our two curly braces. I’m going to get the list one selected row. I’m just going to get the mailing list so that it shows the name of the mailing list we have selected. And if the length is bigger than zero, I want it to show the list one select a row mailing list name essentially. So just what we saw otherwise I just wanted to show please select a marketing list to view users. And we can actually get rid of this word users here because this users can be used for either one of these. So I’m just going to get rid of here and put it there. So now if you select on any marketing list, it should show the right title in the container on the right. Great. So this is looking wonderful. Let’s carry on. Okay. So now back on the table just here, I’m going to hide some of these columns. So I’m just going to hide the users do not disturb and the ID as we do not need these things. And I’m also going to choose to have the primary key column as the customer ID. I’m also going to choose to write some JavaScript to where this is visible or not. And this is going to be visible based on if the list one selected item ID is essentially larger than zero. Okay. So essentially if it exists. Great. And one last thing I’m going to do is actually add a uh enable multiple row selection so that we can choose who we want to email from this list as well. We can choose to email everyone but also we have the option to not email them if we wish. Wonderful. So now that we have that done, we actually need an option to email the users. So for this I’m going to use another button. So let’s go ahead and select a button widget so that this brings up a model for us. So this button right here. And let’s just go ahead and change the text to say connect with. And then we’re going to have the table to selected rows length. So make sure that’s rows multiple length users. So it will show us exactly how many users we have selected. At the moment it is one. So it will say connect with one users. And if we select more that will update to show us how many users we have selected. Okay. So great. And I’m just going to change this visible and put in some JavaScript to only make this visible if list one selected item ID length is larger than zero. So essentially if it exists and we’re also going to make this disabled. So again let’s enable the JavaScript if table 2 selected rows length equals zero. So if there is zero selected this button will be disabled. Okay great. So as you will see if I don’t select any that button is now disabled. Wonderful. And there we go. We have now enabled it again. So great. And now of course we need some events to add to this button. So on click what do we want to happen? Well on click we actually just want to open a modal. This modal we are yet to create. So let’s go ahead and create that modal now. So I’m going to go in here and I’m just going to create a new modal. And let’s call this the message modal as that is what this will be. It will be a message modal that will essentially send a email or a discord message or both to the users we have selected. First things first, let’s go ahead and change the text of this. I’m going to change the text of this to say send message just like we were doing previously. And the message we want to send, well perhaps let’s actually make some options. So, I can do this with a tabs widget. So, if you search for tab widgets and just place it in here, this is what it should look like. I’m also just going to move these buttons around. So, once again, I’m going to select both buttons and move them to the bottom of my modal. And this is to make the tabs stretch all the way out. And I’m just going to move some things around in here just to make things look a little bit better. Once we are happy with the layout, I’m going to select the tabs and I’m just going to change the tabs name. The first one is going to be the base text. That’s going to apply text to both the email and the Discord. And then I’m going to have a separate tab for the email as well in case we want to alter that text. And of course again for the Discord in case we want that text to be different as well. So there we have our three tabs. The next thing I want to do is just actually put in a rich text editor into all of these. So, I’m just going to search for that and I’m going to drop it in here. Uh, and first off, actually, let’s just put in some normal text. So, this text is to show what exactly we want to happen here. And I’m going to say I’m going to use actually some HTML to make this bold. Enter your base text. And then just a normal text. I’m just going to put you can edit this message uh for your email and Discord from those separate tabs. Okay. So, that’s just a little bit of an explainer. And the next thing we’re going to do is actually grab that rich text editor and just put it at the bottom like this. Okay. And of course, we can have some default text, but I don’t want to. I’m just going to leave it blank. And I’m actually going to grab all of this and copy it and paste it in the email section too. And just change the text of this a little bit so that it better represents what is happening here. And that is just going to say write your email. And this is really all I want in this section. Uh I’m also going to have an input perhaps for the subject too. So let’s go ahead and put in an input. And let’s put the label as subject. And this is of course going to be for the subject of the email. And also the one thing I want to do before we move on is actually change this to say email text so that we can pick out whatever’s in the text editor and that we know this is coming from the email tab. So let’s change this to email text. And back on the base text, let’s also change this to base text. Okay. And finally, on the Discord tab, once again, I’m just going to paste everything I did before and just change this text around just so it better represents what is happening here. And of course, we also need to change this to say Discord text so that people know where this has come from when it comes to picking it out later in this tutorial. Now, one other cool thing we can do, I’m just going to move this up to show you. You can put this on all the tabs or you can just have it here. Is actually to show a count of the characters. So I’m just going to do this simply by grabbing the text component or widget and dropping it in here. And instead of having some text, I’m going to use the Kylie braces so that this is is not text and get the Discord text length. Okay. And then I’m just going to put characters. So now we will know how many characters are used in this Discord text widget. Okay, great. So now I did say that I would want whoever is using this to choose if we want a message on Discord or email or both. So I think the perfect example for a switch is this use case. Let’s go ahead and grab these switches and I’m just going to drag one in below the tabs. Okay, I want this to be applied to the modal and not the tabs. And let’s change the label of this to say Discord switch. And just put in another one that will say email switch. And we’re going to link this up later. And while we are here, I’m just going to make the buttons a bit bigger just so they look a little bit nicer and just make sure that they are looking good. And on the confirm button, we’re going to execute a query that will essentially send messages. So what we’re going to do is actually write a JavaScript object for this. So this is going to be a JavaScript object as we’re not simply just going to run one query. We’re going to want to do a lot of things in here which is why we’re writing a JavaScript object. So let’s create a new JavaScript object. And I’m just going to call this object utils just to make it more clear what this is. uh and let’s just go ahead and delete all of this code right here as it is not really needed. So now the function that we want to write and essentially the JavaScript we want to call when clicking that button is something called send messages or as we are going to choose to call send messages. And what we want to happen is so if the discord switch or the widget that we call discord switch is switched on we want to essentially get the discord API to run. So we are yet to write to the discord API. So for now we will come back to that. And we also want to show a success message. So let’s define our success message. I’m going to call this success message one as we will have two. And the message we’re going to have is Discord message sent to. And I’m just going to concatenate the list ones selected items mailing list. So whatever item we have selected from the list, I’m going to get the entire mailing list and I’m going to concat server. So it’s going to show us all the uh mailing list that we have sent messages to, Discord messages to. And we’re just going to put this in alert. So show alert. And I’m going to put the success message one in here just like so. Okay. So, this is great. But also, what happens if the uh email switch is on, right? So, I’m just going to copy all of this and change this out. So, if email switch is switched on, well, we also want the send email query to run, which again we are yet to write. And let’s just change the success message. I’m just going to name it two just to differentiate from the other one. And I’m going to say email sent to and to use this on. And I’m just going to again concatenate it and just use the word list at the end and show the alert. Okay. And then I’m going to reset the widget. And the widget I want to reset is the message modal. And I want to close the modal of message modal. So we’re resetting it. So we’re emptying out all the fields and we’re closing that modal. Okay. So that will run after both of those if statements have been checked. Great. So this is looking good. Let’s carry on. So now I think we’ve come to the point where we should write our Discord API. So let’s go ahead and add a new query. I’m going to create a blank API and I’m going to call this Discord API. And we’re going to have to grab a web hook. Of course, we don’t have any web hooks yet, but we can actually just get the value of the web hook. So, I can do so easily by getting into the list and getting the select rows Discord web hook. At the moment, they’re all blank, but that is fine. As soon as we populate them, this will work. And as the key and value here, I’m just going to put the content type. And I’m going to fill this out with application JSON. So, make sure to do this like so. And of course, let’s also not forget to get the body because the body is going to be that of the Discord uh the one Discord text that we have associated with the rich text editor on the Discord tab. So make sure all that is done and make sure that this is a post request and just click run. Okay. So now that is done, let’s carry on. The next thing we need to do is be able to send emails. So again, let’s write our send email query. So to do this, I’m actually going to have to create a new resource and just click on the SMTP resource right here. and let’s call this send email. So just go ahead and do that. And now let’s do some configuration for your Gmail account. So if you have a Gmail account, I would suggest if you don’t have a Gmail account, I would suggest you get one because this is going to work with a Gmail SMTP. So the host address for this, well, the host address for this is going to be smtp.gmail.com. And the port there is a few. So I’m just going to put in two to be sure. So the port that we are going to use is the port five 587. And I’m going to put in the other one too because you never know. The second port is going to be 465. Making sure to of course put the host address as the same. And we are going to use authentication. So authentication is just simply the credentials you use to log into your Gmail account because we’re going to essentially be using your Gmail account to send out these emails. So I’m just going to put Anna at freecode.org and the password associated with that account so that I can log in to Gmail. Now you would think this would be it, but we are not yet done. Gmail uses some extra security that we’re going to have to configure. So I would suggest clicking run and you will get an error message. This is good as it will show up in your email address that some funky activity has gone on. So you will see sign in attempt was blocked which is great but it also means we need to unblock this attempt. So less secure app blocked. Let’s just go ahead and click and get more information on this. And then I’m simply going to scroll down in here. Click on this button right here. I’m just going to verify that this is me and I’m going to allow less secure apps off be on. Okay, so this will allow me to give access to essentially all less secure apps including this one. So this means that if I now click test, that should now work. So don’t forget to do that. If you have any issues, that could be why. And let’s carry on. So now that we have added our resource send email, I’m actually going to also have to write a query. So we’ve got the data source, let’s write the query. Now I have named this to be send email. So let’s just name the query send email again. So let’s write a new query using the send email data source and I’m just going to call this send email again. Now the command we want to do is send an email. That is correct. and from the email address. Well, that is just going to be from my email address. So, I’m just going to put in that in here just like so. And the two emails, well, we’re going to have to get the emails from the mailing list that have been selected. So, once again, let’s get our curly braces and I’m going to go into the utils and we’re going to actually write our own JavaScript for this. Okay, instead of writing everything in here, I’m just going to put in the retails as that is easier. So let’s call this get emails and let’s have the subject of this be communications sent via communications dashboard as that is what this dashboard is called and the body of our email is just going to be whatever the email text is text. Okay. So whatever we have in the email text rich text editor text is going to be body of our email and the subject will never really change unless we want it to. Okay. So if you want you can connect the input that we have chosen for the subject here but that is optional too. And oops this should say get emails. So let’s just change that to get emails. And let’s write this in our utos file. So once again, let’s actually describe this. Let’s actually write this out here. So I’m just going to use get emails. And what do we want to happen? Well, what we want to happen is we want to first define the name array. And that is going to be the table to selected row. And for each row, we’re going to get the customer email ID. So each customer email ID or essentially each email will be be mapped or essentially each email will be stored to this name array and we’re just going to return the name array to string. Okay. So now we have essentially got all the customer emails associated with the selected row of the table and this means that we can now use get emails. So get emails and just call it. Okay. So, let’s check if that has worked. So, I’m just going to go ahead and try send a message. So, let’s get up our modal. Let’s click on the email tab. I’m actually going to put the default text of this as the base text text. And then we can change it if we want. And I’m also going to actually do this for the Discord rich text editor, too. So, make sure to click on that. And under the default text, we’re going to go into the base text and just grab the text like so. And of course, we can edit this if we wish. Okay, so wonderful. Let’s just check this works. Of course, perhaps we should put our own email in here to email ourselves to. So, let’s just go back to the query. And I’m just going to put in my own email address. Okay. And just click run. So, that says that that has been sent successfully. Let’s check it out. And great. So I have indeed received that email. This is looking wonderful. This has worked. And let’s check if it works from the dashboard itself. So once again, let’s just get up the model and click confirm. And let’s make sure that this actually runs the query runs the thing that it needs to run. So let’s click on utils and then let’s click on the send messages util. Why is this red? Uh, we need a default tab. So, let’s change this to be base text. Okay, great. So, we’re sending emails. Everything is working. Everything is looking good. There’s the last few things we need to do and that is actually just hook up the analytics on the analytics tabs and then actually link up the Discord web hook to Discord. So, first let’s do the analytics uh as that should be relatively easy. So let’s go ahead and select this first analytic and I’m going to write a new query. So let’s go ahead and create a new query using the communications data and call this get all customers list. And this is just going to find documents and it’s just going to look in the customers collection just as we’ve been doing previously. And I’m just going to run it. And now this means that if I get the curly braces up and use that query and just get data length, it will show me exactly how many customers we have in that list which is 10. That sounds and now we’re just going to get the mailing list count. This is easy as we’ve already written this query. So just get the query to get the marketing lists, get the data length, and that’s it. Great. Next one. So for this one, we just want to show the users that are reachable. I’m going to write a new query for this. In fact, let’s actually write this in the utils file. So let’s get up our utils file again. And I’m just going to not forget the comma and write a function that will essentially show us everyone on the do not disturb list. So let’s call this dnd list. And I’m going to save the dnd count. And as default, it’s going to be zero. I’m also going to say the reachable and also make that zero. Now what we are going to do is get all customer lists. So the query we just wrote, I’m going to get the data and for each uh I guess user coming back to us, I’m going to get the user do not disturb and if it equals zero, I want to add to the DND count. However, if it uh does not equal zero, I’m going to add it to the breachable count. Okay. So, great. And then I’m just going to return. So, let’s define what I’m going to return. And I’m going to return an array. The first object is going to be for my reachable. So, I’m just going to make an object that has X as the string reachable and Y as the DND count. And X and the second object is going to be for my do not disturb and Y is going to be the reachable count. Great. And I’m just going to return this. So now I can use the util. I have wrote the dnd list. Of course, we need to use utils dot. That is the correct syntax. And I’m just going to get the go to the second item in my array and get y to show the reachable customers. And then I’m also going to use the do not disturb. And the same thing. So I’m just going to copy and paste all that. But this time I’m going to go to first item from my array and get the y value for that. Okay, so seven reachable customers and three on the do not disturb. This is looking correct and great. So we’re nearly there. The last thing we need to do is I’m just going to show you how to use the Discord web hook. So for this you need to actually have a Discord account. Okay, so get up your Discord account and if you haven’t already, I want you to go ahead and start a new server. Okay, because we’re assuming that you own a server and you want to message everyone on your server on a certain channel about a certain thing. So, for example, uh if I have a server and I have a channel all about bugs, I want to email everyone on the bugs channel about the bugs. So, to do this, let’s create a new server. I’m just going to put for me and my friends and I’m going to create it. And now once I have done that, uh let’s just I’m going to show you how to do this on the general channel. Okay, of course once you know how to do this, you can connect the correct Discord web hook to the correct channel, but this is a tutorial. So I’m just going to show you how to do it and you can do it yourself. Now on general, I want you to go ahead and just click on the cog. And once you’re on here, I want you to get integration and just essentially create web hook and copy the web hook link. And once we have that, I’m just going to go on the first marketing list and I’m going to get the first object and in here I’m just going to paste it in. Okay, so on the mailing list of bugs that now has a Discord web hub link, which will essentially just post to my general channel on my Discord, but you get the drift. So now, let’s check it out. So, if I go back in here and make sure that Bugs is selected on the mailing lists and click connect with two users, I’m just going to go ahead and click confirm

and great. So, that has now been sent. Amazing. We’ve done it. We’ve got the whole app working. This is looking fantastic. I hope you’ve enjoyed this lesson. We have a few more things to do, and that is just deploy this. So, just bear with me. Let’s do it. But I hope you’ve learned a lot so far, and I hope you know now how to add your own Discord web hook links, too. So to do this, all I’m going to do is just press on this button right here to connect to Git. And once done, I need to get a remote URL to a repository. Well, we need to make a repository first. So all I’m going to do is click new right here and create that repository. I’m just going to choose to add a readme and create.

Now once that is done, I’m just going to grab this URL like so and paste it in here.

I’m also going to have to give Appsmith access to my repository. So, let’s copy this SSH key and go back to GitHub. And now under settings, I’m just going to click deploy keys and add a deploy key and add that key in there and name it and click add key. And that’s done. Let’s just connect commit and push. And tada. Let’s preview what we committed. And there is our app and it is saved on our GitHub. Okay, so there we have it. There’s our wonderful app. As you can see here, we’ve got two tabs. We can send messages. We can also filter through bugs and all our marketing channels. And of course, we can see all our bug users and all our mailing lists and everything like that. Thanks so much again for watching. I really hope you’ve enjoyed this tutorial and I hope you love your new app.

July 4, 2026